# snippets

DENSE: ac033
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac033
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
30.  And  the  meek  also  shall 
increase,  and  their  joy  shall  be 
in  the  Lord,  and  the  poor  among 
men  shall  rejoice  in  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel. 


DENSE: ac034
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac034
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
31.  ^''For  assuredly  as  the  Lord 
liveth  they  shall  see  that  the  ter- 
rible one  is  brought  to  naught, 
and  the  scorner  is  consumed,  and 
all  that  watch  for  iniquity  are 
cut  off; 


DENSE: ac035
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac035
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
32.  And  they  that  make  a  man 
an  offender  for  a  word,  and  lay  a 
snare  for  him  that  reproveth  in 
the  gate,  and  turn  aside  the  just 
for  a  thing  of  naught. 


DENSE: ac036
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac036
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
33.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  who  redeemed  Abraham, 
concerning  the  house  of  Jacob: 
Jacob  shall  ^'not  now  be  ashamed, 
neither  shall  his  face  now  wax 
pale. 


DENSE: ac037
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac037
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
34.  But  when  he  seeth  his  chil- 
dren, the  work  of  my  hands,  in 
the  midst  of  him,  they  shall 
sanctify  my  name,  and  sanctify 
the  Holy  One  of  Jacob,  and  shall 
fear  the  God  of  Israel. 


DENSE: ac038
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac038
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
35.  *'They  also  that  erred  In 
spirit  shall  come  to  understand- 
ing, and  they  that  murmured  ah&U 
learn  doctrine. 


DENSE: ac040
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac040
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
NepM'a  predictiona  continjied — Lat- 
ter-day churches  and  conditions — The 
kingdom  of  the  devil  to  be  shaken — 
The  misleading  precepts  of  men. 
1.  And  now,  behold,  my  breth- 
ren, I  have  spoken  unto  you,  ac- 
cording as  the  Spirit  hath  con- 
strained me;  wherefore,  I  know 
that  they  must  surely  come  to 
pass. 
2.  The  things  which  shall  be 
written  out  pf  the  "book  shall  be 
of  great  worth  unto  the  children 
of  men,  and  especially  unto  our 
seed,  which  is  a  remnant  of  the 
house  of  Israel. 
3.  For  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day  that  the  "churches  which 
are  built  up,  and  not  unto  the 
Lord,  when  the  one  shall  say  unto 
the  other:  Behold,  I,  I  am  the 
Lord's;  and  the  others  shall  say: 
I,  I  am  the  Lord's;  and  thus  shall 
every  one  say  that  hath  built  up 
churches,  and  not  unto  the  Lord — 
4.  And  they  shall  contend  one 
with  another;  and  their  priests 
shall  contend  one  with  another, 
and  they  shall  teach  with  their 
''learning,  and  deny  the  Holy 
Ghost,  which  giveth  utterance. 
5.  And  they  deny  the  ""power 
of  God,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel; 
and  they  say  unto  the  people: 
Hearken  unto  us,  and  hear  ye  our 
precept;  for  behold  there  is  no 
God  today,  for  the  Lord  and  the 
Redeemer  hath  done  his  work, 
and  he  hath  given  his  power  unto 
men; 


DENSE: ac041
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac041
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
6.  Behold,  hearken  ye  unto  my 
precept;  if  they  shall  say  there 
is  a  miracle  wrought  by  the  hand 
of  the  Lord,  believe  it  not;  for 
this  day  he  is  not  a  God  of  mira- 
cles; he  hath  done  his  work. 


DENSE: ac042
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac042
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
7.  Yea,  and  there  shall  be  many 
which  shall  say:  Eat,  drink,  and 
be  merry,  for  tomorrow  we  die; 
and  it  shall  be  well  with  us. 


DENSE: ac043
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac043
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
8.  And  there  shall  also  bo 
many  which  shall  say:  Eat, 
drink,  and  be  merry;  neverthe- 
less, fear  God — he  will  'justify 
in  committing  a  little  sin;  yea, 
lie  a  little,  take  the  advantage  of 
one  because  of  his  words,  dig  a 
pit  for  thy  neighbor;  there  is  no 
harm  in  this;   and  do  all  these 
2<f,  IM  /,  1  Ne.  22.    2e,  tee  e,  1  Ne.  16. 
Obit.  28 :    a,  m«  c,  2  N«.  27.    b,  tee  q,  2  Ne 
ts  T«n.  21    20,  20.    Moi^D.  8:81. 
2/,  1  Ne.  13:35—38. 
.  26. 
.... _-.     14:1—3. 
c,  2  Ne.  20:20.     tf,  see  r,  2  Ne.  20. 
DVTWSBN  B.  0.  D50  AMD  640. 
2  NEPHI,   28. 


DENSE: ac045
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac045
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
things,  for  tomorrow  we  die;  and 
If  it  so  be  ttiat  we  are  guilty,  God 
will  beat  us  with  a  tew  stripes, 
and  at  last  we  shall  be  saved  in 
the  kingdom  of  God. 


DENSE: ac046
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac046
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
9.  Yea,  and  there  shall  be  many 
which  shall  teach  after  this  man- 
ner, false  and  vain  and  foolish 
doctrines,  and  shall  be  puffed  up 
in  their  hearts,  and  shall  seek 
deep  to  hide  their  counsels  from 
the  Lord;  and  their  works  shall 
be  in  the  dark. 
10.  And  the 'blood  of  the  saints 
shall  cry  from  the  ground  against 
them. 


DENSE: ac048
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac048
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
12.  Because  of  pride,  and  be- 
cause of  false  teachers,  and 
false  doctrine,  their  "churches 
have  become  corrupted,  and  their 
churches  are  lifted  up;  because 
of  pride  they  are  puffed  up. 


DENSE: ac049
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac049
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
13.  They  rob  the  poor  because 
of  their  fine  sanctuaries;  they  rob 
the  poor  because  of  their  fine 
clothing;  and  they  persecute  the 
meek  and  the  poor  in  heart, 
because  in  their  pride  they  are 
puffed  up. 


DENSE: ac050
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac050
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
14.  They  wear  stiff  necks  and 
high  heads;  yea,  and  because  of 
pride,  and  wickedness,  and  abom- 
inations, and  whoredoms,  they 
have  all  gone  astray  save  it  be  a 
few,  who  are  the  humble  follow- 
ers of  Christ;  nevertheless,  they 
are  led,  that  in  many  instances 
they  do  err  because  they  are 
"taught  by  the  precepts  of  men. 


DENSE: ac051
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac051
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
15.  O  the  wise,  and  the  learned, 
and  the  rich,  that  are  puffed  up 
in  the  pride  of  their  hearts,  and 
all  those  who  preach  false  doc- 


DENSE: ac052
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac052
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
trines, and  all  those  who  commit 
whoredoms,  and  pervert  the  right 
way  of  the  Lord,  *wo,  wo,  wo  be 
unto  them,  saith  the  Lord  God 
Almighty,  for  they  shall  be  thrust 
down  to  hell! 


DENSE: ac053
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac053
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
16.  Wo  unto  them  that  Uurn 
aside  the  just  for  a  thing  of 
naught  and  revile  against  that 
which  is  good,  and  say  that  is  of 
no  worth!  For  the  day  shall  come 
that  the  Lord  God  will  speedily 
visit  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth; 
and  in  that  day  that  they  are 
*fully  ripe  in  iniquity  they  shall 
perish. 


DENSE: ac054
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac054
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
17.  But  behold,  if  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  earth  shall  repent  of 
their  wickedness  and  abomina- 
tions they  shall  not  be  destroyed, 
saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 


DENSE: ac055
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac055
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
18.  But  behold,  that  great  and 
abominable  church,  the  whore  of 
all  the  earth,  must  'tumble  to  the 
earth,  and  great  must  be  the  fall 
thereof. 


DENSE: ac056
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac056
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
19.  For  the  kingdom  of  the 
devil  "must  shake,  and  they  which 
belong  to  it  must  needs  be  stirred 
up  unto  repentance,  or  the  devil 
will  grasp  them  with  his  ever- 
lasting chains,  and  they  be  stirred 
up  to  anger,  and  perish; 


DENSE: ac057
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac057
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
20.  For  behold,  at  that  day 
shall  he  "rage  in  the  hearts  of  the 
children  of  men,  and  stir  them  up 
to  anger  against  that  which  is 
good. 


DENSE: ac058
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac058
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
21.  And  others  will  he  "pacify, 
and  lull  them  away  into  carnal 
security,  that  they  will  say:  All 
is  well  in  Zion;  yea,  Zion  pros- 
pereth,  all  is  well — and  thus  the 
devil  cheateth  their  souls,  and 
leadeth  them  away  carefully  down 
to  hell. 


DENSE: ac059
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac059
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
/.  1  Ne.  14:13.  22:14.  2  Ne.  5  :1«.  Morm.  8:27,  40.  41.  Eth.  8:22—24.  D.  &  O. 
58:53.  03:28 — 31.  Kev.  6  :9 — 11.  18:24.  1!):2.  p,  see  g,  2  Ne.  26.  *,  2  Ne.  27  :36. 
i,  1  Ne.  22:23.  2  Ne.  26:20 — 22,  32.  Al.  39:5.  3  Ne.  29:4 — 9.  Morm.  8:41.  9:26. 
i,  2  Ne.  27:32.  fc,  1  Ne.  22:16 — 23.  Eth.  2:8—11.  Morm.  8:41.  I,  1  Ne.  14:3,  4.  6, 
7,  15—17.  See  k,  1  Ne.  14.  m.  1  Ne.  22:22,  23.  2  Ne.  28:20 — 32.  n,  ver.  28.  o,  2 
Ne.  26:29.     28:7 — 14,  26.     Morm.  8:31.  Bktwbkn  B.  C.  659  and  645. 


DENSE: ac062
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac062
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
22.  And  behold,  others  he  flat- 
tereth  away,  and  telleth  them 
there  is  no  hell;  and  he  saithunto 
them:  I  am  no  devil,  for  there  is 
none — and  thus  he  whispereth  in 
their  ears,  until  he  grasps  them 
with  his  awful  ^chains,  from 
whence  there  is  no  deliverance. 


DENSE: ac063
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac063
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
23.  Yea,  they  are  'grasped  with 
death,  and  hell;  and  death,  and 
hell,  and  the  devil,  and  all  that 
have  been  seized  therewith  must 
stand  before  the  throne  of  God, 
and  be  judged  according  to  their 
works,  from  whence  they  must  go 
into  the  place  prepared  for  them, 
even  a 'lake  of  fire  and  brimstone, 
which  is  endless  torment. 


DENSE: ac066
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac066
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
26.  Yea,  wo  be  unto  him  that 
•hearkeneth  unto  the  precepts  of 
men,  and  denieth  the  power  of 
God,  and  the  gift  of  the  Holy 
Ghost! 


DENSE: ac068
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac068
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
28.  And  in  fine,  wo  unto  all 
those  who  tremble,  and  are  "angry 
because  of  the  truth  of  God!  For 
behold,  he  that  is  built  upon  the 
rock  receiveth  it  with  gladness; 
and  he  that  Is  built  upon  a  sandy 
foundation  trembleth  lest  he  shall 
fall. 


DENSE: ac069
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac069
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
29.  Wo  be  unto  him  that  shall 
say:  We  have  received  the  word 
of  God,  and  we  "need  no  more  of 
the  word  of  God,  for  we  have 
enough! 


DENSE: ac070
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac070
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
30.  For  behold,  thus  saith  the 
Lord  God:  I  will  give  unto  the 
children  of  men  "line  upon  line, 
precept  upon  precept,  here  a  little 
and  there  a  little;  and  blessed  are 
those  who  hearken  unto  my  pre- 
cepts, and  lend  an  ear  unto  my 
counsel,  for  they  shall  learn  wis- 
dom; 'for  unto  him  that  receiv- 
eth I  will  give  more;  and  from 
them  that  shall  say.  We  have 
enough,  from  them  shall  be  taken 
away  even  that  which  they  have. 


DENSE: ac071
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac071
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
31.  Cursed  is  he  that  putteth 
his  trust  in  man,  or  maketh  flesh 
his  arm,  or  shall  hearken  unto  the 
"precepts  of  men,  save  their  pre- 
cepts shall  be  given  by  the  power 
of  the  Holy  Ghost. 
++
32.  «Wo  be  unto  the  Gentiles, 
saith  the  Lord  God  of  Hosts!  For 
notwithstanding  I  shall  lengthen 
out  mine  arm  unto  them  from 
day  to  day,  they  will  deny  me; 
nevertheless,  I  will  be  merciful 
unto  them,  saith  the  Lord  God,  if 
they  will  repent  and  come  unto 
me;  for  mine  arm  is  lengthened 
out  all  the  day  long,  saith  the 
Lord  God  of  Hosts. 
++
CHAPTER  29. 


DENSE: ac072
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac072
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
Nephi's  predictions  continued — The 
Oenttlea  and  the  Bible — Other  records 
— Ood's  words  to  be  gathered  in  one. 


DENSE: ac073
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac073
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
1.  But  behold,  there  shall  be 
many — at  that  day  when  I  shall 
proceed  to  do  a  "marvelous  work 
among  them,  that  I  may  remem- 
ber my  covenants  which  I  have 
made  unto  the  children  of  men, 
that  I  may  set  my  hand  again  the 
"second  time  to  recover  my  peo- 
ple, which  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel; 


DENSE: ac074
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac074
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
2.  And  also,  that  I  may  remem- 
ber the  promises  which  I  have 
made  unto  thee,  Nephi,  and  also 
unto  thy  father,  that  I  would  re- 
member your  seed;  and  that  the 
'words  of  your  seed  should  prp- 


DENSE: ac075
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac075
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
p,  2   Ne.    1:13,   23.     0:45.      Vor.    10.     AI.   12:11.   17 
r.  mat  k,  \  Ne.  16.     «,  ■»>«  r.  2  No.  2(1.     2 
8  Ne.  26:l»,  10.     Etb.  4:8.     u.  ver.  20.     v. 
12:10,11.     y,  rem.  8— 14.     2  Ne.  27  :2B. 
M«.  a.     b,M9i.2  Ne.  0.    e,  2  N«.  3  :21. 


DENSE: ac077
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac077
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
Tor.  27.  AIho  nee  t,  w,  Isa.  28:10.  <r,  Al. 
t,  •CO  (1.  1  No.  14.  Chap.  20:  o,  ■oo  i.  2 
See  (,  2  No.  26.         Bn.  B.  0.  &S0  and  046. 


DENSE: ac078
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac078
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
2   NEPHI,   29. 
101 
ceed  forth  out  of  my  mouth  unto 
your  seed;  and  my  words  shall 
"hiss  forth  unto  the  ends  of  the 
earth,  for  a  'standard  unto  my 
people,  which  are  of  the  house  of 
Israel ; 
3.  And  because  my  words  shall 
hiss  forth — many  of  the  Gentiles 
shall  say:  A 'Bible!  A  Bible!  We 
have  got  a  Bible,  and  there  cannot 
be  any  more  Bible. 
4.  But  thus  saith  the  Lord 
God:  O  fools,  they  shall  have  a 
Bible;  and  it  shall  proceed  forth 
from  the  Jews,  mine  ancient  cove- 
nant people.  And  what  thank 
they  the  Jews  for  the  Bible  which 
they  receive  from  them?  Yea, 
what  do  the  Gentiles  mean?  Do 
they  remember  the  travels,  and 
the  labors,  and  the  pains  of  the 
Jews,  and  their  diligence  unto  me. 
In  bringing  forth  salvation  unto 
the  Gentiles? 
5.  O  ye  Gentiles,  have  ye  re- 
membered the  Jews,  mine  ancient 
covenant  people?  Nay;  but  ye 
have  cursed  them,  and  have  hated 
them,  and  have  not  sought  to  re- 
cover them.  But  behold,  I  will 
return  all  these  things  upon  your 
own  heads;  for  I  the  Lord  have 
not  forgotten  my  people. 
6.  Thou  "fool,  that  shall  say: 
A  Bible,  we  have  got  a  Bible,  and 
we  need  no  more  Bible.  Have  ye 
obtained  a  Bible  save  It  were  by 
the  Jews? 
7.  Know  ye  not  that  there  are 
more  nations  than  one?  Know 
ye  not  that  I,  the  Lord  your  God, 
have  created  all  men,  and  that  I 
remember  those  who  are  upon  the 
isles  of  the  sea;  and  that  I  rule 
In  the  heavens  above  and  in  the 
earth  beneath;  and  I  bring  forth 
my   word    unto   the    children    of 
men,  yea,  even  upon  all  the  na- 
tions of  the  earth? 
8.  Wherefore  murmur  ye,  be- 
cause that  ye  shall  receive  more 
of  my  word?  Know  ye  not  that 
the  testimony  of  two  nations  is  a 
witness  unto  you  that  I  am  God, 
that  I  remember  one  nation  like 
unto  another?  Wherefore,  I 
speak  the  same  words  unto  one 
nation  like  unto  another.  And 
when  the  two  nations  shall  run 
together  the  testimony  of  the  *two 
nations  shall  run  together  also. 
9.  And  I  do  this  that  I  may 
prove  unto  many  that  I  am  the 
same  yesterday,  today,  and  for- 
ever; and  that  I  speak  forth  my 
words  according  to  mine  own 
pleasure.  And  because  that  I 
have  spoken  one  word  ye  need  not 
suppose  that  I  cannot  speak  an- 
other; for  my  work  is  not  yet  fin- 
ished ;  neither  shall  it  be  until  the 
end  of  man,  neither  from  that 
time  henceforth  and  forever. 
10.  Wherefore,  because  that  ye 
have  a  Bible  ye  need  not  suppose 
that  it  contains  all  my  words; 
neither  need  ye  suppose  that  I 
have  not  caused  more  to  be  writ- 
ten. 
11.  For  I  command  all  men, 
both  in  the  east  and  in  the  west, 
and  in  the  north,  and  In  the  south, 
and  in  the  islands  of  the  sea,  that 
they  shall  write  the  words  which 
I  speak  unto  them;  for  out  of  the 
'books  which  shall  be  written  I 
will  ^judge  the  world,  every  man 
according  to  their  works,  accord- 
ing to  that  which  is  written. 
12.  For  behold,  I  shall  speak 
unto  the  *Jews  and  they  shall 
write  It;  and  I  shall  also  spealc 
unto  the  'Nephites  and  they  shall 
write  it;  and  I  shall  also  "speak 
d,  Isa.  5:26.  Moro.  10:28.  e,  Isa.  5:26.  18:3.  49:22.  62:10.  D.  &  C.  45:9. 
64:42.  /,  vers.  4,  6 — 14.  g,  ver.  3.  h,  2  Ne.  3:12.  Ezek.  37:15 — 20.  i,  see  c,  2  Ne. 
2T.  y,  2  Ne.  25:18,  22.  29:12—14.  3  Ne.  27  :23 — 26.  Rev.  20:12.  fc,  1  Ne.  IS  :23— 
29.  2  Ne.  3:12.  I,  1  Ne.  13:39 — 42.  2  Ne.  3:12,  18—21.  26:16.  17.  27:6 — 26. 
m,  8  Ne.  16:1 — 8.    17:4.  Bkcwun  B.  O.  S69  and  64fi» 
102 
2  NEPHI,   30. 
unto  the  other  tribes  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  which  I  have  led  away, 
and  they  shall  write  it;  and  I 
shall  also  speek  unto  "all  nations 
of  the  earth  and  they  shall  write 
it. 
13.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
•that  the  Jews  shall  have  the 
words  of  the  Nephites,  and  the 
Nephites  shall  have  the  words  of 
the  Jews;  and  the  Nephites  and 
the  Jews  shall  have  the  words  of 
the  lost  tribes  of  Israel;  and  the 
lost  tribes  of  Israel  shall  have  the 
words  of  the  Nephites  and  the 
Jews. 
14.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  my  people,  which  are  of  the 
house  of  Israel,  shall  be  gathered 
home  unto  the  lands  of  their  pos- 
sessions; and  my  word  also  shall 
be  "gathered  in  one.  And  I  will 
show  unto  them  that  fight  against 
my  word  and  against  my  people, 
who  are  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
that  I  am  God,  and  that  I  cove- 
nanted with  Abraham  that  I 
would  remember  his  seed  forever. 
CHAPTER   30. 
Nephi's  predictions  continued — Con- 
verted Gentiles  to  be  numbered  unth 
the  covenant  people — Jews  and  La- 
manites  to  believe — The  wicked  to  be 
destroyed. 
1.  And  now  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  would  speak  unto  you; 
for  I,  Nephi,  would  not  suffer  that 
ye  should  suppose  that  ye  are 
more  righteous  than  the  Gentiles 
shall  be.  For  behold,  except  ye 
shall  keep  the  commandments  of 
God  ye  shall  all  likewise  perish; 
and  because  of  the  words  which 
have  been  spoken  ye  need  not  sup- 
pose that  the  Gentiles  are  utterly 
destroyed. 
2.  For  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  as  many  of  the  Gentiles  as 
will  repent  are  the  covenant  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord;  and  as  many  of 
the  Jews  as  will  not  repent  shall 
be  cast  off;  for  the  Lord  cove- 
nanteth  with  none  save  it  be  with 
them  that  repent  and  believe  in 
his  Son,  who  is  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel. 
3.  And  now,  I  would  prophesy 
somewhat  more  concerning  the 
Jews  and  the  Gentiles.  For  after 
the  "book  of  which  I  have  spoken 
shall  come  forth,  and  be  written 
unto  the  Gentiles,  and  sealed  up 
again  unto  the  Lord,  there  shall 
be  "many  which  shall  believe  the 
words  which  are  written;  and 
they  shall  carry  them  forth  unto 
the  "remnant  of  our  seed. 
4.  And  then  shall  the  remnant 
of  our  seed  know  concerning  ift, 
how  that  we  came  out  from  Jeru- 
salem, and  that  they  are  descend- 
ants of  the  Jews. 
5.  And  the  gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ  shall  be  declared  'among 
them ;  wherefore,  they  shall  be  re- 
stored unto  the  'knowledge  of 
their  fathers,  and  also  to  the 
knowledge  of  Jesus  Christ,  which 
was  had  among  their  fathers. 
6.  And  then  shall  they  rejoice; 
for  they  shall  know  that  It  is  a 
blessing  unto  them  from  the  hand 
of  God;  and  their  scales  of  dark- 
ness shall  begin  to  fall  from  their 
eyes;  and  many  generations  shall 
not  pass  away  among  them,  save 
they  shall  be  a  'white  and  delight- 
some people. 
7.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  the  Jews  which  are  scattered 
also  shall  'begin  to  believe  in 
Christ;   and  they  shall  begin  to 
n.  TOM.  7—11.  2  Nc.  20:33.  o,  2  Ne.  8:12.  20:8.  Morm.  6:18,  14.  p,  Bee  o, 
John  11 :52.  Chap,  30:  o,  mm  o,  2  Ne.  27.  b,  1  No.  13  :34 — 12.  14  :1.  2,  B.  12—14. 
22  :H,  0.  3  Ne.  10:6.  10,  11.  20:8.  c,  1  Ne.  10:14.  in;13— 18.  22:8—12.  8  No. 
10:0—18.  20:18,  d,l  No.  18:88 — 12.  15:18—18.  3No.  1(1:11.  12.  21:3—7,24—26. 
Iform.  5:16.  er,  1  Ne.  15:14.  2Ne.  8:12.  Morm.  7  :1,  U,  10.  /,  2Ne.  5:21.  Jac.  B  :8. 
Al.  23:18.     i  No.  2:14 — Id.     p,  mm  /,  2  Ne.  25.  UiTWUN  U.  C.  660  AMD  646. 
2  NEPHI,  31. 
103 
gather  In  upon  the  face  of  the 
land;  and  as  many  as  shall  be- 
lieve in  Christ  shall  also  become 
a  delightsome  people. 
8.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  the  Lord  God  shall  com- 
mence his  work  among  all  na- 
tions, kindreds,  tongues,  and  peo- 
ple, to  bring  about  the  *restora- 
tion  of  his  people  upon  the  earth. 
9.  *And  with  righteousness  shall 
the  Lord  God  judge  the  poor,  and 
reprove  with  equity  for  the  meek 
of  the  earth.  And  he  shall  smite 
the  earth  with  the  rod  of  his 
mouth;  and  with  the  breath  of 
his  lips  shall  he  slay  the  wicked. 
10.  For  the  time  speedily  com- 
eth  that  the  Lord  God  shall  cause 
a  ^great  division  among  the  peo- 
ple, and  the  wicked  will  he  de- 
stroy; and  he  will  spare  his  peo- 
ple, yea,  even  if  It  so  be  that  he 
must  destroy  the  wicked  by  fire. 
11.  *And  righteousness  shall  be 
the  girdle  of  his  loins,  and  faith- 
fulness the  girdle  of  his  reins. 
12.  And  then  shall  the  wolf 
dwell  with  the  Iamb;  and  the 
leopard  shall  lie  down  with  the 
kid,  and  the  calf,  and  the  young 
lion,  and  the  fatling,  together; 
and  a  little  child  shall  lead  them. 
13.  And  the  cow  and  the  bear 
shall  feed;  their  young  ones  shall 
lie  down  together;  and  the  lion 
shall  eat  straw  like  the  ox. 
14.  And  the  sucking  child  shall 
play  on  the  hole  of  the  asp,  and 
the  weaned  child  shall  put  his 
hand  on  the  cockatrice's  den. 
15.  Tliey  shall  not  hurt  nor  de- 
stroy in  all  my  holy  mountain; 
for  the  earth  shall  be  full  of  the 
knowledge  of  the  Lord  as  the 
waters  cover  the  sea. 
16.  'Wherefore,  the  things  of 
all  nations  shall  be  made  known; 
yea,    all    things    shall    be   made 
known  unto  the  children  of  men. 
17.  There  is  nothing  which  la 
secret  save  it  shall  be  revealed; 
there  is  no  work  of  darkness  save 
it  shall  be  made  manifest  in  the 
light;  and  there  is  nothing  which 
is  "sealed  upon  the  earth  save  it 
shall  be  loosed. 
18.  Wherefore,  all  things  which 
have  been  revealed  unto  the  chil- 
dren of  men  shall  at  that  day  be 
revealed;  and  Satan  shall  have 
power  over  the  hearts  of  the  chil- 
dren of  men  "no  more,  for  a  long 
time.  And  now,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  must  make  an  end  o£ 
my  sayings. 
CHAPTER   31.' 
Nephi's  predictions  continued — Whjf 
the  Savior  would  be  baptized — The 
straight  and  narrow   way. 
1.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  make  an 
end  of  my  prophesying  unto  you, 
my  beloved  brethren.  And  I  can- 
not write  but  a  few  things,  which 
I  know  must  surely  come  to  pass; 
neither  can  I  write  but  a  few  of 
the  words  of  my  brother  Jacob. 
2.  Wherefore,  the  things  which 
I  have  written  sufficeth  me,  save 
it  be  a  few  words  which  I  must 
speak  concerning  the  doctrine  of 
Christ;  wherefore,  I  shall  speak 
unto  you  plainly,  according  to  the 
plainness  of  my  prophesying. 
3.  For  my  soul  delighteth  in 
"plainness;  for  after  this  manner 
doth  the  Lord  God  work  among 
the  children  of  men.  For  the 
Lord  God  giveth  light  unto  the 
understanding;  for  he  speaketh 
unto  men  according  to  their  lan- 
guage, unto  their  understanding. 
4.  Wherefore,  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  I  have 
spoken  unto  you  concerning  ""that 
t 
h,  see  e,  1  Ne.  15.  i,  Isa.  11:4.  j,  1  Ne.  14:7.  22:16,  17.  k,  Isa.  11:5 — B. 
2  N«.  29:6—14.  Eth.  4:6,  7.  13—17.  m,  1  Ne.  14:26.  n,  1  Ne.  22:15,  26.  Jac 
tie.     Etb.  8 :26.         OsiP.  31 :    a>  see  I),  2  Ne.  25.     b,  see  /.  1  Ne.  10. 
BmwKBN  B.  O.  659  AND  64S. 
104 
2  NEPHI,  31. 
prophet  which  the  Lord  showed 
unto  me,  that  should  baptize  the 
Lamb  of  God,  which  should  take 
away  the  sins  of  the  world. 
5.  And  now,  if  the  Lamb  of 
God,  he  being  holy,  should  have 
need  to  be  baptized  by  water,  to 
'fulfil  all  righteousness,  O  then, 
how  much  more  need  have  we, 
being  unholy,  to  be  baptized,  yea, 
even  by  water! 
6.  And  now,  I  would  ask  of 
you,  my  beloved  brethren,  where- 
in the  Lamb  of  God  did  fulfil  all 
righteousness  in  being  baptized 
by  water? 
7.  Know  ye  not  that  he  was 
holy?  But  notwithstanding  he 
being  holy,  he  showeth  unto  the 
children  of  men  that,  according 
to  the  flesh  he  humbleth  himself 
before  the  Father,  and  witnesseth 
unto  the  Father  that  he  would  be 
obedient  unto  him  in  keeping  his 
commandments. 
8.  Wherefore,  after  he  was 
baptized  with  water  the  Holy 
Ghost  descended  upon  him  in  the 
'form  of  a  dove. 
9.  And  again,  it  showeth  unto 
the  children  of  men  the  'stralght- 
ness  of  the  path,  and  the  narrow- 
ness of  the  gate,  by  which  they 
should  enter,  he  having  set  the 
example  before  them. 
10.  And  he  said  unto  the  chil- 
dren of  men:  Follow  thou  me. 
Wherefore,  my  beloved  brethren, 
can  we  follow  Jesus  save  we  shall 
be  willing  to  keep  the  command- 
ments of  the  Father? 
11.  And  the  Father  said:  Re- 
pent ye,  repent  ye,  and  be  'bap- 
tized In  the  name  of  my  Beloved 
Son. 
12.  And  also,  the  voice  of  the 
Son  came  unto  me,  saying:  He 
that  Is  baptized  in  my  name,  to 
him  will  the  Father  give  the  Holy 
Ghost,  like  unto  me;  wherefore, 
follow  me,  and  do  the  things 
which  ye  have  seen  me  do. 
13.  Wherefore,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  know  that  if  ye  shall 
follow  the  Son,  with  full  purpose 
of  heart,  acting  no  hypocrisy  and 
no  deception  before  God,  but  with 
real  intent,  repenting  of  your 
sins,  witnessing  unto  the  Father 
that  ye  are  willing  to  take  upon 
you  the  name  of  Christ,  by  bap- 
tism— yea,  by  following  your 
Lord  and  your  Savior  down  into 
the  water,  according  to  his  word, 
behold,  then  shall  ye  receive  the 
Holy  Ghost;  yea,  then  cometh  the 
baptism  of  fire  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost;  and  then  can  ye  speak 
with  the  "tongue  of  angels,  and 
shout  praises  unto  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel. 
14.  But,  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  thus  came  the  voice  of 
the  Son  unto  me,  saying:  After 
ye  have  repented  of  your  sins,  and 
witnessed  unto  the  Father  that  ye 
are  willing  to  keep  my  command- 
ments, by  the  baptism  of  water, 
and  have  received  the  baptism  of 
fire  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
can  speak  with  a  new  tongue,  yea, 
even  with  the  tongue  of  angels, 
and  after  this  should  deny  me,  It 
would  have  been  better  for  you 
that  ye  had  not  known  me. 
15.  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
the  Father,  saying:  Yea,  the 
words  of  my  Beloved  are  true  and 
faithful.  "He  that  endureth  to 
the  end,  the  same  shall  be  saved. 
16.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  know  by  this  that  unless  a 
man  shall  endure  to  the  end,  in 
following  the  example  of  the  Son 
of  the  living  God,  he  cannot  be 
saved. 
c,  rem.  6,  7.    rf,  1  Ne.  11:27.     Luke  3:22.     John  1 
2  N«.  0.     f.Mftu.i  Ne.  0.     0,  ver.  14.     2  No.  32  :2.  3. 
Mm.  8:11.    16(26,27.    Al.  24 :80.    30:0.    8  Ne.  27:17. 
3  PM.  2 :21.     O.  *  0.  182 :27. 
.12.  D.  Sc  C.  03:  in.  c.  nee  2a, 
h,  vers.  IB.  16.  Jbc.  «:7— 11. 
Morm.  1  :ie,  17.  Heb.  0:4—6. 
BVTWIBN  B.  0.  OSO  4ND  646. 
2  NEPHI,   32. 
106 
17.  Wherefore,  do  the  things 
which  I  have  told  you  I  have  seen 
that  your  Lord  and  your  Re- 
deemer should  do;  for,  for  this 
cause  have  they  been  shown  unto 
me,  that  ye  might  know  the  *gate 
by  which  ye  should  enter.  For 
the  gate  by  which  ye  should  enter 
is  repentance  and  baptism  by 
water;  and  then  cometh  a  remis- 
sion of  your  sins  by  fire  and  by 
the  Holy  Ghost. 
18.  And  then  are  ye  in  this 
straight  and  narrow  path  which 
leads  to  eternal  life;  yea,  ye  have 
entered  in  by  the  gate;  ye  have 
done  according  to  the  command- 
ments of  the  Father  and  the  Son; 
and  ye  have  received  the  Holy 
Ghost,  which  witnesses  of  the  Fa- 
ther and  the  Son,  unto  the  fulfill- 
ing of  the  promise  which  he  hath 
made,  that  if  ye  entered  in  by  the 
way  ye  should  receive. 
19.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, after  ye  have  gotten  into  this 
straight  and  narrow  path,  I  would 
ask  if  all  is  done?  Behold,  I  say 
unto  you.  Nay;  for  ye  have  not 
come  thus  far  save  it  were  by  the 
word  of  Christ  with  unshaken 
faith  in  him,  relying  wholly  upon 
the  merits  of  him  who  is  mighty 
to  save. 
20.  Wherefore,  ye  must  press 
forward  with  a  steadfastness  in 
Christ,  having  a  perfect  bright- 
ness of  hope,  and  a  love  of  God 
and  of  all  men.  Wherefore,  if  ye 
shall  press  forward,  feasting  upon 
the  word  of  Christ,  and  endure  to 
the  end,  behold,  thus  saith  the  Fa- 
ther:    Ye  shall  have  eternal  life. 
21.  And  now,behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  this  is  the  ^way;  and 
there  is  none  other  way  nor  name 
given  under  heaven  whereby  man 
can  be  saved  in  the  kingdom  of 
God.  And  now,  behold,  this  is 
the  doctrine  of  Christ,  and  the 
only  and  true  doctrine  of  the  Fa- 
ther, and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  which  is  *one  God, 
without  end.    Amen. 
CHAPTER  32. 
Nephi's  predictions  continued — The 
tongue  of  angela — Office  of  the  Holy 
Ghost. 
1.  And  now,  behold,  my  beloved 
brethren,  I  suppose  that  ye  ponder 
somewhat  in  your  hearts  concern- 
ing that  which  ye  should  do  after 
ye  have  entered  in  by  the  way. 
But,  behold,  why  do  ye  ponder 
these  things  in  your  hearts? 
2.  Do  ye  not  remember  that  I 
said  unto  you  that  after  ye  had 
received  the  Holy  Ghost  ye  could 
speak  with  the  tongue  of  angels? 
And  now,  how  could  ye  speak  with 
the  'tongue  of  angels  save  it  were 
by  the  Holy  Ghost? 
3.  Angels  speak  by  the  power 
of  the  Holy  Ghost;  wherefore, 
they  speak  the  words  of  Christ. 
Wherefore,  I  said  unto  you,  feast 
upon  the  words  of  Christ;  for  be- 
hold, the  words  of  Christ  will  tell 
you  all  things  what  ye  should  do. 
4.  Wherefore,  now  after  I  have 
spoken  these  words,  if  ye  cannot 
understand  them  it  will  be  because 
ye  ask  not,  neither  do  ye  knock; 
wherefore,  ye  are  not  brought  into 
the  light,  but  must  perish  in  the 
dark. 
5.  For  behold,  again  I  say  unto 
you  that  If  ye  will  enter  In  by  the 
way,  and  receive  the  Holy  Ghost, 
it  will  show  unto  you  "all  things 
what  ye  should  do. 
6.  Behold,  this  is  the  doctrine 
of  Christ,  and  there  will  be  no 
more  doctrine  given  until  after 
he   shall   manifest  himself  unto 
i,  see  e.  j,  see  e.  k,  Al.  11:44.  3  Ne.  11 :2T,  28,  36.  28:10.  Morm.  7:7.  Deut. 
6:4.  Gal.  3:20.  Eph.  4:5,  6.  Chap.  32:  a,  see  g,  2  Ne.  31.  b,  1  Ne.  10:17 — 19. 
13:37.  2  Ne.  31:13.  Jfr.  4.  Al.  5:46—48.  3  Ne.  12:1,  2.  16:6.  Chap.  30.  Eth. 
4:11,  12.     Moro.  10:4 — 7.  Between  B.  C.  659  and  646, 
106 
2  NEPHI,   33. 
you  *in  the  flesh.  And  when  he 
shall  manifest  himself  unto  you 
in  the  flesh,  the  things  which  he 
shall  say  unto  you  shall  ye  ob- 
serve to  do. 
7.  And  now  I,  Nephi,  cannot  say 
more;  the  Spirit  stoppeth  mine 
utterance,  and  I  am  left  to  mourn 
because  of  the  unbelief,  and  the 
wickedness,  and  the  ignorance, 
and  the  stiff neclcedness  of  men; 
for  they  will  not  search  knowl- 
edge, nor  understand  great  knowl- 
edge, when  it  is  given  unto  them 
in  "plainness,  even  as  plain  as 
word  can  be. 
8.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  perceive  that  ye  ponder 
still  in  your  hearts ;  and  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  must  speak  concerning 
this  thing.  For  if  ye  would  hearken 
unto  the  Spirit  which  teacheth  a 
man  to  "pray  ye  would  know  that 
ye  must  pray;  for  the  evil  spirit 
teacheth  not  a  man  to  pray,  but 
teacheth  him  that  he  must  not 
pray. 
9.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  ye  must  pray  always,  and  not 
faint;  that  ye  must  not  perform 
any  thing  unto  the  Lord  save  in 
the  first  place  ye  shall  pray  unto 
the  Father  in  the  name  of  Christ, 
that  he  will  consecrate  thy  per- 
formance unto  thee,  that  thy  per- 
formance may  be  for  the  welfare 
of  thy  soul. 
CHAPTER  33. 
Nephi'a  parting  testimony  —  Not 
mighty  in  writing  aa  in  speaking — 
His  great  concern  for  hia  people. 
1.  And  now  I,  NephI,  cannot 
write  all  the  things  which  were 
taught  among  my  people;  neither 
am  I  "mighty  in  writing,  like  unto 
speaking;  for  when  a  man  speak- 
eth  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost 
carrieth  it  unto  the  hearts  of  the 
children  of  men. 
2.  But  behold,  there  are  many 
that  harden  their  hearts  against 
the  Holy  Spirit,  that  it  hath  no 
place  in  them;  wherefore,  they 
cast  many  things  away  which  are 
written  and  esteem  them  as  things 
of  naught. 
3.  But  I,  Nephi,  have  written 
what  I  have  written,  and  I  esteem 
It  as  of  great  worth,  and  especially 
unto  my  people.  For  I  pray  con- 
tinually for  them  by  day,  and  mine 
eyes  water  my  pillow  by  night, 
because  of  them;  and  I  cry  unto 
my  God  in  faith,  and  I  know  that 
he  will  hear  my  cry. 
4.  And  I  know  that  the  Lord 
God  will  consecrate  my  prayers 
for  the  gain  of  my  people.  And 
the  words  which  I  have  written 
in  weakness  will  be  made  strong 
unto  them;  foritpersuadeththem 
to  do  good;  it  maketh  known  unto 
them  of  'their  fathers;  and  It 
speaketh  of  Jesus,  and  persuadeth 
them  to  believe  in  him,  and  to 
endure  to  the  end,  which  is  life 
eternal. 
5.  And  It  speaketh  'harshly 
against  sin,  according  to  the  plain- 
ness of  the  truth;  wherefore,  no 
man  will  be  angry  at  the  words 
which  I  have  written  save  he  shall 
be  of  the  spirit  of  the  devil. 
6.  I  glory  In  "plainness;  I  glory 
c,  toe  b,  1  Ne.  12.  d,  we  6,  2  Nc.  25.  c.  1  Ne.- 1  :B.  6:21,  8:8.  16:8 — 11.  17:7. 
18:3,21.  2  Ne.  4  :23,  24,  28 — 36.  Jac.  7  :22.  Enos  4,  11.  16 — 18.  Mob.  8:4.  4:1 — 8. 
11.  19 — 22.  9:17—18.  21:14.  20:30.  Al.  0:0.  17:8.  18:41—48.  19:14 — 16. 
22:16.  27:11,  12.  31:10.  26 — 86.  83:4 — 11.  34:39.  38:8.  43:49,  60.  46:1. 
46:18,16.  68:10.  62:61.  He.  11 :8.  4.  10— 16.  SNe.  1:11— 14.  18:6 — 13.  14:7—11. 
17:8,  16 — 17,  21.  18:16 — 24.  80.  19:6 — 10,  17—86.  20:1.  27:1,  2,  7,  0,  28.  29. 
28:1—0,  80.  Murm.  U:0.  21,  28,  SO.  87.  Bth.  1:34 — 43.  2:14.  16,  18—22.  3:1—6. 
Iforo.  6 :4,  6,  9.  7:6 — 10,26,48.  8:3.20.  10:4,6.  Chap.  38  :  a,  Bth.  12  :23— 27. 
»,  IM  ff,  2  N*.  8.  Alao  ■««  e,  2  Ne.  30.  c,  1  No.  16:1 — 3.  17:48.  2  Ne.  1:26 — 27. 
KOM  28.    Jar.  12.    W.  of  Morm.  17.    Moro.  9:4.    4,  lee  b,  2  Ne.  26. 
BiTWxaM  B.  0.  OSO  AND  040. 
JACOB,   1. 
107 
in  truth;  I  glory  In  my  Jesus,  for 
he  hath  redeemed  my  soul  from 
"hell. 
7.  I  have  charity  for  my  people, 
and  great  faith  in  Christ  that  I 
shall  meet  many  souls  spotless  at 
his  judgment-seat. 
8.  I  have  charity  for  the  Jew — 
I  say  Jew,  because  I  mean  them 
from  whence  I  came. 
9.  I  also  have  charity  for  the 
Gentiles.  But  behold,  for  none 
of  these  can  I  hope  except  they 
shall  be  reconciled  unto  Christ, 
and  enter  into  the  'narrow  gate, 
and  walk  in  the  straight  path 
which  leads  to  life,  and  continue 
in  the  path  until  the  end  of  the 
day  of  probation. 
10.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, and  also  Jew,  and  all  ye  ends 
of  the  earth,  hearken  unto  these 
words  and  believe  in  Christ;  and 
If  ye  believe  not  in  these  words 
believe  in  Christ.  And  If  ye  shall 
believe  In  Christ  ye  will  believe  In 
these  words,  for  they  are  the  words 
of  Christ,  and  he  hath  given  them 
unto  me;  and  they  teach  all  men 
that  they  should  do  good. 
11.  And  if  they  are  not  the 
words  of  Christ,  judge  ye — for 
Christ  will  show  unto  you,  'with 
power  and  great  glory,  that  they 
are  his  words,  at  the  last  day;  and 
you  and  I  shall  stand  face  to  face 
before  his  bar;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  have  been  commanded  of 
him  to  write  these  things,  not- 
withstanding my  weakness. 
12.  And  I  pray  the  Father  In 
the  name  of  Christ  that  many  of 
us,  If  not  all,  may  be  saved  In  his 
kingdom  at  that  great  and  last 
day. 
13.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, all  those  who  are  of  the  house 
of  Israel,  and  all  ye  ends  of  the 
earth,  I  speak  unto  you  as  the 
voice  of  one  "crying  from  the  dust: 
Farewell  until  that  great  day  shall 
come. 
14.  And  you  that  will  not  par- 
take of  the  goodness  of  God,  and 
respect  the  words  of  the  Jews,  and 
also  my  words,  and  the  words 
which  shall  proceed  forth  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  Lamb  of  God, 
behold,  I  bid  you  an  everlasting 
farewell,  for  Hhese  words  shall 
condemn  you  at  the  last  day. 
15.  For  what  I  ^seal  on  earth, 
shall  be  brought  against  you  at 
the  judgment  bar;  for  thus  hath 
the  Lord  commanded  me,  and  I 
must  obey.     Amen. 
THE  BOOK  OF  JACOB 
THE  BROTHER  OF   NEPHI 
The  words  of  his  preaching  unto  his  brethren.  He  confoundeth  a  man 
who  seeketh  to  overthrow  the  doctrine  of  Christ.  A  few  words  concerning 
the  history  of  the  people  of  Nephi. 
CHAPTER   1. 
Nephites  and  Lamanites — Death  of 
Nephi,  son  of  Lehi — Hardness  of  heart 
and  wicked  practices. 
1.  For  behold.  It  came  to  pass 
that    ♦fifty   and   five   years   had 
passed  away  from  the  time  that 
Lehi  left  Jerusalem;  wherefore, 
NephI  gave  me,  Jacob,  a  com- 
mandment concerning  the  "small 
plates,  upon  which  these  things 
are  engraven. 
e,  see  k,  1  Ne.  15.     /,  see  2a,  2  Ne.  9.     g,  Eth.  4:8 — 10.     5:4 — 6.     Moro.   7:35. 
10 :27.     h,  see  /,  2  Ne.  26.     i,  see  q,  2  Ne.  27.     j.  He.  10 :5 — 11.     See  q,  2  Ne.  27. 
Chap.  1 :    a,  see  b,  1  Ne.  6.  *  B.  O.  644. 
108 
JACOB,    1. 
2.  And  he  gave  me,  Jacob,  a 
commandment  that  I  should  write 
upon  these  plates  a  few  of  the 
things  which  I  considered  to  be 
most  precious;  that  I  should  not 
touch,  save  it  were  lightly,  con- 
cerning the  history  of  this  people 
which  are  called  the  people  of 
Nephi. 
3.  For  he  said  that  the  history 
of  his  people  should  be  engraven 
upon  his  "other  plates,  and  that  I 
should  preserve  these  plates  and 
hand  them  down  unto  my  seed, 
from    generation   to   generation. 
4.  And  if  there  were  preaching 
which  was  sacred,  or  revelation 
which  was  great,  or  prophesying, 
that  I  should  engraven  the  heads 
of  them  upon  "these  plates,  and 
touch  upon  them  as  much  as  it 
were  possible,  for  Christ's  sake, 
and  for  the  sake  of  our  people. 
5.  For  because  of  faith  and 
great  anxiety,  it  truly  had  been 
made  manifest  unto  us  concerning 
our  people,  ''what  things  should 
happen  unto  them. 
6.  And  we  also  had  many  rev- 
elations, and  the  spirit  of  much 
prophecy;  wherefore, we  knew  of 
Christ  and  his  kingdom,  which 
should  come. 
7.  Wherefore  we  labored  dili- 
gently among  our  people,  that  we 
might  persuade  them  to  come  unto 
Christ,  and  partake  of  the  good- 
ness of  God,  that  they  might  enter 
into  his  rest,  lest  by  any  means 
he  should  swear  in  his  wrath  they 
should  not  enter  in,  as  in  the 
provocation  in  the  days  of  temp- 
tation while  the  children  of  Israel 
were  in  the  wilderness. 
8.  Wherefore,  we  would  to  God 
that  we  could  persuade  all  men 
not  to  rebel  against  God,  to  pro- 
yoke  him  to  anger,  but  that  all 
men  would  believe  In  Christ,  and 
view  his  death,  and  suffer  his 
cross  and  bear  the  shame  of  the 
world;  wherefore,  I,  Jacob,  take 
It  upon  me  to  fulfil  'the  com- 
mandment of  my  brother  Nephi. 
9.  Now  Nephi  began  to  be  old, 
and  he  saw  that  he  must  soon 
die;  wherefore,  he  anointed  a 
man  to  be  a  king  and  a  ruler  over 
his  people  now,  according  to  the 
reigns  of  the  kings. 
10.  The  people  having  loved 
Nephi  exceedingly,  he  having  been 
a  great  protector  for  them,  hav- 
ing wielded  the  sword  of  Laban 
in  their  defence,  and  having  la- 
bored in  all  his  days  for  their 
welfare — 
11.  Wherefore,  the  people  were 
desirous  to  retain  in  remembrance 
his  name.  And  whoso  should 
reign  in  his  stead  were  called,  by 
the  people,  'second  Nephi,  third 
Nephi,  and  so  forth,  according  to 
the  reigns  of  the  kings;  and  thus 
they  were  called  by  the  people, 
let  them  be  of  whatever  name 
they  would. 
12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Nephi  died. 
13.  Now  the  people  which  were 
not  Lamanites  were  Nephites; 
nevertheless,  they  were  called  Ne- 
phites, Jacobites,  Josephites,  Zo- 
ramites,  Lamanites,  Lemuelites, 
and  Ishmaelites. 
14.  But  I,  Jacob,  shall  not  here- 
after distinguish  them  by  these 
names,  but  I  shall  call  them  La- 
manites that  seek  to  destroy  the 
people  of  Nephi,  and  those  who 
are  friendly  to  Nephi  I  shall  call 
Nephites,  or  the  people  of  Nephi, 
according  to  the  reigns  of  the 
kings. 
15.  And  now  It  came  to  pass 
that  the  people  of  Nephi,  under 
6,  ««•  /,  1  Ne.  1 
T.      22:7,   J 
1»:10— 1 
29:11—14 
,  Ter.  1.     8c«  6,  1  Ne.  6.     d.  1  Ne.  chap«.  12—14.     16:1—18. 
8.      a   Ne.    1:0 — 12.     2:3.     Chap  3.      4:1—11.      Chaps.    10,2S— 27. 
80:1-^1.     «,  T«n.  1 — 4.     f,  T«ra.  0,  14,  IS.     2  No.  6:18. 
BnwiiN  B.  O.  644  AND  421. 
JACOB,   2. 
109 
the  reign  of  the  'second  king,  be- 
gan to  grow  hard  in  their  hearts, 
and  indulge  themselves  somewhat 
in  wicked  practice^,  such  as  like 
unto  David  of  old  desiring  many 
wives  and  concubines,  and  also 
Solomon,  his  son. 
16.  Yea,  and  they  also  began 
to  search  much  gold  and  silver, 
and  began  to  be  lifted  up  some- 
what in  pride. 
17.  Wherefore  I,  Jacob,  gave 
unto  them  these  words  as  I  taught 
them  in  the  "temple,  having  first 
obtained  mine  errand  from  the 
Lord. 
18.  For  I,  Jacob,  and  my  broth- 
er Joseph  *had  been  consecrated 
priests  and  teachers  of  this  people, 
by  the  hand  of  Nephi. 
19.  And  we  did  magnify  our 
office  unto  the  Lord,  taking  upon 
us  the  responsibility,  answering 
the  sins  of  the  people  upon  our 
own  heads  If  we  did  not  teach 
them  the  word  of  God  with  all 
diligence;  wherefore,  by  laboring 
with  our  might  their  ^blood  might 
not  come  upon  our  garments; 
otherwise  their  blood  would  come 
upon  our  garments,  and  we  would 
not  be  found  spotless  at  the  last 
day. 
CHAPTER  2. 
Jacob's  denunciation  of  unchaatity 
and  other  sins — Plurality  of  voivea 
forbidden  because  of  iniquity. 
1.  The  words  which  Jacob,  the 
brother  of  Nephi,  spake  unto  the 
people  of  Nephi,  after  the  death 
of  Nephi: 
2.  Now,  my  beloved  brethren, 
I,  Jacob,  according  to  the  respon- 
sibility which  I  am  under  to  God, 
to  magnify  mine  office  with  sober- 
ness, and  that  I  might  "rid  my 
garments  of  your  sins,  I  come  up 
Into  the  temple  this  day  that  I 
might  declare  unto  you  the  word 
of  God. 
3.  And  ye  yourselves  know  that 
I  have  hitherto  been  diligent  in 
the  office  of  my  calling;  but  I  this 
day  am  weighed  down  with  much 
more  desire  and  anxiety  for  the 
welfare  of  your  souls  than  I  have 
hitherto  been. 
4.  For  behold,  as  yet,  ye  have 
been  obedient  unto  the  word  of 
the  Lord,  which  I  have  given 
unto  you. 
5.  But  behold,  hearken  ye  unto 
me,  and  know  that  by  the  help 
of  the  all-powerful  Creator  of 
heaven  and  earth  I  can  tell  you 
concerning  your  thoughts,  how 
that  ye  are  beginning  to  labor  In 
sin,  which  sin  appeareth  very 
abominable  unto  me,  yea,  and 
abominable  unto  God. 
6.  Yea,  it  grieveth  my  soul 
and  causeth  me  to  shrink  with 
shame  before  the  presence  of  my 
Maker,  that  I  might  testify  unto 
you  concerning  the  wickedness  of 
your  hearts. 
7.  And  also  It  grieveth  me  that 
I  must  use  so  much  boldness  of 
speech  concerning  you,  before 
your  wives  and  your  children, 
many  of  whose  "feelings  are  ex- 
ceedingly tender  and  chaste  and 
delicate  before  God,  which  thing 
is  pleasing  unto  God; 
8.  And  it  supposeth  me  that 
they  have  come  up  hither  to 
hear  the  pleasing  word  of  God, 
yea,  the  word  which  healeth  the 
wounded  soul. 
9.  Wherefore,  It  burdeneth  my 
soul  that  I  should  be  constrained, 
because  of  the  strict  command- 
ment which  I  have  received  from 
God,  to  admonish  you  according 
to  your  crimes,  to  enlarge  the 
wounds  of  those  who  are  already 
wounded,  instead  of  consoling  and 
g.  ver.  11.     A^  see  *,  2  Ne.  5.     i,  2  Ne.  5:26.     j,  2  Ne.  9:44.     Jac.  2:2. 
Ohaf.  2 :    a,  see  /,  Jac.  1.     b,  vers.  9,  28,  33,  85.     Jac.  3  :7.     Moro.  9 :9,  10. 
Bkxwkin  B.  C.  544  and  421. 
110 
JACOB,  2. 
healing  their  wounds;  and  those 
who  have  not  been  wounded,  in- 
stead of  feasting  upon  the  pleas- 
ing word  of  God  have  daggers 
placed  to  pierce  their  souls  and 
wound  their  delicate  minds. 
10.  But,  notwithstanding  the 
greatness  of  the  task,  I  must  do 
according  to  the  strict  commands 
of  God,  and  tell  you  concerning 
your  wickedness  and  abomina- 
tions, in  the  presence  of  the  pure 
in  heart,  and  the  broken  heart, 
and  under  the  glance  of  the 
'piercing  eye  of  the  Almighty 
God. 
11.  Wherefore,  I  must  tell  you 
the  truth  according  to  the  ""plain- 
ness  of  the  word  of  God.  For  be- 
hold, as  I  inquired  of  the  Lord, 
thus  came  the  word  unto  me,  say- 
ing: Jacob,  get  thou  up  into  the 
•temple  on  the  morrow,  and  de- 
clare the  word  which  I  shall  give 
thee  unto  this  people. 
12.  And  now  behold,  my  breth- 
ren, this  is  the  word  which  I  de- 
clare unto  you,  that  many  of  you 
have  begun  to  search  for  gold, 
and  for  silver,  and  for  all  manner 
of  precious  ores,  in  the  which  this 
land,  which  is  a  'land  of  promise 
unto  you  and  to  your  seed,  doth 
*abound  most  plentifully. 
13.  And  the  hand  of  providence 
hath  smiled  upon  you  most  pleas- 
lngly,that  you  have  obtained  many 
riches;  and  because  some  of  you 
have  obtained  more  abundantly 
than  that  of  your  brethren  ye  are 
lifted  up  In  the  pride  of  your 
hearts,  and  *wear  stiff  necks  and 
high  heads  because  of  the  costli- 
ness of  your  apparel,  and  perse- 
cute your  brethren  because  ye 
suppose  that  ye  are  better  than 
they. 
14.  And  now,  my  brethren,  do 
ye  suppose  that  God  justlfletB 
you  in  this  thing?  Beh/ild,  I 
say  unto  you,  Nay.  But  he  con- 
demneth  you,  and  if  ye  persist  In 
these  things  his  judgments  must 
speedily  come  unto  you. 
15.  O  that  he  would  show  you 
that  he  can  pierce  you,  and  with 
one  'glance  of  his  eye  he  can  smite 
you  to  the  dust! 
16.  O  that  he  would  rid  you 
from  this  iniquity  and  abomina- 
tion. And,  O  that  ye  would  listen 
unto  the  word  of  his  commands, 
and  let  not  this  pride  of  your 
hearts  destroy  your  souls! 
17.  Think  of  your  brethren  like 
unto  yourselves,  and  be  familiar 
with  all  and  free  with  your  sub- 
stance, that  ^they  may  be  rich 
like  unto  you. 
18.  But  before  ye  seek  for 
riches,  seek  ye  for  the  kingdom 
of  God. 
19.  And  after  ye  have  obtained 
a  hope  in  Christ  ye  shall  obtain 
riches,  if  ye  seek  them;  and  ye 
will  seek  them  for  the  intent  to 
do  good — to  clothe  the  naked,  and 
to  feed  the  hungry,  and  to  lib- 
erate the  captive,  and  administer 
relief  to  the  sick  and  the  afflicted. 
20.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
have  spoken  unto  you  concern- 
ing pride;  and  those  of  you  which 
have  afflicted  your  neighbor,  and 
persecuted  him  because  ye  were 
proud  in  your  hearts,  of  the 
things  which  God  hath  given  you, 
what  say  ye  of  It? 
21.  Do  ye  not  suppose  that 
such  things  are  abominable  unto 
him  who  created  all  flesh?  And 
the  one  being  Is  as  precious  In 
his  sight  as  the  other.  And  all 
flesh  is  of  the  dust;  and  for 
the  selfsame  end  hath  he  created 
them,  that  they  should  keep  his 
c.  2  Ne.  0:44.  Jac.  2:15.  Mon.  27:31.  d.  »t*  d.  2  tie.  83.  e,  see  h,  2  Ne.  S. 
/.  1  Ne.  2:20.  4:14.  6:22.  12:1,  4.  13:12.  14.  80.  17:18,  14.  18:8,  28,  2S. 
ff.  Me  ff,  2  Ne.  G.  k.  2  Ne.  28:14.  Mora.  8:80 — ib,  i,  m«  c.  j,  Ifoa.  4:16.  22,  20. 
▲I.  1 :2ii--S0.     4  Na.  8,  34— Sfl.  BaiWUN  B.  0.  B44  and  421. 
JACOB,   2. 
Ill 
commandments  and  glorify  him 
forever. 
22.  And  now  I  make  an  end  of 
speaking  unto  you  concerning 
this  pride.  And  were  it  not  that 
I  must  speak  unto  you  concern- 
ing a  grosser  crime,  my  heart 
would  rejoice  exceeaingly  because 
of  you. 
23.  But  the  word  of  God  bur- 
thens me  because  of  your  grosser 
crimes.  For  behold,  thus  saith 
the  Lord:  This  people  begin  to 
wax  in  iniquity;  they  understand 
not  the  scriptures,  for  they  seek 
to  excuse  themselves  in  commit- 
ting whoredoms,  because  of  the 
things  which  were  written  con- 
cerning David,  and  Solomon  his 
son. 
24.  Behold,  David  and  Solo- 
mon truly  had  "many  wives  and 
concubines,  which  thing  was 
'abominable  before  me,  saith  the 
Lord. 
25.  Wherefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  I  have  led  this  people  forth 
out  of  the  land  of  Jerusalem,  by 
the  power  of  mine  arm,  that  I 
might  raise  up  unto  me  a  "right- 
eous branch  from  the  fruit  of  the 
loins  of  Joseph 
26.  Wherefore.  I  the  Lord  God 
win  not  suffer  that  this  people 
shall  do  like  unto  them  of  old. 
27.  Wherefore,  my  brethren, 
hear  me,  and  hearken  to  the 
word  of  the  Lord:  For  there 
shall  not  any  man  among  you 
have  save  it  be  "one  wife;  and 
concubines  he  shall  have  none; 
28.  For  I,  the  Lord  God,  de- 
light In  the  chastity  of  women. 
And  "whoredoms  are  an  abomina- 
tion before  me;  thus  saith  the 
Lord  of  Hosts. 
29.  Wherefore, this  people  shall 
keep  my  commandments,  saith 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  or  "cursed  be 
the  land  for  their  sakes. 
30.  For  if  I  will,  saith  the 
Lord  of  Hosts,  raise  up  seed  unto 
me,  I  'will  command  my  people; 
otherwise  they  shall  hearken  unto 
'these  things. 
31.  For  behold,  I,  the  Lord, 
have  seen  the  sorrow,  and  heard 
the  mourning  of  the  daughters 
of  my  people  in  the  land  of  Jeru- 
salem, yea,  and  in  all  the  lands  of 
my  people,  because  of  the  wicked- 
ness and  abominations  of  'their 
husbands. 
32.  And  I  will  not  suffer,  saith 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  that  the  cries 
of  the  fair  daughters  of  this  peo- 
ple, which  I  have  led  out  of  the 
land  of  Jerusalem,  shall  come  up 
unto  me  against  the  men  of  my 
people,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 
33.  For  they  shall  not  lead 
away  captive  the  daughters  of  my 
people  because  of  their  tender- 
ness, save  I  shall  visit  them  with 
a  'sore  curse,  even  unto  destruc- 
tion; for  they  shall  not  commit 
"whoredoms,  like  unto  them  of 
old,  saith  the  Lord  of  Hosts. 
34.  And  now  behold,  my  breth- 
ren, ye  know  that  these  com- 
mandments were  "given  to  our 
father,  Lehi;  wherefore,  ye  have 
known  them  before;  and  ye  have 
come  unto  great  condemnation; 
for  ye  have  done  these  things 
which  ye  ought  not  to  have 
done. 
35.  Behold, yehavedonegreater 
Iniquities  than  theLamanites,  our 
brethren.  Ye  have  broken  the 
hearts  of  your  tender  wives,  and 
lost  the  confidence  of  your  chil- 
dren, because  of  your  bad  ex- 
amples before  them ;  and  the  sob- 
fc,  1  Kings  11 :1— 3.  2  Sam.  3  :2— -5,  14.  5:13.  11:26,27.  12:7—12,24.  15:16. 
16:21,  22.  19:5.  20:3.  1  Kings  1:1 — 4.  I,  1  KJngs  11:9 — 11.  Deut.  7:1 — i. 
17:14 — 17.  Ezra  9:1,  2.  Neh.  13:23 — 27.  m,  2  Ne.  3:5.  n,  ver.  34.  Jac.  3:5 — 7. 
0,  see  i,  2  Ne,  28.  p,  Jac.  3:3.  Al.  45:16.  Eth.  2:7 — 12.  q.  D.  &  C.  132.  r,  vers. 
27,  34.  Jac.  3:6.  a,  Ezek.  16:22 — 13.  t,  see  p.  u,  aee  i,  2  Ne.  28.  v,  1  Ne.  1:16,  17. 
6:1.  BixwEKN  B.  C.  544  AND  421. 
112 
JACOB,   3. 
bings  of  their  hearts  ascend  up 
to  God  against  you.  And  because 
of  the  "strictness  of  the  word  of 
God,  which  cometh  down  against 
you,  many  hearts  died,  pierced 
with  deep  wounds. 
CHAPTER  3. 
Jacob's  denunciation  continued — La- 
manitea  more  righteous  than  Nephites 
— The  former  commended  for  fidelity 
in  marriage — The  latter  again  warned. 
1.  But  behold,  I,  Jacob,  would 
speak  unto  you  that  are  pure  in 
heart.  Look  unto  God  with  firm- 
ness of  mind,  and  "pray  unto  him 
with  exceeding  faith,  and  he  will 
console  you  in  your  afflictions,  and 
he  will  plead  your  cause,  and  send 
down  Justice  upon  those  who  seek 
your  destruction. 
2.  O  all  ye  that  are  pure  in 
heart,  lift  up  your  heads  and  re- 
ceive the  pleasing  word  of  God, 
and  feast  upon  his  love;  for  ye 
may.  If  your  minds  are  firm,  for- 
ever. 
3.  But,  wo,  wo,  unto  you  that 
are  not  pure  in  heart,  that  are 
filthy  this  day  before  God;  for 
except  ye  repent  the  land  is  "cursed 
for  your  sakes;  and  the  Laman- 
Ites,  which  are  not  filthy  like  unto 
you,  nevertheless  'they  are  cursed 
with  a  sore  cursing,  shall  scourge 
you  even  unto  destruction. 
4.  And  the  time  speedily  com- 
eth, that  except  ye  repent  they 
shall  ''possess  the  land  of  your  In- 
heritance, and  the  Lord  God  will 
lead  away  the  righteous  out  from 
among  you. 
5.  Behold,  the  Lamanltes  your 
brethren,  whom  ye  hate  because 
of  their  fllthlness  and  the  'curs- 
ing which  hath  come  upon  their 
skins,  are  more  righteous  than 
you;  for  they  have  not  forgotten 
the  commandment  o?  the  Lord, 
whItJh  was  given  unto  our  fathers 
— that  they  should  nave  save  it 
were  'one  wife,  and  concubines 
they  should  have  none,  and  there 
should  not  be  whoredoms  com- 
mitted among  them. 
6.  And  now,  this  command- 
ment they  observe  to  keep ;  where- 
fore, because  of  this  observance, 
in  keeping  this  commandment,  the 
Lord  God  will  not  destroy  them, 
but  will  be  merciful  unto  them; 
and  one  day  they  shall  "become 
a  blessed  people. 
7.  Behold,  their  husbands  love 
their  wives,  and  their  wives  love 
their  husbands;  and  their  hus- 
bands and  their  wives  love  their 
children;  and  their  unbelief  and 
their  hatred  towards  you  is  because 
of  the  iniquity  of  their  fathers; 
wherefore,  how  much  better  are 
you  than  they,  in  the  sight  of 
your  great  Creator? 
8.  O  my  brethren,  I  fear  that 
unless  ye  shall  repent  of  your 
sins  that  their  skins  will  be  whiter 
than  yours,  when  ye  shall  be 
brought  with  them  before  the 
throne  of  God. 
9.  Wherefore,  a  commandment 
I  give  unto  you,  which  Is  the 
word  of  God,  that  ye  revile  no 
more  against  them  because  of  the 
"darkness  of  their  skins;  neither 
shall  ye  revile  against  them  be- 
cause of  their  filthiness;  but  ye 
shall  remember  your  own  filthi- 
ness, and  remeniber  that  their 
filthiness  came  because  of  their 
fathers. 
10.  Wherefore,  ye  shall  remem- 
ber your  children,  how  that  ye 
have  grieved  their  hearts  because 
of  the  example  that  ye  have  set 
before  them;  and  also,  remember 
that  ye  may,  because  of  your  filth- 
v),  Jac.  2:27,  84.  8:5.  Chap.  8:  a,  uf  e,2  Ne.  32.  b,  nee  p,  Jnc.  2.  c,  roc  d, 
I  N«.  2.  a.  Om.  0 — 7,  12,  13.  «,  ace  (/.  1  Nc  2.  /,  •«>«!  n,  Jac.  2.  g,  1  Ne.  16:13— 1H. 
22:8.     Sm  «,  2  N«.  3.     ik.  M*  ((,  1  Ne.  2.  Betwsin  U.  C.  544  and  421. 
JACOB,   4. 
113 
iness,  bring  your  children  unto 
destruction,  and  their  sins  be 
heaped  upon  your  heads  at  the 
last  day. 
11.  O  my  brethren,  hearken 
unto  my  word;  arouse  the  facul- 
ties of  your  soul;  shakeyourselves 
that  ye  may  awake  from  the  slum- 
ber of  death;  and  loose  yourselves 
from  the  pains  of  hell  that  ye 
may  not  become  *angels  to  the 
devil,  to  be  cast  Into  that  lake  of 
^fire  and  brimstone  which  is  the 
second  death. 
12.  And  now  I,  Jacob,  spake 
many  more  things  unto  the  people 
of  Nephi,  warning  them  against 
fornication  and  lasciviousness, 
and  every  kind  of  sin,  telling 
them  the  awful  consequences  of 
them. 
13.  And  a  hundredth  part  of 
the  proceedings  of  this  people, 
which  now  began  to  be  numerous, 
cannot  be  written  upon  Hhese 
plates;  but  many  of  their  pro- 
ceedings are  written  upon  the 
'larger  plates,  and  their  wars, 
and  their  contentions,  and  the 
reigns  of  their  kings. 
14.  These  plates  are  called  the 
plates  of  Jacob,  and  they  were 
made  by  the  "hand  of  Nephl. 
And  I  make  an  end  of  speaking 
these  words. 
CHAPTER  4. 
Jacob's  teachings  continued — The 
law  of  Moses  among  the  Nephitea, 
pointing  them  to  Christ — His  rejection 
oy  the  Jews  foreseen. 
1.  Now  behold.  It  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Jacob,  having  ministered 
much  unto  my  people  in  word, 
(and  I  cannot  write  but  a  little 
of  my  words,  because  of  the  "dif- 
ficulty of  engraving  our  words 
upon  plates)   and  we  know  that 
the  things  which  we  write  upon 
plates  must  remain; 
2.  But  whatsoever  things  we 
write  upon  anything  save  it  be 
upon  plates  must  perish  and 
vanish  away;  but  we  can  write,  a 
few  words  upon  plates,  which 
will  give  our  children,  and  also 
our  beloved  brethren,  a  small  de- 
gree of  knowledge  concerning  us, 
or  concerning  their  fathers — 
3.  Now  in  this  thing  we  do  re- 
joice; and  we  labor  diligently  to 
engraven  these  words  upon  plates, 
hoping  that  our  beloved  brethren 
and  our  children  will  receive  them 
with  thankful  hearts,  and  look 
upon  them  that  they  may  learn 
with  joy  and  not  with  sorrow, 
neither  with  contempt,  concern- 
ing their  first  parents. 
4.  For,  for  this  Intent  have  we 
written  these  things,  that  they 
may  know  that  we  knew  of 
Christ,  and  we  had  a  hope  of  his 
glory  many  hundred  years  before 
his  coming;  and  not  only  we  our- 
selves had  a  hope  of  his  glory, 
but  also  all  the  holy  prophets 
which  were  before  us. 
5.  Behold,  they  believed  In 
Christ  and  worshiped  the  Father 
in  his  name,  and  also  we  worship 
the  Father  in  his  name.  And  for 
this  intent  we  "keep  the  law  of 
Moses,  it  pointing  our  souls  to 
him;  and  for  this  cause  it  Is  sanc- 
tified unto  us  for  righteousness, 
even  as  It  was  accounted  unto 
Abraham  in  the  wilderness  to  be 
obedient  unto  the  commands  of 
God  In  offering  up  his  son  Isaac, 
which  Is  a  similitude  of  God  and 
his  Only  Begotten  Son. 
6.  Wherefore,  we  search  the 
prophets,  and  we  have  many  reve- 
lations and  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 
and    having   all   these    witnesses 
*,  see  i,  2  Ne.  9.     },  see  k,  1  Ne.  15.     k,  see.  6,  1  Ne.  6.     I,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.     m.  1 
Ne.  19:2.   3.     2  Ne.  6:30—32.         Chap.  4:    a.  Eth.   12:23—26.     b,  see  o.  2   Ne,  26. 
Bbtwkkn  B.  C.  644  AND  421. 
114 
JACOB,  4. 
we  obtain  a  hope,  and  our  faith 
becometh  unshaken,  insomuch 
that  we  truly  "can  command  in 
the  name  of  Jesus  and  the  very 
trees  obey  us,  or  the  mountains, 
or  the  waves  of  the  sea. 
7.  Nevertheless,  the  Lord  God 
showeth  us  our  weakness  that  we 
may  know  that  it  is  by  his  grace, 
and  his  great  condescensions  unto 
the  children  of  men,  that  we 
have  power  to  do  these  things. 
8.  Behold,  great  and  marvelous 
are  the  works  of  the  Lord.  How 
unsearchable  are  the  depths  of 
the  mysteries  of  him;  and  it  is 
impossible  that  man  should  find 
out  all  his  ways.  And  no  man 
knoweth  of  his  ways  save  it  be 
revealed  unto  him;  wherefore, 
brethren,  despise  not  the  revela- 
tions of  God. 
9.  For  behold,  by  the  ^power 
of  his  word  man  came  upon  the 
face  of  the  earth,  which  earth 
was  created  by  the  power  of  his 
word.  Wherefore,  if  God  being 
able  to  speak  and  the  world  was, 
and  to  speak  and  man  was  created, 
O  then,  why  not  able  to  command 
the  earth,  or  the  workmanship  of 
his  hands  upon  the  face  of  it,  ac- 
cording to  his  will  and  pleasure? 
10.  Wherefore,  brethren,  seek 
not  to  counsel  the  Lord,  but  to 
take  counsel  from  his  hand.  For 
behold,  ye  yourselves  know  that 
he  counseleth  in  wisdom,  and  in 
justice,  and  in  great  mercy,  over 
all  his  works. 
11.  Wherefore,  beloved  breth- 
ren, be  reconciled  unto  him 
through  the 'atonement  of  Christ, 
his  Only  Begotten  Son,  and  ye 
may  obtain  a  'resurrection,  ac- 
cording to  the  power  of  the  resur- 
rection which  is  In  Christ,  and  be 
presented  as  the  "first-fruits  of 
Christ  unto  God,  having  faith, 
and  obtained  a  good  hope  of  glory 
in  him  before  he  manifesteth 
himself  in  the  flesh. 
12.  And  now,  beloved,  marvel 
not  that  I  tell  you  these  things; 
for  why  not  speak  of  the  "atone- 
ment of  Christ,  and  attain  to  a 
perfect  knowledge  of  him,  as  to 
attain  to  the  knowledge  of  a  *res- 
urrection  and  the  world  to  come? 
13.  Behold,  my  brethren,  he 
that  prophesieth,  let  him  prophesy 
to  the  understanding  of  men;  for 
the  Spirit  speaketh  the  truth  and 
lieth  not.  Wherefore,  it  speaketh 
of  things  as  they  really  are,  and 
of  things  as  they  really  will  be; 
wherefore,  these  things  are  mani- 
fested unto  us  ^plainly,  for  the 
salvation  of  our  souls.  But  be- 
hold, we  are  not  witnesses  alone 
in  these  things;  for  God  also 
spake  them  unto  prophets  of  old. 
14.  But  behold,  the  Jews  were 
a  ''stiffnecked  people;  and  they 
despised  the  words  of  plainness, 
and  killed  the  prophets,  and 
sought  for  things  that  they  could 
not  understand.  Wherefore,  be- 
cause of  their  blindness,  which 
blindness  came  by  looking  beyond 
the  mark,  they  must  needs  fall; 
for  God  hath  taken  away  hia 
'plainness  from  them,  and  deliv- 
ered unto  them  many  things 
which  they  cannot  understand, 
because  they  desired  it.  And  be- 
cause they  desired  It  God  hath 
done  It,  that  they  may  stumble. 
15.  And  now  I,  Jacob,  am  led 
on  by  the  Spirit  unto  prophesy- 
ing; for  I  perceive  by  the  work- 
ings  of  the   Spirit  which  Is  In 
c,  1  Nc.  7:17,  18.  17:48.60.63—05.  Jnc.  7:13— 19.  Mos.  18:8— 6.  AI.  14  :26— 
39.  He.  10:6—11.  8  Nc.  28:10—22.  Morm.  8:24.  Btb.  12:30.  d.  2  Ne.  2:14.  16. 
Mm,  2:26.  Morm.  0:17.  e.  iM>e  /,  2  N>.  2.  /,  iM>e  d,  2  Ne.  2.  0,  Mob.  16:21-23. 
AI.  40:10 — 21.  He.  14:26.  8  Ne.  28:0—18.  1  Cor.  10:20.  1  ThoBR.  4:16.  Rev. 
30:4,  6.  k,  MM  /,  2  No.  2.  i, 
Jac.  e  :i.    I,  UM  i,2  N«.  26. 
d,  2  Ne.  3.     i,  nee  b,  2  Ne.  26.     k.  2  Ne.  26:2. 
DrrwBBN  B.  O.  044  and  421. 
JACOB,   5. 
IIB 
me,  that  by  the  stumbling  of  the 
Jews  they  will  ""reject  the  stone 
upon  which  they  might  build  and 
have  safe  foundation, 
16.  But  behold,  according  to 
the  "scriptures,  this  stone  shall 
become  the  great,  and  the  last, 
and  the  only  sure  foundation, 
upon  which  the  Jews  can  build. 
17.  And  now,  my  beloved,  how 
is  it  possible  that  these,  after 
having  rejected  the  sure  founda- 
tion, can  ever  build  upon  it,  that 
it  may  become  the  "head  of  their 
corner? 
18.  Behold,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  will  unfold  this  mystery 
unto  you;  if  I  do  not,  by  any 
means,  get  shaken  from  my  firm- 
ness in  the  Spirit,  and  stumble 
because  of  my  over  anxiety  for 
you. 
CHAPTER  5. 
Jacob  quotes  the  prophet  Zenos — Al- 
legory of  the  tame  and  the  wild  oUve- 
tree — Israel  and   the   Oentilea. 
1.  Behold,  my  brethren,  do  ye 
not  remember  to  have  read  the 
words  of  the  prophet  "Zenos, 
which  he  spake  unto  the  house 
of  Israel,  saying: 
Z.  Hearken,  O  ye  house  of 
Israel,  and  hear  the  words  of  me, 
a  prophet  of  the  Lord. 
3.  For  behold,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  I  will  liken  thee,  O  house 
of  Israel,  like  unto  a  "tame  olive- 
tree,  which  a  man  took  and  nour- 
ished in  his  vineyard;  and  it  grew, 
and  waxed  old,  and  began  to 
decay. 
4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  master  of  the  vineyard  went 
forth,  and  he  saw  that  his  olive- 
tree  began  to  decay;  and  he  said: 
I  will  prune  it,  and  dig  about  it, 
and  nourish  it,   that  perhaps  it 
may  shoot  forth  young  and  ten- 
der branches,  and  it  perish  not. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
pruned  it,  and  digged  about  it, 
and  nourished  it  according  to  his 
word. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  many  days  it  began  to  put 
forth  somewhat  a  little,  young 
and  tender  branches;  but  behold, 
the  main  top  thereof  began  to 
perish. 
7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
master  of  the  vineyard  saw  it, 
and  he  said  unto  his  servant:  It 
grieveth  me  that  I  should  lose 
this  tree;  wherefore,  go  and  pluck 
the  branches  from  a  'wild  olive- 
tree,  and  bring  them  hither  unto 
me;  and  we  will  pluck  off  those 
main  branches  which  are  begin- 
ning to  wither  away,  and  we  will 
cast  them  into  the  fire  that  they 
may  be  burned. 
8.  And  behold,  saith  the  Lord 
of  the  vineyard,  I  take  away 
many  of  these  ""young  and  tender 
branches,  and  I  will  graft  them 
whithersoever  I  will ;  and  it  mat- 
tereth  not  that  if  it  so  be  that 
the  root  of  this  tree  will  perish,  I 
may  preserve  the  fruit  thereof 
unto  myself;  wherefore,  I  will 
take  these  young  and  tender 
branches,  and  I  will  graft  them 
whithersoever  I  will. 
9.  Take  thou  the  branches  of 
the  "wild  olive-tree,  and  graft 
them  in,  in  the  stead  thereof; 
and  these  which  I  have  plucked 
off  I  will  cast  into  the  fire  and 
burn  them,  that  they  may  not 
cumber  the  ground  of  my  vine- 
yard. 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  of  the  Lord  of  the 
vineyard  did  according  to  the 
word  of  the  Lord  of  the  vineyard. 
»n,  2  Ne.  18:14,  15.     Isa.  8:14,  15.     n,  Ps.  118  :22.  23.     o,  Ps.  118  :22,  23. 
Chap.  5:    a,  see  ft,  1  Ne.  19.     b,  1  Ne.  10:12,  14.     15:7,  12,  13,  16.     2  Ne.  3:5.     Jac. 
6:1—7.     c,  vers.  9,  10,   17,  18,  30—37,  46,  57,  65,  73.     Rom.  11:17,  24.     d,  vers.  6, 
18.  14,  19 — 27,  38 — 40,  43 — 46,  52,  54,  67,  68.     e,  see  c.         Brc.  B.  0.  644  AND  421. 
k 
116 
"JACOB.   5. 
and  grafted  in  the  branches  of 
the  'wild  olive-tree. 
11.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard caused  that  it  should  be 
digged  about,  and  pruned,  and 
nourished,  saying  unto  his  serv- 
ant: It  grieveth  me  that  I  should 
lose  this  tree;  wherefore,  that 
perhaps  I  might  preserve  the  roots 
thereof  that  they  perish  not,  that 
I  might  preserve  them  unto  my- 
self, I  have  done  this  thing. 
12.  Wherefore,  go  thy  way; 
watch  the  tree,  and  nourish  it, 
according  to  my  words. 
13.  And  "these  will  I  place  in 
the  nethermost  part  of  my  vine- 
yard, whithersoever  I  will,  it  mat- 
tereth  not  unto  thee;  and  I  doit 
that  I  may  preserve  unto  myself 
the  natural  branches  of  the  tree; 
and  also,  that  I  may  lay  up  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
myself;  for  it  grieveth  me  that  I 
should  lose  this  tree  and  the 
fruit  thereof. 
14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  went  his 
way,  and  hid  the  natural  branches 
of  the  tame  olive-tree  in  the 
*nethermost  parts  of  the  vine- 
yard, some  In  one  and  some  in 
another,  according  to  his  will  and 
pleasure. 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  a 
'long  time  passed  away,  and  the 
Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his  servant:  Come,  let  us  go 
down  Into  the  vineyard,  that  we 
may  labor  in  the  vineyard. 
16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard,  and  also 
the  servant,  went  down  into  the 
vineyard  to  labor.  And  It  came 
to  pass  that  the  servant  said 
unto  his  master:  Behold,  look 
here;  behold  the  tree. 
17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  looked 
and  beheld  the  tree  in  the  which 
the  wild  olive  branches  had  been 
grafted;  and  it  had  sprung  forth 
and  ^  begun  to  bear  fruit.  And  he 
beheld  that  it  was  good;  and  the 
fruit  thereof  was  like  unto  the 
natural  fruit. 
18.  And  he  said  unto  the  serv- 
ant: Behold,  the  branches  of  the 
*wild  tree  have  taken  hold  of  the 
moisture  of  the  root  thereof,  that 
the  root  thereof  hath  brought 
forth  much  strength;  and  because 
of  the  much  strength  of  the  root 
thereof  the  wild  branches  have 
brought  forth  tame  fruit.  Now, 
if  we  had  not  grafted  In  these 
branches,  the  tree  thereof  would 
have  perished.  And  now,  behold, 
I  shall  lay  up  much  fruit,  which 
the  tree  thereof  hath  brought 
forth;  and  the  fruit  thereof  I 
shall  lay  up  against  the  season, 
unto  mine  own  self. 
19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said 
unto  the  servant:  Come,  let  us 
go  to  the  nethermost  part  of  the 
vineyard,  and  behold  If  the  natu- 
ral branches  of  the  tree  have  not 
brought  forth  much  fruit  also, 
that  I  may  lay  up  of  the  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
mine  own  self. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  forth  whither  the  mas- 
ter had  hid  the  natural  branches 
of  the  tree,  and  he  said  unto  the 
servant:  Behold  these;  and  he  be- 
held the  first  that  it  had  brought 
forth  much  fruit;  and  he  beheld 
also  that  it  was  good.  And  he 
said  unto  the  servant:  Take  of  the 
fruit  thereof,  and  lay  II  up  against 
the  season,  that  I  may  preserve  It 
unto  mine  own  self;  for  behold, 
said  he,  this  long  time  have  I 
nourished  It,  and  It  hath  brought 
forth  much  fruit. 
John  IS:  10. 
0,  M«  a.    M.  rera.  IS.  19,  88,  80,  52. 
Bom,  11 :1a.     Ir,  mc  c. 
{,  ycrs.  26,  29,  76.     /,  Matt.  12  :88, 
DrrwKKN  B.  C.  644  and  421. 
JACOB,   5. 
117 
21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  said  unto  his  master: 
How  comest  thou  hither  to  plant 
this  tree,  or  this  branch  of  the 
tree?  For  behold,  it  was  the 
poorest  'spot  in  all  the  land  of  the 
vineyard. 
22.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  him:  Counsel  me 
not;  I  knew  that  it  was  a  poor  spot 
of  ground;  wherefore,  I  said  unto 
thee,  I  have  nourished  it  this  long 
time,  and  thou  beholdest  that  it 
hath  brought  forth  much  fruit. 
23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said 
unto  his  servant:  Loolc  hither; 
behold  I  have  planted  another 
branch  of  the  tree  also;  and  thou 
knowest  that  "this  spot  of  ground 
was  poorer  than  the  first.  But, 
behold  the  tree.  I  have  nourished 
it  this  long  time,  and  it  hath 
brought  forth  much  fruit;  there- 
fore, gather  it,  and  lay  it  up 
against  the  season,  that  I  may 
preserve  it  unto  mine  own  self. 
24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  again 
unto  his  servant:  Look  hither, 
and  behold  "another  branch  also, 
which  I  have  planted;  behold  that 
I  have  nourished  it  also,  and  it 
hath  brought  forth  fruit. 
25.  And  he  said  unto  the  ser- 
vant: Look  hither  and  behold  the 
last.  Behold,  this  have  I  planted 
in  a  "good  spot  of  ground;  and  I 
have  nourished  it  this  long  time, 
and  only  a  "part  of  the  tree  hath 
brought  forth  tame  fruit,  and  the 
'other  part  of  the  tree  hath 
brought  forth  wild  fruit;  behold, 
I  have  nourished  this  tree  like 
unto  the  others, 
26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the   Lord   of   the   vineyard   said 
unto  the  servant:  Pluck  oft  'the 
branches  that  have  not  brought 
forth  good  fruit,  and  cast  them 
into  the  fire. 
27.  But  behold,  the  servant 
said  unto  him:  Let  us  prune  it, 
and  dig  about  it,  and  nourish  it  a 
little  longer,  that  perhaps  it  may 
bring  forth  good  fruit  unto  thee, 
that  thou  canst  lay  it  up  against 
the  season. 
28.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  and  the 
servant  of  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard did  nourish  all  the  fruit  of 
the  vineyard. 
29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  a 
•long  time  had  passed  away,  and 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his  'servant:  Come,  let  us  go 
down  into  the  vineyard,  that  we 
may  labor  again  in  the  vineyard. 
For  behold,  the  time  draweth 
near,  and  the  "end  soon  cometh; 
wherefore,  I  must  lay  up  fruit 
against  the  season,  unto  mine 
own  self. 
30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  of  the  vineyard  and  the  ser- 
vant went  down  into  the  vineyard ; 
and  they  came  to  the  tree  whose 
natural  branches  had  been  broken 
off,  and  the  wild  branches  had 
been  grafted  in;  and  behold  all 
"sorts  of  fruit  did  cumber  the  tree. 
31.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  did  taste 
of  the  fruit,  every  sort  according 
to  its  number.  And  the  Lord  of 
the  vineyard  said:  Behold,  this 
long  time  have  we  nourished  this 
tree,  and  I  have  laid  up  unto  my- 
self against  the  season  much  fruit. 
32.  But  behold,  this  time  it 
hath  brought  forth  much  fruit, 
and  there  is  "none  of  it  which  is 
good.    And  behold,  there  are  'all 
J,  ver.  22.  m,  ver».  21,  22,  25,  43,  44.  n,  AI.  16:17.  o,  ver.  43.  1  Ne.  2:20. 
p,  He.  15  :3.  q.  He.  15  :4.  r,  ver.  25.  «,  vers.  15,  23,  76.  t,  2  Ne.  27  :9.  D.  &  C. 
101:65.  103:21.  u,  1  Ne.  22:15—26.  2  Ne.  27:1 — 3.  30:10.  Vers.  47,  62—64,  69. 
71,  75,  76.  6:2.  3  Ne.  29:4.  Morm,  8:41.  Bth.  4:16.  v.  ver.  32.  4  Ne.  26. 
w,  vers.  30.  35.  37,  42.   46.     x,  see  w.  Bbtwwdn  B.  C.  544  and  421. 
118 
JACOB,   5. 
kinds  of  bad  fruit;  anditprofiteth 
me  nothing,  notwithstanding  all 
our  labor;  and  now  it  grieveth  me 
that  I  should  lose  this  tree. 
33.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  the  servant:  What 
shall  we  do  unto  the  tree,  that  I 
may  preserve  again  good  fruit 
thereof  unto  mine  own  self? 
34.  And  the  servant  said  unto 
his  master:  Behold,  because  thou 
didst  graft  in  the  branches  of  the 
wild  olive-tree  they  have  nour- 
ished the  roots,  that  they  are  alive 
and  they  have  not  perished; 
wherefore  thou  beholdest  that 
they  are  yet  good. 
35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said 
unto  his  servant:  The  tree  proflt- 
eth  me  nothing,  and.  the  roots 
thereof  profit  me  nothing  so  long 
as  it  shall  bring  forth  evil  fruit. 
36.  Nevertheless,  I  know  that 
the  roots  are  good,  and  for  mine 
own  purpose  I  have  preserved 
them;  and  because  of  their  much 
strength  they  have  hitherto 
brought  forth,  from  the  "wild 
branches,  good  fruit. 
87.  But  behold,  the  wild 
branches  have  grown  and  have 
overrun  the  roots  thereof;  and 
because  that  the  wild  branches 
have  overcome  the  roots  thereof 
it  hath  brought  forth  'much  evil 
fruit;  and  because  that  it  hath 
brought  forth  so  much  evil  fruit 
thou  beholdest  that  it  beglnneth 
to  perish;  and  it  will  soon  become 
ripened,  that  it  may  be  cast  into 
the  Are,  except  we  should  do 
something  for  It  to  preserve  it. 
38.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said  unto 
his  servant:  Let  us  go  down  into 
the  ''nethermost  parts  of  the  vine- 
yard, and  behold  If  the  natural 
branches  have  also  brought  forth 
evil  fruit. 
39.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  went  down  into  the  nether- 
most parts  of  the  vineyard.  And 
it  came  to  pass  that  they  beheld 
that  the  fruit  of  the  natural 
branches  had  become  corrupt 
also;  yea,  the  -'"first  and  the  ^''sec- 
ond  and  also  the  ''"last;  and  they 
had  all  become  corrupt. 
40.  And  the  ="wild  fruit  of  the 
last  had  overcome  that  ^'part  of 
the  tree  which  brought  forth  good 
fruit,  even  that  the  branch  had 
withered  away  and  died. 
41.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  *»wept, 
and  said  unto  the  servant:  What 
could  I  have  done  more  for  my 
vineyard? 
42.  Behold,  I  knew  that  all 
the  fruit  of  the  vineyard,  save  it 
were  these,  had  become  cor- 
rupted. And  now  these  which 
have  once  brought  forth  good 
fruit  have  also  become  corrupted; 
and  now  all  the  trees  of  my  vine- 
yard are  good  for  ''*nothing  save 
it  be  to  be  hewn  down  and  cast 
into  the  fire. 
43.  And  behold  this  last,  whose 
"'branch  hath  withered  away,  I 
did  plant  in  a  '"'good  spot  of 
ground;  yea,  even  that  which  was 
choice  unto  me  above  all  other 
parts  of  the  land  of  my  vineyard. 
44.  And  thou  beheldest  that  I 
also  cut  down  that  which  -"cum- 
bered this  spot  of  ground,  that  I 
might  plant  this  tree  in  the  stead 
thereof. 
45.  And  thou  beheldest  that  a 
"part  thereof  brought  forth  good 
fruit,  and  a '""part  thereof  brought 
forth  wild  fruit;  and  because  I 
plucked  not  the  branches  thereof 
and  cast  them  Into  the  flre,  be- 
s.  15:4.     it.  T«r. 
,  Moro.  B  .ii.    31, 
10.  2a.  M«  h.  26,  Tar.  20.  2o,  Ter.  28.  2d,  ver.  25.  2e,  tpf.  25. 
2B.  H«.  15:8.  2p,  Ua.  0:4.  2k,  mm  w.  ii,  bm  p.  2f.  ver.  25. 
■M  p.    2m,  M«  a-  Bvrwant  B.  C.  044  and  421. 
JACOB,  6. 
119 
hold,  they  have  overcome  the 
good  branch  that  it  hath  withered 
away. 
46.  And  now,  behold,  notwith- 
standing all  the  care  which  we 
have  taken  of  my  vineyard,  the 
trees  thereof  have  become  cor- 
rupted, that  they  bring  forth  ^"no 
good  fruit;  and  these  I  had  hoped 
to  preserve,  to  have  laid  up  fruit 
thereof  against  the  season,  unto 
mine  own  self.  But,  behold,  they 
have  become  like  unto  the  wild 
olive-tree,  and  they  are  of  ""no 
worth  but  to  be  hewn  down  and 
cast  into  the  fire;  and  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  should  lose  them. 
47.  But  what  could  I  have  done 
*»'more  in  my  vineyard?  Have  I 
slackened  mine  hand,  that  I  have 
not  nourished  it?  Nay,  I  have 
nourished  it,  and  I  have  digged 
about  it,  and  I  have  pruned  it, 
and  I  have  dunged  it;  and  I  have 
stretched  forth  mine  hand  almost 
all  the  day  long,  and  the  '"end 
draweth  nigh.  And  it  grieveth 
me  that  I  should  hew  down  all  the 
trees  of  my  vineyard,  and  cast 
them  into  the  fire  that  they  should 
be  burned.  Who  is  it  that  has 
corrupted  my  vineyard? 
48.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  servant  said  unto  his  master: 
Is  it  not  the  loftiness  of  thy  vine- 
yard— have  not  the  branches 
thereof  overcome  the  roots  which 
are  good?  And  because  the 
branches  have  overcome  the  roots 
thereof,  behold  they  grew  faster 
than  the  strength  of  the  roots, 
taking  strength  unto  themselves. 
Behold,  I  say,  is  not  this  the  cause 
that  the  trees  of  thy  vineyard 
have  become  corrupted? 
49.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  said 
unto  the  servant:    Let  us  go  to 
and  hew  down  the  trees  of  the 
vineyard  and  cast  them  into  the 
fire,  that  they  shall  not  cumber 
the  ground  of  my  vineyard,  for  I 
have  done  all.  What  could  I  have 
done  '''more  for  my  vineyard? 
50.  But,  behold,  the  servant 
said  unto  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard:   Spare  It  a  little  longer. 
51.  And  the  Lord  said:  Yea,  I 
will  spare  it  a  little  longer,  for  it 
grieveth  me  that  I  should  lose  the 
trees  of  my  vineyard. 
52.  Wherefore,  let  us  take  of 
the  "'branches  of  these  which  I 
have  planted  in  the  nethermost 
parts  of  my  vineyard,  and  let 
us  graft  them  into  the  "'tree 
from  whence  they  cam.e;  and  let 
us  pluck  from  the  tree  those 
""branches  whose  fruit  is  most 
bitter,  and  graft  in  the  natural 
branches  of  the  tree  in  the  stead 
thereof. 
53.  And  this  will  I  do  that  the 
tree  may  not  perish,  that,  per- 
haps, I  may  preserve  unto  myself 
the  roots  thereof  for  mine  own 
purpose. 
54.  And,  behold,  the  ""roots  of 
the  natural  branches  of  the  tree 
which  I  planted  whithersoever  I 
would  are  yet  alive;  wherefore, 
that  I  may  preserve  them  also  for 
mine  own  purpose,  I  will  take  of 
the  ""'branches  of  this  tree,  and 
I  will  graft  them  in  unto  "'them. 
Yea,  I  will  graft  In  unto  them  the 
branches  of  their  mother  tree, 
that  I  may  preserve  the  ""roots 
also  unto  mine  own  self,  that 
when  they  shall  be  sufficiently 
strong  perhaps  they  may  bring 
forth  good  fruit  unto  me,  and  I 
may  yet  have  glory  in  the  fruit 
of  my  vineyard. 
55.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  "'took  from  the  natural  tree 
2»,  see  w.  2o,  2  Ne.  20:33.  Al.  5:52.  3  Ne.  27:11.  2p,  vers.  41,  49.  2q,  see  u. 
2r,  vers.  41,  49.  2«,  see  d.  2t,  see  b.  2u,  vers.  57,  65.  2v,  vers.  11,  35,  37,  48,  54,  60. 
2«7.  8  Ne.  21:5,  6.     Morm.  5:15.     2w,  see  2v.     2y,  see  2v.     2z,  see  2u>. 
BsiwuN  B.  C.  644  AMD  421. 
120 
JACOB,  5. 
which  had  become  wild,  and 
grafted  in  unto  the  natural  trees, 
which  also  had  become  wild. 
56.  And  they  also  ^"took  of  the 
natural  trees  which  had  become 
wild,  and  grafted  into  their  moth- 
er tree. 
57.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  the  servant:  Pluck 
not  the  wild  branches  from  the 
trees,  save  it  be  those  which  are 
'"most  bitter;  and  in  them  ye 
shall  graft  according  to  that 
which  I  have  said. 
58.  And  we  will  nourish  again 
the  trees  of  the  vineyard,  and  we 
will  trim  up  the  branches  there- 
of; and  we  will  pluck  from  the 
trees  those  branches  which  ^'^are 
ripened,  that  must  perish,  and 
cast  them  into  the  fire. 
59.  And  this  I  do  that,  per- 
haps, the  roots  thereof  may  take 
strength  because  of  their  good- 
ness; and  because  of  the  change 
of  the  branches,  that  the  good 
may  overcome  the  evil. 
60.  And  because  that  I  have 
preserved  the  natural  branches 
and  the  roots  thereof,  and  that 
I  have  grafted  in  the  natural 
branches  again  into  their  mother 
tree,  and  have  preserved  the  roots 
of  their  mother  tree,  that,  per- 
haps, the  trees  of  my  vineyard 
may  bring  forth  again  good  fruit; 
and  that  I  may  have  Joy  again  in 
the  fruit  of  my  vineyard,  and,  per- 
haps, that  I  may  rejoice  exceed- 
ingly that  I  have  preserved  the 
•'roots  and  the  branches  of  the 
first  fruit — 
61.  Wherefore,  go  to,  and  call 
••servants,  that  we  may  labor  dili- 
gently with  our  might  In  the  vine- 
yard, that  we  may  prepare  the 
way,  that  I  may  bring  forth  again 
the  natural  fruit,  which  natural 
fruit  is  good  and  the  most  pre- 
cious above  all  other  fruit. 
62.  Wherefore,  let  us  go  to  and 
labor  with  our  might  this  ^'l3st 
time,  for  behold  the  end  draweth 
nigh,  and  this  is  for  the  last  time 
that  I  shall  prune  my  vineyard. 
63.  Graft  in  the  branches;  be- 
gin at  the  ^"last  that  they  may  be 
first,  and  that  the  ^"first  may  be 
last,  and  dig  about  the  trees,  both 
old  and  young,  the  first  and  the 
last;  and  the  last  and  the  first, 
that  all  may  be  nourished  once 
again  for  the  ''last  time. 
64.  Wherefore,  dig  about  them, 
and  prune  them,  and  dung  them 
once  more,  for  the  last  time,  for 
the  end  draweth  nigh.  And  if  it 
be  so  that  these  last  grafts  shall 
grow,  and  bring  forth  the  natural 
fruit,  then  shall  ye  prepare  the 
way  for  them,  that  they  may 
grow. 
65.  And  as  they  begin  to  grow 
ye  shall  clear  away  the  branches 
which  bring  forth  '^bitter  fruit, 
according  to  the  strength  of  the 
good  and  the  size  thereof;  and 
ye  shall  not  clear  away  the  bad 
thereof  all  at  once,  lest  the  roots 
thereof  should  be  too  strong  for 
the  graft,  and  the  graft  thereof 
shall  perish,  and  I  lose  the  trees 
of  my  vineyard. 
66.  For  It  grieveth  me  that  I 
should  lose  the  trees  of  my  vine- 
yard; wherefore  ye  shall  clear 
away  the  bad  according  as  the 
good  shall  grow,  that  the  root  and 
the  top  may  be  equal  in  strength, 
until  the  good  shall  overcome  the 
bad,  and  the  bad  be  hewn  down 
and  cast  Into  the  fire,  that  they 
cumber  not  the  ground  of  my 
vineyard;  and  thus  will  I  sweep 
away  the  bad  out  of  my  vineyard. 
67.  And  the  '*branches  of  the 
8a,  Me  2v.  8b,  vpm.  08,  6S,  60,  73.  74.  8c.  sec  Sb.  id,  Bce  2t).  Se,  Tprn.  70,  72, 
74.  70.  Jrc.  6:2.  8/,  n^  u.  80,  Mott.  20:10.  11:20,  20.  Sh,  D.  &  C.  H8:01— 62. 
1  Ne.  18 :42.     Si,  Me  u.     8/,  ■<!«  8b.    ik,  rer.  06.  Bktwkin  B,  C.  044  and  421. 
JACOB,   5. 
121 
natural  tree  will  I  graft  in  again 
into  the  natural  tree; 
68.  And  the  ^'branches  of  the 
natural  tree  will  I  graft  into  the 
natural  branches  of  the  tree;  and 
thus  will  I  bring  them  together 
again,  that  they  shall  bring  forth 
the  natural  fruit,  and  they  shall 
be  ^""one. 
69.  And  the  bad  shall  be  cast 
away,  yea,  even  out  '"of  all  the 
land  of  my  vineyard;  for  behold, 
only  this  once  will  I  prune  my 
vineyard. 
70.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lord  of  the  vineyard  sent  his 
^"servant;  and  the  servant  went 
and  did  as  the  Lord  had  com- 
manded him,  and  brought  '^other 
servants;  and  they  were  '"few. 
71.  And  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard said  unto  them:  Go  to,  and 
*'labor  in  the  vineyard,  with  your 
might.  For  behold,  this  is  the 
last  time  that  I  shall  nourish  my 
vineyard;  for  the  "end  is  nigh  at 
hand,  and  the  season  speedily 
Cometh;  and  if  ye  labor  with  your 
might  with  me  ye  shall  have  ''joy 
In  the  fruit  which  I  shall  lay  up 
unto  myself  against  the  time 
which  will  soon  come. 


DENSE: ac079
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac079
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
72.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  '"servants  did  go  and  labor 
with  their  mights;  and  the  Lord 
of  the  vineyard  labored  also  with 
them;  and  they  did  obey  the  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord  of  the 
vineyard  In  all  things. 


DENSE: ac080
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac080
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
73.  And  there  began  to  be  the 
natural  fruit  again  In  the  vine- 
yard; and  the  natural  branches 
began  to  grow  and  thrive  exceed- 
ingly; and  the  wild  branches  be- 
gan to  be  plucked  off  and  to  be 
"cast  away;    and  they  did  keep 
the  root  and  the  top  ther«of 
'"equal,  according  to  the  strength 
thereof. 


DENSE: ac081
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac081
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
74.  And  thus  they  labored, 
with  all  diligence,  according  to 
the  commandments  of  the  Lord  of 
the  vineyard,  even  until  the  "bad 
had  been  cast  away  out  of  the 
vineyard,  and  the  Lord  had  pre- 
served unto  himself  that  the  trees 
had  become  again  the  natural 
fruit;  and  they  became  like  unto 
'"one  body;  and  the  fruits  were 
equal;  and  the  Lord  of  the  vine- 
yard had  preserved  unto  himself 
the  natural  fruit,  which  was  most 
precious  unto  him  from  the  be- 
ginning. 
7  5.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  Lord  of  the  vineyard 
saw  that  his  fruit  was  good,  and 
that  his  vineyard  was  "no  more 
corrupt,  he  called  up  his  servants, 
and  said  unto  them:  Behold,  for 
this  last  time  have  we  nourished 
my  vineyard;  and  thou  beholdest 
that  I  have  done  according  to  my 
will;  and  I  have  preserved  the 
natural  fruit,  that  it  Is  good,  even 
like  as  It  was  in  the  beginning. 
And  blessed  art  thou;  for  because 
ye  have  been  diligent  In  laboring 
with  me  in  my  vineyard,  and  have 
kept  my  commandments,  and 
have  brought  unto  me  again  the 
natural  fruit,  that  my  vineyard  is 
no  more  corrupted,  and  the  ♦"bad 
is  cast  away,  behold  ye  shall  have 
^''joy  with  me  because  of  the  fruit 
of  my  vineyard. 


DENSE: ac082
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac082
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
76.  For  behold,  for  a  *'long 
time  will  I  lay  up  of  the  fruit  of 
my  vineyard  unto  mine  own  self 
against  the  season,  which  speed- 
ily Cometh;  and  for  the  <''last  time 
have   I  nourished   my  vineyard, 
3/,  ver.  55.  3m,  yers.  CC,  73.  74.  3n,  vers.  66,  74,  75.  1  Ne.  22  :15— 17,  19 — 26. 
2  Ne.  30  :9,  10.  So,  D.  &  C.  101 :55,  60.  103  :21,  2  Ne.  27  :9.  3p,  see  D.  &  C.  3q.  1 
Ne.  14:12.  3r,  D.  &  C.  6 :3,  4.  11:3.  21:9.  24:19.  31:4,5.  33:3,4.  39:17.  43:28. 
3«,  see  «.  St,  Ter.  75.  1  Ne.  13  :37,  38.  Jac.  6  :8.  3u,  se«  3p.  »«>,  see  36.  3ic,  ■•• 
3m.  3a;,  see  3n.  Sy,  see  3m.  3z,  see  3n.  4a,  see  3n.  4B,  see  3t.  4c,  D.  &.  C.  101  :«2. 
1  Ne.  22:26.     See  n,  2  Ne.  30.     4(2,  see  u.  Bviwbkn  B.  C.  644  and  .421. 
122 
JACOB,   6. 
and  pruned  it,  and  dug  about  it, 
and  dunged  it;  wherefore  I  will 
lay  up  unto  mine  own  self  of  the 
fruit,  for  a  long  time,  according 
to  that  which  I  have  spoken. 
77.  And  when  the  time  cometh 
that  evil  fruit  shall  ^'again  come 
into  my  vineyard,  then  will  I 
cause  the  good  and  the  bad  to 
be  gathered;  and  the  good  will  I 
preserve  unto  myself,  and  the  bad 
will  I  cast  away  into  its  own 
place.  And  then  cometh  the  sea- 
son and  the  end;  and  my  vine- 
yard will  I  cause  to  be  ^'burned 
with  fire. 


DENSE: ac085
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac085
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
1.  And  now,  behold,  my  breth- 
ren, as  I  said  unto  you  that  I 
would  prophesy,  behold,  this  is 
my  prophecy — that  the  things 
which  this  prophet  "Zenos  spake, 
concerning  the  house  of  Israel, 
in  the  which  he  likened  them  unto 
a  "tame  olive-tree,  must  surely 
come  to  pass. 


DENSE: ac086
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac086
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
2.  And  the  day  that  he  shall 
set  his  hand  again  the  ""second 
time  to  recover  his  people,  is  the 
day,  yea,  even  the  ""last  time,  that 
the  servants  of  the  Lord  shall  go 
forth  in  his  "power,  to  nourish 
and  prune  his  vineyard;  and  after 
that  the  'end  soon  cometh. 


DENSE: ac087
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac087
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
3.  And  how  blessed  are  "they 
who  have  labored  diligently  In 
his  vineyard;  and  how  *cursedare 
they  who  shall  be  cast  out  into 
their  own  place!  And  the  world 
shall  be  'burned  with  fire. 


DENSE: ac088
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac088
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
4.  And  how  merciful  Is  our  God 
unto  U8,  for  he  remerabereth  the 
house  of  Israel,  both  roots  and 
branches;  and  he  stretches  forth 


DENSE: ac089
TITLE: THE BOOK OF MORMON
COMMENTS: ac089
MARKDOWN: X
RELATIVE_PATH: IMPORT\MARKDOWN\THE BOOK OF MORMON.md
TEXT:
his  hands  unto  them  all  the  day 
long;  and  they  are  a  ^stiff necked 
and  a  gainsaying  people;  but  as 
many  as  will  not  harden  their 
hearts  shall  be  saved  in  the  king- 
dom of  God. 
5.  Wherefore,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  beseech  of  you  in  words  of 
soberness  that  ye  would  repent, 
and  come  with  full  purpose  of 
heart,  and  cleave  unto  God  as  he 
cleaveth  unto  you.  And  while  his 
arm  of  mercy  is  extended  towards 
you  in  the  light  of  the  day,  harden 
not  your  hearts. 
6.  Yea,  today,  If  ye  will  hear 
his  voice,  harden  not  your  hearts; 
for  why  will  ye  die? 
7.  For  behold,  after  ye  have 
been  nourished  by  the  good  word 
of  God  all  the  day  long,  will  ye 
bring  forth  evil  fruit,  that  ye 
must  be  hewn  down  and  cast 
into  the  fire? 
8.  Behold,  will  ye  reject  these 
words?  Will  ye  reject  the  words 
of  the  prophets;  and  will  ye  re- 
ject all  the  words  which  have 
been  spoken  concerning  Christ, 
after  so  many  have  spoken  con- 
cerning him;  and  deny  the  good 
word  of  Christ,  and  the  power  of 
God,  and  the  gift  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  and  quench  the  Holy 
Spirit,  and  make  a  mock  of  the 
great  plan  of  redemption,  which 
hath  been  laid  for  you? 
9.  Know  ye  not  that  If  ye  will 
do  these  things,  that  the  power 
of  the  redemption  and  the  resur- 
rection, which  is  in  Christ,  will 
bring  you  to  stand  with  shame 
and  *awful  guilt  before  the  bar  of 
God? 
10.  And  according  to  the  power 
of  Justice,  for  Justice  cannot.be 
denied,  ye  must  go  away  Into  that 
4e,  IUt.  20:7,  «.     4f.  Upt.  20:14.  15 
Jnc.  0:3.     8  Ne.  20:8,  4.     D.  &  C.  20:23. 
^Cf   IMIT.   ^u  :  I ,    n,      «/,    ut*T.   ,6u;ai,    lu,      •iii^*.   u  :o.      o    i'w.    au  .o,    v.      i'.    ex   ^^.    au  ..bo. 
Cbap.  0:  a,  «oe  Ik,  1  No.  10.  b,  >e«  b,  Jac.  n.  c.  see  i,  2  No.  0.  d,  bcp  u,  Jac.  S. 
«,  M*  (,  1  Ne.  13.  /,  Boe  w.  Jac.  B.  D.  4  C.  43  :17— 20,  28.  o,  aee  t.  1  N.'.  18.  h,  vith. 
f—lO,  D.  *  C.  41  :1.  <,  Jac.  B:77.  8  Ne.  20:8.  ),  ae*  ik.  Jac.  4.  k,  Jnc.  7:10.  M(>n. 
10:39.     Al.  80:6,  0.     8  Ne.  20:7.  BnWBSN  U.  0.  644  and  421. 
JACOB,   7. 
128 
'lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  whose 
flames  are  unquenchable,  and 
whose  smoke  ascendeth  up  for- 
ever and  ever,  which  lake  of  fire 
and  brimstone  is  "endless  tor- 
ment. 
11.  O  then,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, repent  ye,  and  enter  in  at  the 
"strait  gate,  and  continue  in  the 
way  which  is  narrow,  until  ye 
shall  obtain  eternal  life. 
12.  O  be  wise;  what  can  I  say 
more? 
13.  Finally,  I  bid  you  farewell, 
until  I  shall  meet  you  before  the 
"pleasing  bar  of  God,  which  bar 
striketh  the  wicked  with  awful 
dread  and  fear.     Amen. 
CHAPTER  7. 
Sherem,  denying  the  Christ,  demands 
a  sign  and  is  stricken — He  confesses 
his  sin  and  dies — A  reformation  begins 
— Hatred  of  Lamanites  for  Nephites 
— Jacob  gives  the  plates  to  his  son 
Enos. 
1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
after  some  years  had  passed  away, 
there  came  a  man  among  the  peo- 
ple of  Nephi,  whose  name  was 
Sherem. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
began  to  preach  among  the  peo- 
ple, and  to  declare  unto  them  that 
there  should  be  no  Christ.  And 
he  preached  many  things  which 
were  flattering  unto  the  people; 
and  this  he  did  that  he  might 
overthrow  the  doctrine  of  Christ. 
3.  And  he  labored  diligently 
that  he  might  lead  away  the 
hearts  of  the  people,  insomuch 
that  he  did  lead  away  many 
hearts;  and  he  knowing  that  I, 
Jacob,  had  faith  in  Christ  who 
should  come,  he  sought  much 
opportunity  that  he  might  come 
unto  me. 
4.  And  he  was  learned,  that  he 
had  a  perfect  knowledge  of  the 
language  of  the  people;  where- 
fore, he  could  use  much  flattery, 
and  much  power  of  speech,  ac- 
cording to  the  power  of  the  devil. 
5.  And  he  had  hope  to  shake 
me  from  the  faith,  notwithstand- 
ing the  many  revelations  and  the 
many  things  which  I  had  seen 
concerning  these  things;  for  I 
truly  had  "seen  angels,  and  they 
had  ministered  unto  me.  And 
also,  I  had  heard  the  voice  of  the 
Lord  speaking  unto  me  in  very 
word,  from  time  to  time;  where- 
fore, I  could  not  be  shaken. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
came  unto  me,  and  on  this  wise 
did  he  speak  unto  me,  saying: 
Brother  Jacob,  I  have  sought 
much  opportunity  that  I  might 
speak  unto  you;  for  I  have  heard 
and  also  know  that  thou  goest 
about  much,  preaching  that  which 
ye  call  the  gospel,  or  the  doctrine 
of  Christ. 
7.  And  ye  have  led  away  much 
of  this  people  that  they  pervert 
the  right  way  of  God,  and  keep 
not  the  law  of  Moses  which  is  the 
right  way;  and  convert  the  law 
of  Moses  into  the  worship  of  a 
being  which  ye  say  shall  come 
many  hundred  years  hence.  And 
now  behold,  I,  Sherem,  declare 
unto  you  that  this  is  blasphemy; 
for  no  man  knoweth  of  such 
things;  for  he  cannot  tell  of 
things  to  come.  And  after  this 
manner  did  Sherem  contend 
against  me. 
8.  But  behold,  the  Lord  God 
poured  in  his  Spirit  into  my  soul, 
insomuch  that  I  did  confound  him 
in  all  his  words. 
9.  Andlsaiduntohim:  Deniest 
I.  see  k.  1  Ne.  15.  m,  D.  &  C.  19:10—12.  Mos.  3:25,  27.  28:3.  1  Ne.  15:20.  30, 
86.  2  Ne.  6:16.  19.  26.  28:23.  Al.  12:17.  3  Ne.  27:11,  17.  29:7.  Moro.  8:21. 
n,  see  2a,  2  Ne.  9.  o,  Moro.  10:34.  Chap.  7 :  o,  2  Ne.  2:3,  4.  10:3.  11:3.  Jae. 
1:17.     2:11.     7:12.     Al.  19:34.     24:14.     He.  5:11.     13:37.     16:14.     Moro.  7 :22. 
Bbtwbbn  B.  C.  544  AND  421> 
124 
.JACOB,   7. 
thou  the  Christ  who  should  come? 
An4  he  said :  If  there  should  be 
a  Christ,  I  would  not  deny  him; 
but  I  know  that  there  is  no  Christ, 
neither  has  been,  nor  ever  will  be. 
10.  And  I  said  unto  him:  Be- 
llevest  thou  the  scriptures?  And 
he  said.  Yea. 
11.  And  I  said  unto  him :  Then 
ye  do  not  understand  them;  for 
they  truly  testify  of  Christ.  Be- 
hold, I  say  unto  you  that  none  of 
the  prophets  have  written,  nor 
prophesied,  save  they  have  spoken 
concerning  this  Christ, 
12.  And  this  is  not  all — it  has 
been  made  manifest  unto  me,  for 
I  have  heard  and  seen;  and  it  also 
has  been  made  manifest  unto  me 
by  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost; 
wherefore,  I  know  if  there  should 
be  no  "atonement  made  all  man- 
kind must  be  lost. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  said  unto  me :  Show  me  a  sign 
by  this  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost, 
in  the  which  ye  know  so  much. 
14.  And  I  said  unto  him:  What 
am  I  that  I  should  tempt  God  to 
show  unto  thee  a  sign  in  the  thing 
which  thou  knowest  to  be  true? 
Yet  thou  wilt  deny  it,  because 
thou  'art  of  the  devil.  Neverthe- 
less, not  my  will  be  done;  but  if 
God  shall  smite  thee,  let  that  be  a 
sign  unto  thee  that  he  has  power, 
both  in  heaven  and  In  earth;  and 
also,  that  Christ  shall  come.  And 
thy  will,  O  Lord,  be  done,  and  not 
mine. 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I,  Jacob,  ""had  spoken  these 
words,  the  power  of  the  Lord 
came  upon  him,  insomuch  that  he 
fell  to  the  earth.  And  it  came  to 
pass  that  he  was  nourished  for 
the  gpace  of  many  days. 
16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
said  unto  the  people:  Gather  to- 
gether on  the  morrow,  'for  I  shall 
die;  wherefore,  I  desire  to  speak 
unto  the  people  before  I  shall  die. 
17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  on 
the  morrow  the  multitu^  were 
gathered  together;  and  he  spake 
plainly  unto  them  and  denied  the 
things  which  he  had  taught  them, 
and  confessed  the  Christ,  and  the 
power  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  the 
ministering  of  angels. 
18.  And  he  spake  plainly  unto 
them,  that  he  had  been  deceived 
by  the  'power  of  the  devil.  And 
he  spake  of  "hell,  and  of  eternity, 
and  of  "eternal  punishment. 
19.  And  he  said:  I  fear  lest  I 
have  committed  the  *unpardon- 
able  sin,  for  I  have  lied  unto  God; 
for  I  denied  the  Christ,  and  said 
that  I  believed  the  scriptures; 
and  they  truly  testify  of  him. 
And  because  I  have  thus  lied  unto 
God  I  greatly  fear  lest  my  case 
shall  be  awful;  but  I  confess  unto 
God. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  he  had  said  these  words  he 
could  say  no  more,  and  he  'gave 
up  the  ghost. 
21.  And  when  the  "multitude 
had  witnessed  that  he  spake  these 
things  as  he  was  about  to  give  up 
the  ghost,  they  were  astonished 
exceedingly;  insomuch  that  the 
power  of  God  came  down  upon 
them,  and  they  were  overcome 
that  they  fell  to  the  earth. 
22.  Now,  this  thing  was  pleas- 
ing unto  me,  Jacob,  for  I  had  re- 
quested It  of  my  Father  who  was 
in  heaven;  for  he  had  heard  my 
cry  and  answered  my  prayer. 
23.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
peace  and  the  love  of  God  was 
restored  again  among  the  people; 
and  they  searched  the  'scriptures, 
b.  B^  f,  2  Nc   2.      c,  vcrii.   4,    18. 
k,  1   Ne.   ID.     A,  Mw  m,  Jac.  6. 
9,  •^  «. 
▲1.  «S:1S. 
d,  tM  c,  Jnc.  4.     e,  ror.  20. 
{,    M*   *,    J«C.    6.       j.    VIT.    10.       k.    VtT.    17.       J, 
BVTWXKN  B.  O.  544  AND  431. 
/,  Tprs.  4,  14. 
k,  Vfr.   17. 
ENOS. 
126 
and  hearkened  no   more  to  the 
words  of  this  wicked  man. 
24.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
many  means  were  devis'ed  to  "re- 
claim and  restore  the  Lamanites 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  truth; 
but  it  all  was  vain,  for  they  de- 
lighted in  wars  and  bloodshed, 
and  they  had  an  eternal  "hatred 
against  us,  their  brethren.  And 
they  sought  by  the  power  of 
thei^  arms  to  destroy  us  con- 
tinually. 
25.  Wherefore,  the  people  of 
Nephi  did  fortify  against  them 
with  their  armies,  and  with  all 
their  might,  trusting  in  the  God 
and  rock  of  their  salvation ;  where- 
fore, they  became  as  yet,  con- 
querors of  their  enemies. 
26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I, 
Jacob,  began  to  be  old;  and  the 
record  of  this  people  being  kept 
on  the  "other  plates  of  Nephi, 
wherefore,  I  conclude  this  record, 
declaring  that  I  have  written  ac- 
cording to  the  best  of  my  knowl- 
edge, by  saying  that  the  time 
passed  away  with  us,  and  also  our 
lives  passed  away  like  as  It  were 
unto  us  a  dream,  we  being  a  lone- 
some and  a  solemn  people,  wan- 
derers, cast  out  from  Jerusalem, 
born  in  tribulation,  in  a  wilder- 
ness, and  ^hated  of  our  brethren, 
which  caused  wars  and  conten- 
tions; wherefore,  we  did  mourn 
out  our  days. 
27.  And  I,  Jacob,  saw  that  I 
must  soon  go  down  to  my  grave; 
wherefore,  I  said  unto  my  son 
Enos:  Take  these  «plates.  And 
I  told  him  the  '^things  which  my 
brother  Nephi  had  commanded 
me,  and  he  promised  obedience 
unto  the  commands.  And  I  make 
an  end  of  my  writing  upon  'these 
plates,  which  writing  has  been 
small;  and  to  the  reader  I  bid 
farewell,  hoping  that  many  of  my 
brethren  may  read  my  words. 
Brethren,  adieu. 
THE  BOOK  OF  ENOS 
The  Lord's  promise  concerning  a 
Nephite  record  to  come  forth  to  the 
Lam,anites — Character  condition,  and 
wars  of  the  two  peoples. 
1.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  "Enos,  knowing  my  father  that 
he  was  a  just  man — for  he  taught 
me  in  his  language,  and  also  in 
the  nurture  and  admonition  of 
the  Lord — and  blessed  be  the 
name  of  my  God  for  it — 
2.  And  I  will  tell  you  of  the 
wrestle  which  I  had  before  God, 
before  I  received  a  remission  of 
my  sins. 
3.  Behold,  I  went  to  hunt  beasts 
In  the  forests;  and  the  words 
which  I  had  often  heard  my  fa- 
ther speak  concerning  eternal 
life,  and  the  joy  of  the  saints, 
sunk  deep  Into  my  heart. 
4.  And  my  soul  hungered;  and 
I  kneeled  down  before  my  Maker, 
and  I  cried  unto  him  in  mighty 
prayer  and  supplication  for  mine 
own  soul;  and  all  the  day  long 
did  I  cry  unto  him;  yea,  and 
when  the  night  came  I  did  still 
raise  my  voice  high  that  it  reached 
the  heavens. 
5.  And  there  came  a  voice  unto 
me,  saying:  Enos,  thy  sins  are 
forgiven  thee,  and  thou  shalt  be 
blessed. 
6.  And  I,  Enos,  knew  that  God 
m,  Enos  14,  20.  n,  ver.  26.  Enos  14,  20.  Jar.  6.  Mos.  10:11 — 18.  28:2.  Al. 
M:23 — 25.  o,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  p,  see  n.  q,  see  6,  1  Ne.  6.  r,  Jac.  1:1 — 4.  s,  see  », 
1  Ne.  6.         Th»  Book  of  Enos  :    a,  Jac.  7  :2T.  Bbtwdbn  B.  C.  644  and  421. 
126 
ENOS. 
could  not  lie;  wherefore, m7 guilt 
was  swept  away. 
7.  And  I  said:  Lord,  how  is  it 
done? 
8.  And  he  said  unto  me:  Be- 
cause of  thy  faith  in  Christ,  whom 
thou  hast  never  before  heard  nor 
seen.  And  many  years  pass  away 
before  he  shall  manifest  himself 
in  the  flesh;  wherefore,  go  to,  thy 
faith  hath  made  thee  whole. 
9.  Now,  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  I  had  heard  these  words  I 
began  to  feel  a  desire  for  the  wel- 
fare of  my  brethren,  the  Nephites; 
wherefore,  I  did  pour  out  my 
whole  soul  unto  God  for  them. 
10.  And  while  I  was  thus  strug- 
gling in  the  spirit,  behold,  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  came  into  my 
mind  again,  saying:  I  will  visit 
thy  brethren  according  to  their 
diligence  in  keeping  my  com- 
mandments. I  have  "given  unto 
them  this  land,  and  it  is  a  holy 
land;  and  I  curse  it  not  save  it  be 
for  the  cause  of  iniquity;  where- 
fore, I  will  visit  thy  brethren  ac- 
cording as  I  have  said;  and  their 
transgressions  will  I  bring  down 
with  sorrow  upon  their  own  heads. 
11.  AndafterI.Enos,  had  heard 
these  words,  my  faith  began  to 
be  unshaken  in  the  Lord;  and  I 
prayed  unto  him  with  many  long 
strugglings  for  my  brethren,  the 
Lamanites. 
12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  I  had  prayed  and  labored 
"With  all  diligence,  the  Lord  said 
unto  me:  I  will  grant  unto  thee 
according  to  thy  desires,  because 
of  thy  faith. 
13.  And  now  behold,  this  was 
the  desire  which  I  desired  of  him 
— that  if  It  should  so  be,  that  my 
people,  the  Nephites,  should  fall 
into  transgression,  and  by  any 
means  be  destroyed,  and  the  La- 
manites should  not  be  destroyed, 
that  the  Lord  God  would ''preserve 
a  record  of  my  people,  the  Ne- 
phites; even  if  it  so  be  by  the 
power  of  his  holy  arm,  that  it 
might  be  brought  forth  at  some 
future  day  unto  the  Lamanites, 
that,  perhaps,  they  might  be 
brought  unto  salvation — 
14.  For  at  the  present  our 
strugglings  were  ""vain  in  restor- 
ing them  to  the  true  faith.  And 
they  swore  in  their  wrath  that,  if 
it  were  possible,  they  would  de- 
stroy our  records  and  us,  and 
also  all  the  traditions  of  our 
fathers. 
15.  Wherefore,  I  knowing  that 
the  Lord  God  was  able  to  preserve 
our  records,  I  cried  unto  him  con- 
tinually, for  he  had  said  unto  me: 
Whatsoever  thing  ye  shall  ask  in 
faith,  believing  that  ye  shall  re- 
ceive in  the  name  of  Christ,  ye 
shall  receive  it. 
16.  And  I  had  faith,  and  I  did 
cry  unto  God  that  he  would  "pre- 
serve the  records;  and  he  cove- 
nanted with  me  that  he  would 
'bring  them  forth  unto  the  La- 
manites in  his  own  due  time. 
17.  And  I,  Enos,  knew  it  would 
be  accordingtothe  covenant  which 
he  had  made;  wherefore  my  soul 
did  rest. 
1 8 .  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me : 
Thy  fathers  have  also  required  of 
me  this  thing;  and  it  shall  be  done 
unto  them  according  to  their 
faith;  for  their  faith  was  like 
unto  thine. 
19.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  I,  Enos,  went  about  among 
the  people  of  NephI,  prophesying 
of  things  to  come,  and  testifying 
of  the  things  which  I  had  heard 
and  seen. 
20.  And  I  bear  record  that  the 
people  of  Nephl  did  seek  diligently 
»,  Ma  a,  1  N«.  2.     c,  rem.  IB — 18.     8e«  c,  2  No.  27.     d,  Tpr.  20.    Jac.  7:24.    «,  vcr. 
IS.    A  M*  0.  2  Na.  27.     D.  *  0.  8:18— 20.     10:48—01.       BnwuN  B.  C.  S44  and  421. 
JAROM. 
127 
to  'restore  the  Lamanites  unto 
the  true  faith  in  God.  But  our 
labors  were  vain;  their  *hatred 
was  fixed,  and  they  were  led  by 
their  evil  nature  that  they  became 
wild,  and  ferocious,  and  a  blood- 
thirsty people,  full  of  idolatry  and 
filthiness;  feeding  upon  beasts  of 
prey;  dwelling  in  tents,  and  wan- 
dering about  in  the  wilderness 
with  a  short  skin  girdle  about  their 
loins  and  their  heads  shaven;  and 
their  skill  was  in  the  bow,  and  in 
the  cimeter,  and  theax.  And  many 
of  them  did  eat  nothing  save  it 
was  raw  meat;  and  they  were 
continually  seeking  to  destroy  us. 
21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
people  of  Nephi  did  till  the  land, 
and  *raise  all  manner  of  grain, 
and  of  fruit,  and  flocks  of  herds, 
and  flocks  of  all  manner  of  cattle 
of  every  kind,  and  goats,  and  wild 
goats,  and  also  many  horses. 
22.  And  there  were  exceeding 
many  prophets  among  us.  And  the 
people  were  a  stiffnecked  people, 
hard  to  understand. 
23.  And  there  was  nothing 
save  it  was  ^exceeding  harshness, 
preaching  and  prophesying  of 
wars,  and  contentions,  and  destruc- 
tions, and  continually  reminding 
them  of  death,  and  the  duration 
of  eternity,  and  the  judgments  and 
the  power  of  God,  and  all  these 
things — stirring  them  up  contin- 
ually to  keep  them  in  the  fear  of 
the  Lord.  I  say  there  was  nothing 
short  of  these  things,  and  exceed- 
ing great  plainness  of  speech, 
would  keep  them  from  going 
downspeedilytodestruction.  And 
after  this  manner  do  I  write  con- 
cerning them. 
24.  And  I  saw  wars  between 
the  Nephites  and  Lamanites  in 
the  course  of  my  days. 
25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
began  to  be  old,  *and  an  hundred 
and  seventy  and  nine  years  had 
passed  away  from  the  time  that 
our  father  Lehi  "left  Jerusalem. 
26.  And  I  saw  that  I  must  soon 
go  down  to  my  grave,  having  been 
wrought  upon  by  the  power  of  God 
that  I  must  preach  and  prophesy 
unto  this  people,  and  declare  the 
word  according  to  the  truth  which 
is  in  Christ.  And  I  have  declared 
it  in  all  my  days,  and  have  rejoiced 
in  it  above  that  of  the  world. 
27.  And  I  soon  go  to  the  place 
of  my  rest,  which  is  with  my  Re- 
deemer; for  I  know  that  in  him  I 
shall  rest.  And  I  rejoice  in  the 
day  when  my  mortal  shall  put  on 
■immortality,  and  shall  stand  be- 
fore him;  then  shall  I  see  his  face 
with  pleasure,  and  he  will  say 
unto  me:  Come  unto  me,  ye 
blessed,  there  is  a  place  prepared 
for  you  in  the  "mansions  of  my 
Father.     Amen. 
THE  BOOK  OF  JAROM 
Jarom,  son  of  Enoa,  keeps  the  rec- 
ords— The  Nephites  serve  tue  Lord  and 
are  prospered. 
1.  Now  behold,  I,  Jarom,  write 
a  few  words  according  to  the  com- 
mandment of  my  father,  Bnos, 
that  our  genealogy  may  be  kept. 
2.  And  as  "these  plates  are  small, 
and  as  these  things  are  written 
for  the  intent  of  the  benefit  of 
our  brethren  the  "Lamanites, 
wherefore.  It  must  needs  be  that 
I  write  a  little;  but  I  shall  not 
write  the  things  of  my  prophesy- 
ff,   Ter.    J4.      Jnc.    7:24.  ft,  8oe  n,  Jac.   7.     i,   1   Ne.   18:25.     ),   see  a,   1   Ne.   16. 
k,   1    Ne.    1:4.      2:2.    3.      I,  see   d,   2    Ne.    2.      1    Cor.    15:53.      2   Tim.    1:10.      m,    Eth. 
12:32—34.     D.  &  C.  72:4.  98:18.     John  14:2,  3.     Thb  Book  or  Jarom:    a,  see  6,  1 
Ne.  «.     b,  see  c,  2  Ne.  27.  •  B.  0.  420. 
128 
JAROM. 
ing,  nor  of  my  revelations.  For 
what  could  I  write  more  than  my 
fathers  have  written?  For  have 
not  they  revealed  the  plan  of  sal- 
vation? I  say  unto  you.  Yea;  and 
this  sufficeth  me. 
3.  Behold,  it  is  expedient  that 
much  should  be  done  among  this 
people,  'because  of  the  hardness 
of  their  hearts,  and  the  deafness 
of  their  ears,  and  the  blindness 
of  their  minds,  and  the  stiffness 
of  their  necks;  nevertheless,  God 
Is  exceeding  merciful  unto  them, 
and  has  not  as  yet  swept  them  off 
from  the  face  of  the  land. 
4.  And  there  are  many  among 
us  who  have  many  revelations, 
for  they  are  not  all  stiffnecked. 
And  as  many  as  are  not  stiff- 
necked  and  have  faith,  have  com- 
munion with  the  Holy  Spirit, 
which  maketh  manifest  unto  the 
children  of  men,  according  to 
their  faith. 
5.  And  now,  behold,  'two  hun- 
dred years  had  passed  away,  and 
the  people  of  Nephi  had  waxed 
strong  in  the  land,  'f  hey  observed 
to  ""keep  the  law  of  Moses  and  the 
sabbath  day  holy  unto  the  Lord. 
And  they  profaned  not;  neither 
did  they  blaspheme.  And  the  laws 
of  the  land  were  exceedingly 
strict. 
6.  And  theywere  scattered  upon 
much  of  the  face  of  the  land,  and 
the  Lamanites  also.  And  they 
were  exceeding  more  numerous 
than  were  they  of  the  Nephites; 
and  they 'loved  murder  and  would 
drink  the  blood  of  beasts. 
7.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  they 
came  many  times  against  us,  the 
Nephites,  to  battle.  But  our  kings 
and  our  leaders  were  mighty  men 
In  the  faith  of  the  Lord;  and  they 
taught  the  people  the  ways  of  the 
Lord;  wherefore,  we  withstood 
the  Lamanites  and  swept  them 
away  out  of  our  lands,  and  began 
to  fortify  our  cities,  or  what- 
soever place  of  our  inheritance. 
8.  And  we  multiplied  exceed- 
ingly, and  spread  upon  the  face 
of  the  land,  and  became  exceed- 
ing 'rich  in  gold,  and  in  silver, 
and  in  precious  things,  and  in 
fine  workmanship  of  wood,  in 
buildings,  and  in  machinery,  and 
also  in  iron  and  copper,  and  brass 
and  steel,  making  all  manner  of 
tools  of  every  kind  to  till  the 
ground,  and  weapons  of  war — 
yea,  the  sharp  pointed  arrow,  and 
the  quiver,  and  the  dart,  and  the 
javelin,  and  all  preparations  for 
war. 
9.  And  thus  being  prepared  to 
meet  the  Lamanites,  they  did  not 
prosper  against  us.  But  the  word 
of  the  Lord  was  verified,  which  he 
spake  unto  our  fathers,  saying 
that:  "Inasmuch  as  ye  will  keep 
my  commandments  ye  shall  pros- 
per in  the  land. 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  prophets  of  the  Lord  did 
threaten  the  people  of  Nephi,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  God,  that 
if  they  did  not  keep  the  com- 
mandments, but  should  fall  into 
transgression,  they  should  be  *de- 
stroyed  from  off  the  face  of  the 
land. 
11.  Wherefore,  the  prophets, 
and  the  priests,  and  the  teachers, 
did  labor  diligently,  exhorting 
with  all  long-suffering  the  people 
to  diligence;  teaching  the  Maw  of 
Moses,  and  the  intent  for  which  it 
was  given;  persuading  them  to 
look  forward  unto  the  Messiah, 
and  believe  in  him  to  come  as 
though  he  already  was.  And  after 
this  manner  did  they  teach  them. 
k 
e.  EDO*  23.     (2.  m-«  o.  2  Nn.  25.     e,  see 
M  A,  3  No.  1.     h,  1  N>.  12:10,  20.     Al. 
orm.  0.    <,  •««  o,  2  Ne.  26. 
n,  Jac.  7.     Enos  20.     /,  soe  n,  1  Ne.  18. 
45:10 — 14.     He.  13:6—10.     8  Ne.  27:32. 
•  B.  O.  890. 
OMNI. 
129 
12.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  by 
so  doing  they  kept  them  from 
being  destroyed  upon  the  face  of 
the  land;  for  they  did  prick  their 
hearts  with  the  word,  continually 
stirring  them  up  unto  repentance. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
*two  hundred  and  thirty  and  eight 
years  had  passed  away — after  the 
manner  of  wars,  and  contentions, 
and  dissensions,  for  the  space  of 
much  of  the  time. 
14.  And  I,  Jarom,  do  not  write 
more,  for  the  plates  are  small. 
But  behold,  my  brethren,  ye  can 
go  to  the  ^other  plates  of  Nephl; 
for  behold,  upon  them  the  records 
of  our  wars  are  engraven,  accord- 
ing to  the  writings  of  the  kings, 
or  those  which  they  caused  to  be 
written. 
15.  And  I  deliver  these  plates 
into  the  hands  of  my  son  Omni, 
that  they  may  be  kept  accord- 
ing to  the  commandments  of  my 
fathers. 
THE  BOOK  OF  OMNI 
Comprising  records  kept  by  Omni. 
Amaron,  Chemish,  Abinadom,  and 
Amaleki — Mosiah,  leaving  the  land  of 
Nephi,  discovers  the  land  of  Zarahem- 
la,  occupied  by  another  colony  from, 
Jerusalem — He  is  made  king — Cori- 
antumr,  the  last  of  the  Jaredites — 
King  Benjamin — Other  migrations. 
1.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
I,  Omni,  being  commanded  by  my 
father,  Jarom,  that  I  should  write 
somewhat  upon  "these  plates,  to 
preserve  our  genealogy — 
2.  Wherefore,  in  my  days,  I 
would  that  ye  should  know  that  I 
fought  much  with  the  sword  to 
preserve  my  people,  the  Nephites, 
from  fallinginto the handsof  their 
enemies,  the  Lamanites.  But  be- 
hold, I  of  myself  am  a  wicked 
man,  and  I  have  not  kept  the 
statutes  and  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord  as  I  ought  to  have 
done. 
3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
ttwo  hundred  and  seventy  and 
six  years  had  passed  away,  and 
we  had  many  seasons  of  peace; 
and  we  had  many  seasons  of  seri- 
ous war  and  bloodshed.  Yea,  and 
in  fine,  Jtwo  hundred  and  eighty 
and  two  years  had  passed  away. 
j,  see  6,  1  Ne.  0;  also  /,  1  Ne.  1.         Tnr  Book  of  Omni:    a,  see  b,  1  Ne.  6. 
1:1 — 4.     7:27.     Jar.  1,  2,  16.     c,  Jar.  Kt      u.  see  ft,  2  Ne.  1. 
•  B.  C.  361.     t  B.  C.  323.     t  B.  0.  317.     i  B, 
and  I  had  kept  these  plates  ac- 
cording to  the  "commandments  of 
my  fathers;  and  I  conferred  them 
upon  my  son  Amaron.  And  I 
make  an  end. 
4.  And  now  I,  Amaron,  write 
the  things  whatsoever  I  write, 
which  are  few,  In  the  book  of  my 
father. 
5.  Behold,  it  came  to  pass  that 
§  three  hundred  and  twenty  years 
had  passed  away,  and  the  "more 
wicked  part  of  the  Nephites  were 
destroyed. 
6.  For  the  Lord  would  not  suf- 
fer, after  he  had  led  them  out  of 
the  land  of  Jerusalem  and  kept 
and  preserved  them  from  falling 
into  the  hands  of  their  enemies, 
yea,  he  would  not  suffer  that  the 
words  should  not  be  verified,  which 
he  spake  unto  our  fathers,  saying 
that:  ''Inasmuch  as  ye  will  not 
keep  my  commandments  ye  shall 
not  prosper  In  the  land. 
7.  Wherefore,  the  Lord  did  visit 
them  in  great  judgment;  never- 
theless, he  did  spare  the  righteous 
that  they  should  not  perish,  but 
did  deliver  them  out  of  the  hands 
of  their  enemies.   
b,  Jac. 
C.  279. 
130 
OMNI. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  deliver  the  plates  unto  my 
brother  Chemish. 
9.  Now  I,  Chemish,  write  what 
few  things  I  write,  *in  the  same 
book  with  my  brother;  for  be- 
hold, I  saw  the  last  which  he 
wrote,  that  he  wrote  it  with  his 
own  hand;  and  he  wrote  it  in  the 
day  that  he  delivered  them  unto 
me.  And  after  this  manner  we 
keep  the  'records,  for  it  is  accord- 
ing to  the  commandments  of  our 
fathers.     And  I  make  an  end. 
10.  Behold,  I,  Abinadom,  am 
the  son  of  Chemish.  Behold,  it 
came  to  pass  that  I  saw  much 
war  and  contention  between  my 
people,  the  Nephites,  and  the  La- 
manites;  and  I,  with  my  own 
sword,  have  taken  the  lives  of 
many  of  the  Lamanites  in  the 
defence  of  my  brethren. 
11.  And  behold,  the  record  of 
this  people  Is  engraven  upon 
plates  which  is  had  by  the  kings, 
according  to  the  generations;  and 
I  know  of  no  revelation  save  that 
which  has  been  written,  neither 
prophecy;  wherefore,  that  which 
is  sufficient  is  written.  And  I 
make  an  end. 
12.  Behold,  I  am  Amalekl,  the 
son  of  Abinadom.  Behold,  I  will 
speak  unto  you  somewhat  con- 
cerning Mosiah,  who  was  made 
king  over  the  land  of  Zarahemla; 
for  behold,  he  being  warned  of 
the  Lord  that  he  should  flee  out 
of  the  land  of  'Nephi,  and  as 
many  as  would  hearken  unto  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  should  also  de- 
part out  of  the  land  with  him, 
into  the  wilderness — 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
be  did  according  as  the  Lord  had 
commanded  him.  And  they  de- 
parted out  of  the  land  into  the 
wilderness,  as  many  as  would 
hearken  unto  the  voice  of  the 
Lord;  and  they  were  led  by  many 
preachings  and  prophesyings.  And 
they  were  admonished  continually 
by  the  word  of  God;  and  they 
were  led  by  the  power  of  his 
arm,  through  the  wilderness,  until 
they  came  down  into  the  land 
which  is  called  the  land  of  *Zara- 
hemla. 
14.  And  they  discovered  a  peo- 
ple, who  were  called  the  *people 
of  Zarahemla.  Now,  there  was 
great  rejoicing  among  the  people 
of  Zarahemla;  andalsoZarahemla 
did  rejoice  exceedingly,  because 
the  Lord  had  sent  the  people  of 
Mosiah  with  the  ^plates  of  brass 
which  contained  the  record  of  the 
Jews. 
15.  Behold,  It  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  discovered  that  the  peo- 
ple of  Zarahemla  came  out  from 
Jerusalem  at  the  ''time  that  Zede- 
kiah,  king  of  Judah,  was  carried 
away  captive  into  Babylon. 
16.  And  they  journeyed  in  the 
wilderness,  and  were  brought  by 
the  hand  of  the  Lord  acr^iss  the 
great  waters,  into  the  lana  where 
Mosiah  'discovered  them;  and 
they  had  dwelt  there  from  that 
time  forth. 
17.  And  atthetime  that  Mosiah 
discovered  them,  they  had  become 
exceeding  numerous.  Neverthe- 
less, they  had  had  many  wars 
and  serious  contentions,  and  had 
fallen  by  the  sword  from  time  to 
time;  and  their  language  had  be- 
come "corrupted;  and  they  had 
brought  no  records  with  them; 
and  they  denied  the  being  of  their 
Creator;  and  Mosiah,  nor  the  peo- 
ple of  Mosiah,  could  understand 
them. 
18.  But  It  came  to  pass  that 
e,  tee  ».     /,  we  /,  1  Ne.  1.    p.  we  b,  2  Ne.  S.     h,  Al.  2:16.    i,  vers.  ID— 19.     Mob. 
2B:2 — 4.     Al.  22:80—32.     Ho.  6:10.     8:21.     ),  »oe  a,  1   Ne.  8.  "  "■ 
Dm  i.     I,  Ter.  14.    m,  ver.  18. 
ie:io.  \,  vers,  jo — jw.  oiub. 
Ne.  8.  k.  2  King*  20:1—7. 
BvrwBBN  B.  C.  2T9  and  130. 
OMNI. 
131 
Moslah  caused  that  they  should 
be  taught  in  his  language.  And 
it  came  to  pass  that  after  they 
were  taught  in  the  language  of 
Mosiah,  Zarahemla  gave  a  gene- 
alogy of  his  fathers,  according  to 
his  memory;  and  they  are  writ- 
ten, but  "not  in  these  plates. 
19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  Zarahemla,  and  of 
Mosiah,  did  unite  together;  and 
Mosiah  was  appointed  to  be  "their 
king. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
days  of  Mosiah,  there  was  a  large 
stone  brought  unto  him  ^with  en- 
gravings on  it;  and  he  did  "inter- 
pret the  engravings  by  the  gift 
and  power  of  God. 
21.  And  they  gave  an  account 
of  one  ''Coriantumr,  and  the  slain 
of  his  people.  And  Coriantumr 
was  'discovered  by  the  'people  of 
Zarahemla;  and  he  dwelt  with 
them  for  the  space  of  nine  moons. 
22.  It  also  spake  a  few  words 
concerning  his  fathers.  And  his 
first  parents  came  out  from  the 
"tower,  at  the  time  the  Lord  con- 
founded the  language  of  the  peo- 
ple; and  the  severity  of  the  Lord 
fell  upon  them  according  to  his 
judgments,  which  are  just;  and 
their  "bones  lay  scattered  in  the 
land  northward. 
23.  Behold,  I,  Amaleki,  was 
born  in  the  days  of  Mosiah;  and 
I  have  lived  to  see  his  death;  and 
Benjamin,  his  son,  reigneth  in 
his  stead, 
24.  And  behold,  I  have  seen, 
in  the  days  of  king  Benjamin,  a 
serious  war  and  much  bloodshed 
between  the  Nephites  and  the 
Lamanites.  But  behold,  the  Ne- 
phites did  obtain  much  advan- 
tage  over  them;    yea.   Insomuch 
that  king  Benjamin  did  drive 
them  out  of  the  "land  of  Zara- 
hemla. 
25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
began  to  be  old;  and,  having  no 
seed,  and  knowing  king  Benja- 
min to  be  a  just  man  before  the 
Lord,  wherefore,  I  shall  deliver 
up  'these  plates  unto  him,  exhort- 
ing all  men  to  come  unto  God, 
the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  and  be- 
lieve in  prophesying,  and  In  reve- 
lations, and  in  the  ministering  of 
angels,  and  in  the  gift  of  speak- 
ing with  tongues,  and  in  the  gift 
of  Interpreting  languages,  and  in 
all  things  which  are  good;  for 
there  is  nothing  which  is  good 
save  it  comes  from  the  Lord;  and 
that  which  Is  evil  cometh  from 
the  devil. 
26.  And  now,  my  beloved  breth- 
ren, I  would  that  ye  should  come 
unto  Christ,  who  Is  the  Holy  One 
of  Israel,  and  partake  of  his  sal- 
vation, and  the  power  of  his  re- 
demption. Yea,  come  unto  him, 
and  offer  your  whole  souls  as  an 
offering  unto  him,  and  continue 
In  fasting  and  "praying,  and  en- 
dure to  the  end;  and  as  the  Lord 
liveth  ye  will  be  saved. 
27.  And  now  I  would  speak 
somewhat  concerning  a  certain 
number  who  went  up  Into  the 
wilderness  to  return  to  the  land 
of  'Nephi;  for  there  was  a  large 
number  who  were  desirous  to 
possess  the  land  of  their  inheri- 
tance. 
28.  Wherefore,  they  went  up 
into  the  wilderness.  And  their 
leader  being  a  strong  and  mighty 
man,  and  a  stiff  necked  man,  where- 
fore he  caused  a  contention  among 
them;  and  ^''they  were  all  slain, 
save  fifty,  in  the  wilderness,  and 
n,  see  ;.  o,  ver.  12.  p.  ver.  21.  q,  Mos.  8:13 — 18.  r,  Eth.  12:1 — 3.  13:1,  2. 
13—31.  Chaps.  14,  15.  a,  Eth.  11:20,  21.  13:21.  t,  see  i.  u,  Mos.  28:17.  Eth. 
1:1 — 6.  Gen.  11:1 — 9.  v,  Mos.  8:8 — 12.  See  q.  w,  see  ft.  ar,  see  6,  1  Ne.  8. 
V,  see  e,  2  Ne,  32.    z,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.    2a,  Mos.  9:1,  2,  4.         Bbt.  B.  O.  2T9  and  180. 
132 
WORDS  OF  MORMON. 
they  returned  again  to  the  **land 
of  Zarahemla. 
29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  also  took  ^''others  to  a  con- 
siderable number,  and  took  their 
journey  again  into  the  wilder- 
ness. 
30.  And  I,  Amaleki,  had  a  broth- 
er, who  also  went  with  them ;  and 
I  have  not  since  known  concern- 
ing them.  And  I  am  about  to  lie 
down  in  my  grave;  and  these 
plates  are  ""full.  And  I  make  an 
end  of  my  speaking. 
THE  WORDS  OF  MORMON 
Mormon's  abridgment  and  the  smaller 
plates  of  Nephi — Relation  of  the  fore- 
going part  of  the  Book  of  Mormon  to 
that  which  follows. 
1.  And  now  I,  Mormon,  being 
about  to  deliver  up  the  "record 
which  I  have  been  making  into 
the  hands  of  my  son  Moroni,  be- 
hold I  have  witnessed  almost  all 
the  destruction  of  my  people,  the 
Nephites. 
2.  And  it  is  *many  hundred 
years  after  the  coming  of  Christ 
♦that  I  deliver  these  records  into 
the  ''hands  of  my  son;  and  it  sup- 
poseth  me  that  he  will  witness 
the  entire  destruction  of  my  peo- 
ple. But  may  God  grant  that  he 
may  survive  them,  that  "he  may 
write  somewhat  concerning  them, 
and  somewhat  concerning  Christ, 
that  perhaps  some  day  it  may 
profit  them. 
3.  And  now,  I  speak  somewhat 
concerning  that  which  I  have 
written ;  for  after  I  had  made  an 
•abridgment  from  the  'plates  of 
Nephi,  down  to  the  "reign  of  this 
king  Benjamin,  of  whom  Ama- 
leki spake,  I  searched  among  the 
*record8  which  had  been  deliv- 
ered into  my  hands,  and  I  found 
Hhese  plates,  which  contained 
this  small  account  of  the  proph- 
ets, from  Jacob  down  to  the  reign 
of  this  king  Benjamin,  and  also 
''many  of  the  words  of  Nephi. 
4.  And  the  things  which  are 
upon  these  plates  pleasing  me, 
because  of  the  prophecies  of  the 
coming  of  Christ;  and  my  fathers 
knowing  that  many  of  them  have 
been  fulfilled;  yea,  and  I  also 
know  that  as  many  things  as  have 
been  prophesied  concerning  us 
down  to  this  day  have  been  ful- 
filled, and  as  many  as  go  beyond 
this  day  must  surely  come  to 
pass — 
5.  Wherefore,  I  chose  'these 
things,  to  finish  my  record  upon 
them,  which  remainder  of  my 
"record  I  shall  take  from  the 
"plates  of  Nephi;  and  I  cannot 
write  the  "hundredth  part  of  the 
things  of  my  people. 
6.  But  behold,  I  shall  take 
pthese  plates,  which  contain  these 
prophesyings  and  revelations,  and 
put  them  with  the  remainder  of 
my  «record,  for  they  are  choice 
unto  me;  and  I  know  they  will  be 
choice  unto  my  brethren. 
7.  And  I  do  this  for  a  'wise 
purpose;  for  thus  it  whispereth 
me,  according  to  the  workings  of 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  which  Is  In 
me.    And  now,  I  do  not  know  all 
26,  nee  *.  2c,  Mos.  0:3,  4.  2d,  \en.  11,  10.  Tub  Words  ok  Mormon:  a,  3  Ne. 
8:10.  Moroi.  1:1^ — 4.  2:17,  18.  8:0.  6:1,  6.  8:1,  4,  0,  14 — 16.  9:82 — 86.  Moro. 
9:23,  24.  10:1 — 6,  6,  Morin.  6:6.  c,  Morm.  6:6.  d,  Morm.  8:1 — 8.  e,  Morm.  B :». 
/.  M«  /.  1  Ne.  1.  a,  Om.  23 — 25.  k,  Morm.  4:23.  i,  nee  l>,  1  Ne.  6.  k,  see  1  nod  2 
N«.  I,  Tcr.  6.  m,  8  Np.  6:14— 18.  Morm.  1:1.  n,  INe.  0:2.  Soc /.  Soo  ver.  3 ;  alHo 
■M  /.  1  Ne.  1.  0,  Ter.  8.  8  Ne.  6:8 — 11.  39 :0 — 12.  Morm.  6:0.  p.  ver.  5.  q. 
•w  0.    r,  D.  &  0.  8.  10.  •About  A.  D.  386. 
WORDS  OF  MORMON. 
133 
things;  but  the  Lord  knoweth  all 
things  which  are  to  come;  where- 
fore, he  worketh  in  me  to  do 
according  to  his  will. 
8.  And  my  prayer  to  God  is 
concerning  my  brethren,  that 
they  may  once  again  come  to  the 
knowledge  of  God,  yea,  the  re- 
demption of  Christ;  that  they 
may  once  again  be  a  'delightsome 
people. 
9.  And  now  I,  Mormon,  *pro- 
ceed  to  finish  out  my  "record, 
which  I  take  from  the  plates  of 
Nephi;  and  I  make  it  according 
to  the  knowledge  and  the  under- 
standing which  God  has  given  me. 
10.  Wherefore,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  Amaleki  had  delivered 
up  "these  plates  into  the  hands  of 
king  Benjamin,  he  took  them  and 
put  them  with  the  "other  plates, 
which  contained  records  which 
had  been  handed  down  by  the 
kings,  from  generation  to  gener- 
ation until  the  days  of  king  Ben- 
jamin. 
11.  And  theywere  handed  down 
from  king  Benjamin,  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  until  they 
have  fallen  into  "my  hands.  And 
I,  Mormon,  pray  to  God  that  they 
may  be  preserved  from  this  time 
henceforth.  And  I  know  that  they 
will  be  preserved;  for  there  are 
great  things  written  upon  them, 
out  of  which  "my  people  and  'their 
brethren  shall  be  ""judged  at 
the  great  and  last  day,  accord- 
ing to  the  word  of  God  which  Is 
written. 
12.  And  now,  concerning  this 
king  Benjamin — he  had  some- 
what of  contentions  among  his 
own  people. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  also 
that  the  armies  of  the  Lamanites 
came  down  out  of  the  "'land  of 
Nephi,  to  battle  against  his  peo- 
ple. But  behold,  king  Benjamin 
gathered  together  his  armies,  and 
he  did  stand  against  them;  and 
he  did  fight  with  the  strength  of 
his  own  arm,  with  the  "'sword  of 
Laban. 
14.  And  in  the  strength  of  the 
Lord  they  did  contend  against 
their  enemies,  until  they  had 
slain  many  thousands  of  the  La- 
manites. And  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  did  contend  against  the 
Lamanites  until  they  had  driven 
them  out  of  all  the  lands  of  their 
inheritance. 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  there  had  been  false  Christs, 
and  their  mouths  had  been  shut, 
and  they  punished  according  to 
their  crimes; 
16.  And  after  there  had  been 
false  prophets,  and  false  preachers 
and  teachers  among  the  people, 
and  all  these  having  been  pun- 
ished according  to  their  crimes; 
and  after  there  having  been  much 
contention  and  many  dissensions 
away  unto  the  Lamanites,  behold, 
it  came  to  pass  that  king  Benja- 
min, with  the  assistance  of  the 
holy  prophets  who  were  among 
his  people — 
17.  For  behold,  king  Benjamin 
was  a  holy  man,  and  he  did  reign 
over  his  people  in  righteousness; 
and  there  were  many  holy  men  In 
the  land,  and  they  did  speak  the 
word  of  God  with  power  and  with 
authority;  and  they  did  use  much 
"•'sharpness  because  of  the  stiff- 
neckedness  of  the  people — 
18.  Wherefore,  with  the  help  of 
these,  king  Benjamin,  by  labor- 
ing with  all  the  might  of  his  body 
and  the  faculty  of  his  whole  soul, 
and  also  the  prophets,  did  once 
more  establish  peace  in  the  land. 
t,  2  Ne.  30:6.  u.  ver.  3.  v,  see  p.  to,  see  /.  x,  3  Ne.  5:8 — 11.  Morm.  4:28. 
V,  He.  15:3.  See  p,  Jac.  5.  «,  He.  15:4.  See  q,  Jac.  5.  2a,  2  Ne.  25:18.  29:11. 
88:11,  14,  15.  3  Ne.  27:23 — 27.  Eth.  4:8 — 10.  6:4.  2b,  see  5,  2  Ne.  5.  2c,  see  «, 
1  Me.  4.    2d,  Bee  a,  1  Ne.  16.  •  About  A.  D.  »8I. 
134 
MOSIAH,   1. 
THE  BOOK  OF  MOSIAH 
CHAPTER   1. 
King  Benjamin's  exhortation  to  his 
sons — Mosiah  chosen  to  succeed  his 
father — Mosiah  receives  the  records, 
etc. 
1.  And  now  there  was  no  more 
contention  in  all  the'landof  Zara- 
hemla,  among  all  the  people  who 
belonged  to  king  Benjamin,  so 
that  king  Benjamin  had  contin- 
ual peace  all  the  remainder  of 
his  days. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
had  three  sons;  and  he  called 
their  names  Mosiah,  and  Helorum, 
and  Helaman.  And  he  caused 
that  they  should  be  taught  in  "all 
the  language  of  his  fathers,  that 
thereby  they  might  become  men 
of  understanding;  and  that  they 
might  know  concerning  the  proph- 
ecies which  had  been  spoken  by 
the  mouths  of  their  fathers,  which 
were  delivered  them  by  the  hand 
of  the  Lord. 
3 .  And  he  also  taught  them  con- 
cerning the  records  which  were 
engraven  on  the  ''plates  of  brass, 
saying:  My  sons,  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  were  it  not 
for  these  plates,  which  contain 
these  records  and  these  command- 
ments, we  must  have  suffered  in 
Ignorance,  even  at  this  present 
time,  not  Icnowing  the  mysteries 
of  God. 
4.  For  it  were  not  possible  that 
our  father,  Lehl,  could  have  re- 
membered all  these  things,  to 
have  taught  them  to  his  children, 
except  It  were  for  the  help  of 
these  plates;  for  he  having  been 
'taught  In  the  language  of  the 
Egyptians  therefore  he  could  read 
these  engrayingB.  and  teach  them 
to  his  children,  that  thereby  they 
could  teach  them  to  their  chil- 
dren, and  so  fulfilling  the  com- 
mandments of  God,  even  down  to 
this  present  time. 
5.  I  say  unto  you,  my  sons, 
were  it  not  for  these  things,  which 
have  been  kept  and  preserved  by 
the  hand  of  God,  that  we  might 
read  and  understand  of  his  mys- 
teries, and  have  his  command- 
ments always  before  our  eyes, 
that  even  our  fathers  would  have 
dwindled  in  unbelief,  and  we 
should  have  been  like  unto  our 
brethren,  the  Lamanites,  who 
know  nothing  concerning  these 
things,  or  even  do  not  believe 
them  when  they  are  taught  them, 
because  of  the  "traditions  of  their 
fathers,  which  are  not  correct. 
6.  O  my  sons,  I  would  that  ye 
should  remember  that  these  say- 
ings are  true,  and  also  that  these 
records  are  true.  And  behold, 
also  the  plates  of  Nephi,  which 
contain  the  records  and  the  say- 
ings of  our  fathers  from  the  time 
they  left  Jerusalem  until  now, 
and  they  are  true;  and  we  can 
know  of  their  surety  because  we 
have  them  before  our  eyes. 
7.  And  now,  my  sons,  I  would 
that  ye  should  remember  to  search 
them  diligently,  that  ye  may  profit 
thereby;  and  I  would  that  ye 
should  keep  the  commandments 
of  God,  that  ye  may  prosper  in 
the  land  according  to  the  'prom- 
ises which  the  Lord  made  unto 
our  fathers. 
8.  And  many  more  things  did 
king  Benjamin  teach  his  sons, 
which  are  not  written  In  this 
book. 
«,  On.  18.     b,  mr.  4.     1  Ne.  1:3.    Morm.  9:82.    n,  aoo  a,  1  Ne.  8.     d,  im  b.     e,  see 
•,  iae.  7.    Al.  19:14.    f,  m»  k,  2  ti:  1.  Abodt  B.  C.  180. 
MOSIAH,   1. 
US 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Benjamin  had  made 
an  end  of  teaching  his  sons,  that 
he  waxed  old,  and  he  saw  that  he 
must  very  soon  go  the  way  of  all 
the  earth;  therefore,  he  thought 
it  expedient  that  he  should  con- 
fer the  kingdom  upon  one  of  his 
sons. 
10.  Therefore,  *he  had  Mosiah 
brought  before  him;  and  these 
are  the  words  which  he  spake 
unto  him,  saying:  My  son,  I 
would  that  ye  should  make  a 
proclamation  throughout  all  this 
land  among  all  this  people,  or 
the  "people  of  Zarahemla,  and  the 
"people  of  Mosiah  who  dwell  in 
the  land,  that  thereby  they  may 
be  gathered  together;  for  on  the 
morrow  I  shall  proclaim  unto  this 
my  people  out  of  mine  own 
mouth  that  Hhou  art  a  king  and 
a  ruler  over  this  people,  whom 
the  Lord  our  God  hath  given  us. 
11.  And  moreover,  I  shall  give 
this  people  a  %ame,  that  thereby 
they  may  be  distinguished  above 
all  the  people  which  the  Lord 
God  hath  brought  out  of  the  land 
of  Jerusalem;  and  this  I  do  be- 
cause they  have  been  a  diligent 
people  in  keeping  the  command- 
ments of  the  Lord. 
12.  And  I  give  unto  them  a 
name  that  never  shall  be  blotted 
out,  except  it  be  through  trans- 
gression. 
13.  Yea,  and  moreover  I  say 
unto  you,  that  if  this  highly  fa- 
vored people  of  the  Lord  should 
fall  into  transgression,  and  be- 
come a  wicked  and  an  adulterous 
people,  that  the  Lord  will  deliver 
them  up,  that  thereby  they  be- 
come weak  like  unto  their  breth- 
ren; and  he  will  no  more  preserve 
them  by  his  matchless  and  mar- 
velous power,  as  he  has  hitherto 
preserved  our  fathers. 
14.  For  I  say  unto  you,  that  if 
he  had  not  extended  his  arm  in 
the  preservation  of  our  fathers 
they  must  have  fallen  into  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites,  and 
become  victims  to  their  hatred. 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Benjamin  had  made 
an  end  of  these  sayings  to  his 
son,  that  he  gave  him  charge 
concerning  all  the  affairs  of  the- 
kingdom. 
16.  And  moreover,  he  also  gave 
him  charge  concerning  the  rec- 
ords which  were  engraven  on  the 
^plates  of  brass;  and  also  'the 
plates  of  Nephi;  and  also,  the 
"•sword  of  Laban,  and  the  "ball  or 
director,  which  led  our  fathers 
through  the  wilderness,  which 
was  prepared  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord  that  thereby  they  might  be 
led,  every  one  according  to  the 
heed  and  diligence  which  they 
gave  unto  him. 
17.  Therefore,  as  they  were 
unfaithful  they  did  not  prosper 
nor  progress  in  their  journey,  but 
were  "driven  back,  and  Incurred 
the  displeasure  of  God  upon  them ; 
and  therefore  they  were  smitten 
with  famine  and  sore  aflBictions, 
to  stir  them  up  in  remembrance 
of  their  duty. 
18.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  Mosiah  went  and  did  as  his 
father  'had  commanded  him,  and 
proclaimed  unto  all  the  people 
who  were  in  the  «land  of  Zara- 
hemla that  thereby  they  might 
gather  themselves  together,  to  go 
up  to  the  'temple  to  hear  the 
words  which  his  father  should 
speak  unto  them. 
fir,  Om.  14.  ft.  see  p.  Mos.  27  :35.  28:18.  29:40.  He.  15 :3.  i,  Mos.  2 :30.  6:3,4 
j,  ver.  12.  Mos.  5:11.  k,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.  I,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  m,  see  a,  1.  Ne  4. 
n,  seed,  1  Ne.  16.     o.  1  Ne,  18:12,  13.     p.  ver.  10.     Mos.  2:1.     q,  Om.  13.     r,  see  h. 
.    *  AboUT  B.  C.  124.. 
2  Ne.  6. 
136 
MOSIAH,   2. 
CHAPTER  2. 
King  Benjamin  builds  a  tower  from 
which  he  addresses  Ms  people — The 
righteous  reign  of  a  God-fearing  king. 
1.  And  it  cam©  to  pass  that 
after  Mosiah  had  done  as  his  fa- 
ther "had  commanded  him,  and 
had  made  a  proclamation  through- 
out all  the  land,  that  the  peo- 
ple gathered  themselves  together 
throughout  all  the  land,  that  they 
might  go  up  to  the  ""temple  to 
hear  the  words  which  king  Ben- 
jamin should   speak  unto  them. 
2.  And  there  were  a  great 
number,  even  so  many  that  they 
did  not  number  them;  for  they 
had  multiplied  exceedingly  and 
waxed  great  in  the  land. 
3.  And  they  also  took  of  the 
firstlings  of  their  flocks,  that  they 
might  offer  sacrifice  and  burnt 
offerings  according  to  the  ''law  of 
Moses; 
4.  And  also  that  they  might 
give  thanks  to  the  Lord  their 
God,  who  had  brought  them  out 
of  the  land  of  Jerusalem,  and 
who  had  delivered  them  out  of 
the  hands  of  their  enemies,  and 
had  appointed  just  men  to  be 
their  teachers,  and  also  a  just 
man  to  be  their  king,  who  had 
established  peace  In  the  ""land  of 
Zarahemla,  and  who  had  taught 
them  to  keep  the  commandments 
of  God,  that  they  might  rejoice 
and  be  filled  with  love  towards 
God  and  all  men. 
5.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  when 
they  came  up  to  the  'temple,  they 
pitched  their  tents  round  about, 
•nrery  man  according  to  his  fam- 
flj,  coD8istlng  of  his  wife,  and  his 
Bons,  and  his  daughters,  and  their 
sons,  and  their  daughters,  from 
the  eldest  down  to  the  youngest, 
erery  family  being  separate  one 
from  another. 
6.  And  they  pitched  their  tents 
round  about  the  'temple,  every 
man  having  his  tent  with  the 
door  thereof  towards  the  temple, 
that  thereby  they  might  remain 
in  their  tents  and  hear  the  words 
which  king  Benjamin  should 
speak  unto  them; 
7.  For  the  multitude  being  so 
great  that  king  Benjamin  could 
not  teach  them  all  within  the 
walls  of  the  temple,  therefore  he 
caused  a  "tower  to  be  erected, 
that  thereby  his  people  might 
hear  the  words  which  he  should 
speak  unto  them. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
began  to  speak  to  his  people  from 
the  tower;  and  they  could  not  all 
hear  his  words  because  of  the 
greatness  of  the  multitude ;  there- 
fore he  caused  that  the  words 
which  he  spake  should  be  written 
and  sent  forth  among  those  that 
were  not  under  the  sound  of  his 
voice,  that  they  might  also  re- 
ceive his  words. 
9.  And  these  are  the  words 
which  he  spake  and  caused  to 
be  written,  saying:  My  brethren, 
all  ye  that  have  assembled  your- 
selves together,  you  that  can  hear 
my  words  which  I  shall  speak 
unto  you  this  day;  for  I  have  not 
commanded  you  to  comeuphither 
to  trifie  with  the  words  which  I 
shall  speak,  but  that  you  should 
hearken  unto  me,  and  open  your 
ears  that  ye  may  hear,  and  your 
hearts  that  ye  may  understand, 
and  your  minds  that  the  mysteries 
of  God  may  be  unfolded  to  your 
v^ew. 
10.  I  have  not  commanded  you 
to  come  up  hither  that  ye  should 
fear  me,  or  that  ye  should  think 
that  I  of  myself  am  more  than  a 
mortal  man. 
11.  But  I  am  like  as  yourselves. 
•.  Moa.  1:10.  18.     b.  M«  A.  2  Ne.  S.     c,  m«  o,  2  Ne.  25.     d.  Cm.  18.     r,  M>e  h,  2 
M*.  i.    f,  tm  k,  t  Ne.  6.     f,  vn.  8.  About  B.  C.  124. 
MOSIAH,   2. 
137 
subject  to  all  manner  of  Infirmi- 
ties in  body  and  mind;  yet  I  have 
been  chosen  by  this  people,  and 
consecrated  by  "my  father,  and 
was  suffered  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord  that  I  should  be  a  ruler  and 
a  king  over  this  people;  and  have 
been  kept  and  preserved  by  his 
matchless  power,  to  *serve  you 
with  all  the  might,  mind  and 
strength  which  the  Lord  hath 
granted  unto  me. 
12.  I  say  unto  you  that  as  I 
have  been  suffered  to  spend  my 
days  in  your  service,  even  up  to 
this  time,  and  have  not  sought 
gold  nor  silver  nor  any  manner 
of  riches  of  you; 
13.  Neither  have  I  suffered  that 
ye  should  be  confined  in  dungeons, 
nor  that  ye  should  make  slaves 
one  of  another,  nor  that  ye  should 
murder,  or  plunder,  or  steal,  or 
commit  adultery;  nor  even  have 
I  suffered  that  ye  should  com- 
mit any  manner  of  wickedness, 
and  have  taught  you  that  ye 
should  keep  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord,  in  all  things  which 
he  hath  commanded  you — 
14.  And  even  I,  myself,  have 
labored  with  mine  own  hands 
that  I  might  serve  you,  and  that 
ye  should  not  be  laden  with  taxes, 
and  that  th^re  should  nothing 
come  upon  you  which  was  griev- 
ous to  be  borne — and  of  all  these 
things  which  I  have  spoken,  ye 
yourselves  are  witnesses  this  day. 
15.  Yet,  my  brethren,  I  have 
not  done  these  things  that  I  might 
boast,  neither  do  I  tell  these 
things  that  thereby  I  might  accuse 
you:  but  I  tell  you  these  things 
that  ye  may  know  that  I  can 
answer  a  clear  conscience  before 
God  this  day. 
16.  Behold,  I  say  unto  you  that 
because  I  said  unto  you  that  I  had 
spent  my  days  in  your  ^service,  I 
do  not  desire  to  boast,  for  I  have 
only  been  in  the  service  of  God. 
17.  And  behold,  I  tell  you  these 
things  that  ye  may  learn  wisdom ; 
that  ye  may  learn  that  when  ye 
are  in  the  service  of  your  fellow 
beings  ye  are  only  in  the  service 
of  your  God. 
18.  Behold,  ye  have  called  mo 
your  king;  and  if  I,  whom  ye  call 
your  king,  do  labor  to  serve  you, 
then  ought  not  ye  to  labor  to 
serve  one  another? 
19.  And  behold  also,  if  I,  whom 
ye  call  your  king,  who  has  spent 
his  days  In  *your  service,  and  yet 
has  been  in  the  service  of  God,  do 
merit  any  thanks  from  you,  O 
how  you  ought  to  thank  your 
heavenly  King! 
20.  I  say  unto  you,  my  breth- 
ren, that  if  you  should  render  all 
the  thanks  and  praise  which  your 
whole  soul  has  power  to  possess, 
to  that  God  who  has  created  you, 
and  has  kept  and  preserved  you, 
and  has  caused  that  ye  should  re- 
joice, and  has  granted  that  ye 
should  live  in  peace  one  with  an- 
other— 
21.  I  say  unto  you  that  if  ye 
should  serve  him  who  has  created 
you  from  the  beginning,  and  is 
preserving  you  from  day  to  day, 
by  lending  you  breath,  that  ye 
may  live  and  move  and  do  accord- 
ing to  your  own  will,  and  even 
supporting  you  from  one  moment 
to  another — I  say,  if  ye  should 
serve  him  with  all  yqur  whole 
souls  yet  ye  would  be  unprofitable 
servants. 
22.  And  behold,  all  that  he  re- 
quires of  you  is  to  keep  his  com- 
mandments; and  he  has  'prom- 
ised you  that  if  ye  would  keep  his 
commandments  ye  should  prosper 
in  the  land;    and  he  never  doth 
h,  Om.  23,  24. 
fc,  2  Ne.  1. 
i,  wrs.  1-1,  IC — 10.    },  vers.  11,  IT — 19. 
k,  vers.  11.  16 — 18.     I,  Bee 
About  B.  C.  124, 
138 
MOSIAH,   2. 
vary  from  that  which  he  hath 
said;  therefore,  if  ye  do  keep  his 
commandments  he  doth  bless  you 
and  prosper  you. 
23.  And  now,  in  the  first  place, 
he  hath  created  you,  and  granted 
unto  you  your  lives,  for  which  ye 
are  indebted  unto  him. 
24.  And  secondly,  he  doth  re- 
quire that  ye  should  do  as  he  hath 
commanded  you;  for  which  if  ye 
do,  he  doth  immediately  bless 
you;  and  therefore  he  hath  paid 
you.  And  ye  are  still  indebted 
unto  him,  and  are,  and  will  be, 
forever  and  ever;  therefore,  of 
what  have  ye  to  boast? 
25.  And  now  I  ask,  can  ye  say 
aught  of  yourselves?  I  answer 
you.  Nay.  Ye  cannot  say  that  ye 
are  even  as  much  as  the  dust  of 
the  earth;  yet  ye  were  created  of 
the  "*dust  of  the  earth;  but  be- 
hold, it  belongeth  to  him  who 
created  you. 
26.  And  I,  even  I,  whom  ye  call 
your  king,  am  no  better  than  ye 
yourselves  are;  for  I  am  also  of 
the  dust.  And  ye  behold  that  I  am 
old,  and  am  about  to  yield  up  this 
mortal  frame  to  its  mother  earth. 
27.  Therefore,  as  I  said  unto 
you  that  I  had  "served  you,  walk- 
ing with  a  clear  conscience  before 
God,  even  so  I  at  this  time  have 
caused  that  ye  should  assemble 
yourselves  together,  that  I  might 
be  found  blameless,  and  that  your 
blood  should  not  come  upon  me, 
when  I  shall  stand  to  be  judged 
of  God  of  the  things  whereof  he 
hath  commanded  me  concerning 
you. 
28.  I  say  unto  you  that  I  have 
caused  that  ye  should  assemble 
yourselves  together  that  I  might 
rid  my  garments  of  your  blood, 
at  this  period  of  time  when  I  am 
about  to  go  down  to  my  grave, 
that  I  might  go  down  in  peace, 
and  my  immortal  spirit  may  join 
the  "choirs  above  in  singing  the 
praises  of  a  just  God. 
29.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you  that  I  have  caused  that  ye 
should  assemble  yourselves  to- 
gether, that  I  might  declare  unto 
you  that  I  can  no  longer  be  your 
teacher,  nor  your  king; 
30.  For  even  at  this  time,  my 
whole  frame  doth  tremble  exceed- 
ingly while  attempting  to  speak 
unto  you;  but  the  Lord  God  doth 
support  me,  and  hath  suffered  me 
that  I  should  speak  unto  you, 
and  hath  commanded  me  that  I 
should  declare  unto  you  this  day, 
that  my  son  Mosiah  is  a  ''king  and 
a  ruler  over  you. 
31.  And  now,  my  brethren,  I 
would  that  ye  should  do  as  ye 
have  hitherto  done.  As  ye  have 
kept  my  commandments,  and  also 
the  commandments  of  my  father, 
and  have  prospered,  and  have 
been  kept  from  falling  into  the 
hands  of  your  enemies,  even  so 
if  ye  shall  keep  the  command- 
ments of  my  son,  or  the  com- 
mandments of  God  which  shall  be 
delivered  unto  you  by  him,  ye 
shall  prosper  in  the  land,  and 
your  enemies  shall  have  no  power 
over  you. 
32.  But,  O  my  people,  beware 
lest  there  shall  arise  contentions 
among  you,  and  ye  list  to  obey  the 
"evil  spirit,  which  was  spoken  of 
by  my  father  Mosiah. 
33.  For  behold,  there  Is  a  wo 
pronounced  upon  him  who  llsteth 
to   obey   that   spirit;    for   If   he 
m,2No.2:16.  20:7.  Jac.2:21.  4:1).  M(>»(.4:21.  7:27.  28:17.  AI.  18:28.34. 
8fl.  22:10—13.  42:2.  Monn.  0:10.  0:11,12,17.  Kth.  8:18,  1«.  Moro.  10:8.  Oen. 
2:7.  3:10.  n,  ▼«•«.  11,  12.  14 — 10.  o,  Morm.  7:7.  p,  Mem.  1:10.  0:3,  4.  a,  sw  i, 
2  No.  2.  0:!10.  18:10.  28:20—22.  82:8.  Moh.  2:37.  3:0.  4:14.  10:3.  Al.  8 :20. 
27.  n:20,  80 — 12.  80:42,  fiS.  84:84.  86.  80.  40:18.  14.  He.  7:10.  10.  18:87.  8 
N«.  27:11,  82.    Morm.  1:10.    0:18.    Moro.  7:11— 14,  17.    10:80.  About  B.  0.  124. 
MOSIAH,   3. 
139 
llsteth  to  obey  him,  and  remain- 
eth  and  dieth  In  his  sins,  the  same 
drinketh  damnation  to  his  own 
soul;  for  he  receiveth  for  his 
wages  an  'everlasting  punish- 
ment, having  transgressed  the 
law  of  God  contrary  to  his  own 
knowledge. 
34.  I  say  unto  you,  that  there 
are  not  any  among  you,  except  it 
be  your  little  children  that  have 
not  been  taught  concerning  these 
things,  but  what  knoweth  that  ye 
are  eternally  indebted  to  your 
heavenly  Father,  to  render  to 
him  all  that  you  have  and  are; 
and  also  have  been  taught  con- 
cerning the  'records  which  con- 
tain the  prophecies  which  have 
been  spoken  by  the  holy  prophets, 
even  down  to  the  time  our  father, 
Lehi,  left  Jerusalem; 
35.  And  also,  all  that  has  been 
spoken  by  our  fathers  until  now. 
And  behold,  also,  they  spake  that 
which  was  commanded  them  of 
the  Lord;  therefore,  they  are  just 
and  true. 
36.  And  now,  I  say  unto  you, 
my  brethren,  that  after  ye  have 
known  and  have  been  taught  all 
these  things,  if  ye  should  trans- 
gress and  go  contrary  to  that 
which  has  been  spoken,  that  ye  do 
withdraw  yourselves  from  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord,  that  it  may 
have  no  place  In  you  to  guide 
you  in  wisdom's  paths  that  ye 
may  be  blessed,  prospered,  and 
preserved — 
37.  I  say  unto  you,  that  the 
man  that  doeth  this,  the  same 
Cometh  out  In  open  rebellion 
against  God;  therefore  he  llsteth 
to  obey  the  'evil  spirit,  and  be- 
cometh  an  enemy  to  all  righteous- 
ness; therefore,  the  Lord  has  no 
place  in  him,  for  he  dwelleth  not 
In  unholy  temples. 
38.  Therefore  If  that  man  re- 
penteth  not,  and  remaineth  and 
dieth  an  enemy  to  God,  the  de- 
mands of  divine  justice  do  awak- 
en his  immortal  soul  to  a  lively 
sense  of  his  own  guilt,  which  doth, 
cause  him  to  shrink  from  the 
presence  of  the  Lord,  and  doth 
fill  his  breast  with  guilt,  and 
pain,  and  anguish,  which  Is  "like 
an  unquenchable  fire,  whose  flame 
ascendeth  up  forever  and  ever. 
39.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
that  mercy  hath  no  claim  on  that 
man;  therefore  his  final  doom  Is 
to  endure  a  'never-ending  tor- 
ment. 
40.  O,  all  ye  old  men,  and  also 
ye  young  men,  and  you  little  chil- 
dren who  can  understand  my 
words,  for  I  have  spoken  plainly 
unto  you  that  ye  might  under- 
stand, I  pray  that  ye  should 
awake  to  a  remembrance  of  the 
awful  situation  of  those  that  have 
fallen  into  transgression. 
41.  And  moreover,  I  would  de- 
sire that  ye  should  consider  on 
the  blessed  and  happy  state  of 
those  that  keep  the  command- 
ments of  God.  For  behold,  they 
are  blessed  In  all  things,  both 
temporal  and  spiritual;  and  if 
they  hold  out  faithful  to  the  end 
they  are  received  into  heaven, 
that  thereby  they  may  dwell  with 
God  In  a  state  of  never-ending 
happiness.  O  remember,  remem- 
ber that  these  things  are  true;  for 
the  Lord  God  hath  spoken  It. 
CHAPTER  3. 
King  Benjamin's  address  continued 
— Another  prophecy  of  the  Christ — 
More  concerning  the  atonement. 
1.  And  again  my  brethren,  I 
would  call  your  attention,  for  I 
have  somewhat  more  to  speak 
unto    you;    for    behold,    I    have 
r,  see  m,  Jac.  6.     8.  1  Ne.  3:24.     5:14.     t,   see  q.     u,  see  m,  Jac.  6.     v,  sec  m, 
Jac.  6.  About  B.  O.  124. 
140 
MOST  AH,   3. 
things  to  tell  you  concerning  that 
which  is  to  come. 
2.  And  the  things  which  I  shall 
tell  you  are  made  known  unto  me 
by  an  angel  from  God.  And  he 
said  unto  me:  Awake;  and  I 
awoke,  and  behold  he  stood  be- 
fore me. 
3.  And  he  said  unto  me:  Awake, 
and  hear  the  words  which  I  shall 
tell  fhee;  for  behold,  I  am  come 
to  declare  unto  you  the  glad  tid- 
ings of  great  joy. 
4.  For  the  Lord  hath  heard 
thy  prayers,  and  hath  judged  of 
thy  righteousness,  and  hath  sent 
me  to  declare  unto  thee  that  thou 
mayest  rejoice;  and  that  thou 
mayest  declare  unto  thy  people, 
that  they  may  also  be  filled  with 
joy. 
5.  For  behold,  the  time  Com- 
eth, and  Is  not  far  distant,  that 
with  power,  the  Lord  Omnipotent 
who  reigneth,  who  was,  and  "is 
from  all  eternity  to  all  eternity, 
shall  come  down  from  heaven 
among  the  children  of  men,  and 
shall  dwell  In  a  "tabernacle  of 
clay,  and  shall  go  forth  amongst 
men,  working  "mighty  miracles, 
such  as  healing  the  sick,  raising 
the  dead,  causing  the  lame  to 
walk,  the  blind  to  receive  their 
sight,  and  the  deaf  to  hear,  and 
curing  all  manner  of  diseases. 
6.  And  he  shall  cast  out  devils, 
or  the  ''evil  spirits  which  dwell  In 
the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men. 
7.  And  lo,  he  shall  suffer  temp- 
tations, and  'pain  of  body,  hun- 
ger, thirst,  and  fatigue,  even 
more  than  man  can  suffer,  except 
It    be   unto    death;    for    bejiold, 
blood  Cometh  from  every  pore,  so 
great  shall  be  his  anguish  for  the 
wickedness  and  the  abominations 
of  his  people. 
8.  And  he  shall  be  called  Jesus 
Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  the  Father 
of  heaven  and  earth,  the  Creator 
of  all  things  from  the  beginning; 
and  his  mother  shall  be  called 
''Mary. 
9.  And  lo,  he  cometh  unto  his 
own,  that  salvation  might  come 
unto  the  children  of  men  even 
through  faith  on  his  name;  and 
even  after  all  this  they  shall  con- 
sider him  a  man,  and  say  that  he 
hath  a  devil,  and  shall  scourge 
him,  and  shall  "crucify  him. 
10.  And  he  shall  rise  the  "third 
day  from  the  dead;  and  behold, 
he  standeth  to  judge  the  world; 
and  behold,  all  these  things  are 
done  that  a  righteous  judgment 
might  come  upon  the  children  of 
men. 
11.  For  behold,  and  also  his 
blood  *atoneth  for  the  sins  of 
those  who  have  fallen  by  the 
transgression  of  Adam,  who  have 
died  not  knowing  the  will  of  God 
concerning  them,  or  who  have 
^ignorantly  sinned. 
12.  But  wo,  wo  unto  him  who 
knoweth  that  he  rebelleth  against 
God!  For  salvation  cometh  to 
none  such  except  It  be  through 
repentance  and  faith  on  the  Lord 
Jesus  Christ. 
13.  And  the  Lord  God  hath 
sent  his  holy  prophets  among  all 
the  children  of  men,  to  declare 
these  things  to  every  kindred, 
nation,  and  tongue,  that  thereby 
whosoever    should    believe    that 
n,  2  No.  10:0.  20:12.  Mos.  ir);l— B.  Al.  11:88,  89,  44.  18:7—0.  He.  14:12. 
Moro.  7:22.  8:1«.  D.  &  V..  20:33.  30:1.  70:4.  6.  2  Ne.  9:18—21.  2  Ne.  2:4. 
6:9.  9:6.  21.  26:12.  82:«.  Mob.  7:27.  16:1—7.  Al.  7:9—18.  19:18.  He.  14:4. 
8  Ne.  1:14.  9:16,  10.  10:18.  19.  Cliapn.  11—28.  Monn.  8:21.  c,  1  Ne.  11:81.  2 
Ne.  10:4.  26:18.  Al.  7:11.  d,  uh>  q,  Moii.  2.  e.  Bee  «,  2  Ne.  9.  /,  Al.  7:10.  g,  1 
Ne.  11:83.  10:10,  18.  2  Ne.  0:0.  10:3.  26:18.  M<>8.  16:7.  8  Ne.  11:14.  16. 
h.  1  Ne.  10:10.  2  Ne.  26:18.  He.  14:20,  27.  8  Ne.  10:0.  <.  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.  j,  2  Ne. 
0:2C.  20.  Moi.  3:20—22.  10:24,  20.  Al.  9:10,  16.  29:6.  42:21.  He.  15:14,  16. 
Moro.  8:22.  About  B.  0.  124. 
MOSIAH,   3. 
141 
Christ  should  come,  the  same 
might  receive  remission  of  their 
sins,  and  rejoice  with  exceeding 
great  joy,  even  as  though  he  had 
already  come  among  them. 
14.  Yet  the  Lord  God  saw  that 
his  people  were  a  stiffnecked  peo- 
ple, and  he  appointed  unto  them 
a  law,  even  the  *law  of  Moses. 
15.  And  many  signs,  and  won- 
ders, and  types,  and  shadows 
showed  he  unto  them,  concerning 
his  coming;  and  also  holy  proph- 
ets spake  unto  them  concerning 
his  coming;  and  yet  they  hard- 
ened their  hearts,  and  understood 
not  that  the  law  of  Moses  availeth 
nothing  except  it  were  through 
the  'atonement  of  his  blood. 
16.  And  even  if  it  were  possible 
that  little  children  could  sin  they 
could  not  be  saved;  but  I  say  unto 
you  they  are  blessed;  for  behold, 
as  in  Adam,  or  by  nature,  they 
fall,  even  so.  the  blood  of  Christ 
atoneth  for  "their  sins. 
17.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,  that  there  shall  be  no  other 
name  given  nor  any  other  way 
nor  means  whereby  salvation  can 
come  unto  the  children  of  men, 
only  in  and  through  the  name  of 
Christ,  the  Lord  Omnipotent. 
18.  For  behold  he  judgeth,  and 
his  judgment  is  just;  and  the  "in- 
fant perisheth  not  that  dieth  in 
his  infancy;  but  men  drink  dam- 
nation to  their  own  souls  except 
they  humble  themselves  and  be- 
come as  little  children,  and  be- 
lieve that  salvation  was,  and  is, 
and  is  to  come,  in  and  through 
the  "atoning  blood  of  Christ,  the 
Lord  Omnipotent. 
19.  For  the  natural  man  is  an 
enemy  to  God,  and  has  been  from 
the  fall  of  Adam,  and  will  be, 
forever  and  ever,  unless  he  yields 
to  the  enticlngs  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 
and  putteth  off  the  natural  man 
and  becometh  a  saint  through  the 
atonement  of  Christ  the  Lord,  and 
becometh  as  a  child,  submissive, 
meek,  humble,  patient,  full  of 
love,  willing  to  submit  to  all 
things  which  the  Lord  seeth  fit 
to  inflict  upon  him,  even  as  a 
child  doth  submit  to  his  father. 
20.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,  that  the  time  shall  come 
when  the  knowledge  of  a  Savior 
shall  spread  throughout  every 
nation,  kindred,  tongue,  and  peo- 
ple. 
21.  And  behold,  when  that 
time  Cometh,  none  shall  be  found 
blameless  before  God,  except  it 
be  ^little  children,  only  through 
repentance  and  faith  on  the  name 
of  the  Lord  God  Omnipotent. 
22.  And  even  at  this  time, 
when  thou  shalt  have  taught  thy 
people  the  things  which  the  Lord 
thy  God  hath  commanded  thee, 
even  then  are  they  found  no  more 
blameless  in  the  sight  of  God, 
only  according  to  the  words 
which  I  have  spoken  unto  thee. 
23.  And  now  I  have  spoken  the 
words  which  the  Lord  God  hath 
commanded  me. 
24.  And  thus  saith  the  Lord: 
They  shall  stand  as  a  bright  tes- 
timony against  this  people,  at  the 
judgment  day;  whereof  they  shall 
be  judged,  every  man  according 
to  his  works,  whether  they  be 
good,  or  whether  they  be  evil. 
25.  And  if  they  be  evil  they  are 
consigned  to  an  awful  view  of 
their  own  guilt  and  abominations, 
which  doth  cause  them  to  shrink 
from  the  presence  of  the  Lord 
into  a  state  of  misery  and  «end- 
less  torment,  from  whence  they 
can  no  more  return;  therefore 
they  have  drunk  damnation  to 
their  own  souls. 
fc,  see  0,  2  Ne.  26.     I,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2. 
12,  22.     n,  see  m.    o,  see  /,  2  Ne.  2.    p,  see 
m,  vers.  18,  19.     Mos.   15:25.     Moro.  8:8, 
m.    q,  see  m,  Jac.  6.         About  B.  O.  124. 
142 
MOSIAH,  4. 
26.  Therefore,  they  have  drunk 
out  of  the  cup  of  the  wrath  of 
God,  which  justice  could  no  more 
deny  unto  them  than  it  could 
deny  that  Adam  should  fall  be- 
cause of  his  partaking  of  the  for- 
bidden fruit;  therefore,  mercy 
could  have  claim  on  them  no 
more  forever. 
27.  And  their  torment  is  'as  a 
lake  of  fire  and  brimstone,  whose 
flames  are  unquenchable,  and 
whose  smoke  ascendeth  up  for- 
ever and"*  ever.  Thus  hath  the 
Lord  commanded  me.    Amen. 
CHAPTER  4. 
King  Benjamin's  address  concluded 
— The  conditions  of  salvation — Man's 
dependence  upon  God  —  Ldherality, 
toisdom  and  diligence  enjoined. 
1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  king  Benjamin  had 
made  an  end  of  speaking  the 
words  which  had  been  delivered 
unto  him  by  the  "angel  of  the 
Lord,  that  he  cast  his  eyes  round 
about  on  the  multitude,  and  be- 
hold they  had  fallen  to  the  earth, 
for  the  fear  of  the  Lord  had  come 
upon  them. 
2.  And  they  had  viewed  them- 
selves in  their  own  carnal  state, 
even  less  than  the  dust  of  the 
earth.  And  they  all  cried  aloud 
with  one  voice,  saying:  O  have 
mercy,  and  apply  the  'atoning 
blood  of  Christ  that  we  may  re- 
ceive forgiveness  of  our  sins,  and 
our  hearts  may  be  purified;  for 
we  believe  In  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Son  of  God,  who  created  heaven 
and  earth,  and  all  things;  who 
shall  come  down  among  the  chil- 
dren of  men. 
3.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
after  they  had  spoken  these 
words  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  came 
upon  them,  and  they  were  filled 
with  joy,  having  received  a  re- 
mission of  their  sins,  and  having 
peace  of  conscience,  because  of 
the  exceeding  faith  which  they 
had  in  Jesus  Christ  who  should 
come,  according  to  the  words 
which  king  Benjamin  had  spoken 
unto  them. 
4.  And  king  Benjamin  again 
opened  his  mouth  and  began  to 
speak  unto  them,  saying:  My 
friends  and  my  brethren,  my  kin- 
dred and  my  people,  I  would 
again  call  your  attention,  that  ye 
may  hear  and  understand  the  re- 
mainder of  my  words  which  I 
shall  speak  unto  you. 
5.  For  behold,  if  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  goodness  of  God  at 
this  time  has  awakened  you  to  a 
sense  of  your  nothingness,  and 
your  worthless  and  fallen  state — - 
6.  I  say  unto  you,  if  ye  have 
come  to  a  knowledge  of  the  good- 
ness of  God,  and  his  matchless 
power,  and  his  wisdom,  and  his 
patience,  and  his  long-sufCerIng 
towards  the  children  of  men;  and 
also,  the  "atonement  which  has 
been  prepared  from  the  "founda- 
tion of  the  world,  that  thereby 
salvation  might  come  to  him  that 
should  put  his  trust  in  the  Lord, 
and  should  be  diligent  in  keep- 
ing his  commandments,  and  con- 
tinue in  the  faith  even  unto  the 
end  of  his  life,  I  mean  the  life 
of  the  mortal  body — 
7.  I  say,  that  this  is  the  man 
who  recelveth  salvation,  through 
the  'atonement  which  was  pre- 
pared from  the  foundation  of  the 
world  for  all  mankind,  which 
ever  were  since  the  fall  of  Adam, 
or  who  are,  or  who  ever  shall  be, 
even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 
8.  And     this     is     the     means 
r,  Bco  m,  Jnc.  0.        Chap.  4:    o,  v<>r.  11.     Moh.  8:2.     6,  Bee  /,  2  Ne 
2  Ne,  2.    tf,  vcr,  7.    Moi.  18:18.     Al.  12  :26,  80.     13:3,6,7,8.     18:80.    22:18.   '42 :2i 
Ue.  6 :47.    8  Ne.  1 :14.    20  :e.    Btb.  8:14.    9,  »60  f,  2  Ne.  2.  About  B.  O.  124 
2.     o,  see  /, 
6. 
MOSIAH,   4. 
143 
whereby  salvation  cometh.  And 
there  is  none  other  salvation  save 
this  which  hath  been  spoken  of; 
neither  are  there  any  conditions 
whereby  man  can  be  saved  ex- 
cept the  conditions  which  I  have 
told  you. 
9.  Believe  in  God;  believe  that 
he  is,  and  that  he  created  all 
things,  both  in  heaven  and  in 
earth;  believe  that  he  has  all 
wisdom,  and  all  power,  both  in 
heaven  and  in  earth;  believe  that 
man  doth  not  comprehend  all  the 
things  which  the  Lord  can  com- 
prehend. 
10.  And  again,  believe  that  ye 
must  repent  of  your  sins  and  for- 
sake them,  and  humble  your- 
selves before  God;  and  ask  in 
sincerity  of  heart  that  he  would 
forgive  you;  and  now,  if  you  be- 
lieve all  these  things  see  that  ye 
do  them. 
11.  And  again  I  say  unto  you 
as  I  have  said  before,  that  as  ye 
have  come  to  the  knowledge  of 
the  glory  of  God,  or  if  ye  have 
known  of  his  goodness  and  have 
tasted  of  his  love,  and  have  re- 
ceived a  remission  of  your  sins, 
which  causeth  such  exceeding 
great  joy  in  your  souls,  even  so  I 
would  that  ye  should  remember, 
and  always  retain  in  remem- 
brance, the  greatness  of  God,  and 
your  own  nothingness,  and  his 
goodness  and  long-suffering  to- 
wards you,  unworthy  creatures, 
and  humble  yourselves  even  in 
the  depths  of  humility,  calling  on 
the  name  of  the  Lord  daily,  and 
standing  steadfastly  in  the  faith 
of  that  which  is  to  come,  which 
was  spoken  by  the  mouth  of  the 
'angel. 
12.  And  behold,  I  say  unto  you 
that  if  ye  do  this  ye  shall  always 
rejoice,  and  be  filled  with  the 
love  of  God,  and  always  retain  a 
remission  of  your  sins;  and  ye 
shall  grow  in  the  knowledge  of 
the  glory  of  him  that  created 
you,  or  in  the  knowledge  of  that 
which  is  just  and  true. 
13.  And  ye  will  not  have  a 
mind  to  injure  one  another,  but 
to  live  peaceably,  and  to  render 
to  every  man  according  to  that 
which  is  his  due. 
14.  And  ye  will  not  suffer  your 
children  that  they  go  hungry,  or 
naked;  neither  will  ye  suffer  that 
they  transgress  the  laws  of  God, 
and  fight  and  quarrel  one  with 
another,  and  serve  the  "devil,  who 
is  the  master  of  sin,  or  who  is  the 
evil  spirit  which  hath  been  spoken 
of  by  our  fathers,  he  being  an 
enemy  to  all  righteousness. 
15.  But  ye  will  teach  them  to 
walk  in  the  ways  of  truth  and 
soberness;  ye  will  teach  them  to 
love  one  another,  and  to  serve 
one  another. 
16.  And  also,  ye  yourselves  will 
succor  those  that  stand  in  need 
of  your  succor;  ye  will  administer 
of  your  substance  unto  him  that 
standeth  in  need;  and  ye  will  not 
suffer  that  the  ''beggar  putteth  up 
his  petition  to  you  in  vain,  and 
turn  him  out  to  perish. 
17.  Perhaps  thou  shalt  say: 
The  man  has  brought  upon  him- 
self his  misery;  therefore  I  will 
stay  my  hand,  and  will  not  give 
unto  him  of  my  food,  nor  impart 
unto  him  of  my  substance  that  he 
may  not  suffer,  for  his  punish- 
ments are  just — 
18.  But  I  say  unto  you,  O  man, 
whosoever  doeth  this  the  same 
hath  great  cause  to  repent;  and 
except  he  repenteth  of  that  which 
he  hath  done  he  perisheth  for- 
ever, and  hath  no  interest  in  the 
kingdom  of  God. 
19.  For  behold,  are  we  not  all 
*beggars?     Do  we  not  all  depend 
/,  see  a.    g,  see  q,  Mos.  2.    h,  vers.  19,  20,  22 — 25.    i,  see  ft.  About  B.  C.  124. 
144 
MOSIAH,   4. 
upon  the  same  Being,  even  God, 
for  all  the  substance  which  we 
have,  for  both  food  and  raiment, 
and  for  gold,  and  for  silver,  and 
for  all  the  riches  which  we  have 
of  every  kind? 
20.  And  behold,  even  at  this 
time,  ye  have  been  calling  on  his 
name,  and  begging  for  a  remis- 
sion of  your  sins.  And  has  he 
suffered  that  ye  have  begged  in 
vain?  Nay;  he  has  poured  out 
his  Spirit  upon  you,  and  has 
caused  that  your  hearts  should 
be  filled  with  joy,  and  has  caused 
that  your  mouths  should  be 
stopped  that  ye  could  not  find 
utterance,  so  exceeding  great  was 
your  joy. 
21.  And  now,  if  God,  who  has 
created  you,  on  whom  you  are  de- 
pendent for  your  lives  and  for  all 
that  ye  have  and  are,  doth  grant 
unto  you  ^whatsoever  ye  ask  that 
is  right,  in  faith,  believing  that 
ye  shall  receive,  O  then,  how  ye 
ought  to  impart  of  the  substance 
that  ye  have  one  to  another. 
22.  And  if  ye  judge  the  man 
who  putteth  up  his  petition  to 
you  for  your  substance  that  he 
perish  not,  and  condemn  him, 
how  much  more  just  will  be  your 
condemnation  for  withholding 
your  substance,  which  doth  not 
belong  to  you  but  to  God,  to  whom 
also  your  life  belongeth;  and  yet 
ye  put  up  no  petition,  nor  repent 
of  the  thing  which  thou  hast  done. 
23.  I  say  unto  you,  wo  be  unto 
that  man,  for  his  substance  shall 
perish  with  him;  and  now,  I  say 
these  things  unto  those  who  are 
rich  as  pertaining  to  the  things 
of  this  world. 
24.  And  again,  I  say  unto  the 
poor,  ye  who  have  not  and  yet 
have  sufficient,   that   ye  remain 
from  day  to  day;  I  mean  all  you 
who  *deny  the  beggar,  because  ye 
have  not;  I  would  that  ye  say  in 
your  hearts  that:  I  give  not  be- 
cause I  have  not,  but  if  I  had  I 
would  give. 
25.  And  now,  if  ye  say  this  in 
your  hearts  ye  remain  guiltless, 
otherwise  ye  are  condemned;  and 
your  condemnation  is  just  for  ye 
covet  that  which  ye  have  not  re- 
ceived. 
26.  And  now,  for  the  sake  of 
these  things  which  I  have  spoken 
unto  you — that  is,  for  the  sake 
of  retaining  a  remission  of  your 
sins  from  day  to  day,  that  ye 
may  walk  guiltless  before  God — I 
would  that  ye  should  impart  of 
3:our  substance  to  the  poor,  every 
man  according  to  that  which  he 
hath,  such  'as  feeding  the  hun- 
gry, clothing  the  naked,  visiting 
the  sick  and  administering  to 
their  relief,  both  spiritually  and 
temporally,  according  to  their 
wants. 
27.  And  see  that  all  these 
things  are  done  in  wisdom  and 
order;  for  it  is  not  requisite  that 
a  man  should  run  faster  than  he 
has  strength.  And  again,  it  is 
expedient  that  he  should  be  dili- 
gent, that  thereby  he  might  win 
the  prize;  therefore,  all  things 
must  be  done  in  order. 
28.  And  I  would  that  ye  should 
remember,  that  whosoever  among 
you  "borroweth  of  his  neighbor 
should  return  the  thing  that  he 
borroweth,  according  as  he  doth 
agree,  or  else  thou  shalt  commit 
sin;  and  perhaps  thou  shalt  cause 
thy  neighbor  to  commit  sin  also. 
29.  And  finally,  I  cannot  tell 
you  all  the  things  whereby  ye 
may  commit  sin;  for  there  are 
divers  ways  and  means,  even  so 
y,  nee  e,  2  Ne.  32.  *,  noo  A.  I,  2  Ne.  26:30.  Jac.  2:10.  Mog.  18:27—29.  21  :17. 
Al.  1:27.  30.  4:12.13.  34:28,20.  8  Ne.  12:42.  18:1 — 4.  4  Ne.  3.  Morm.  8  :n7,  30. 
Voro.  7:6 — 8.     m,  8  Ne.  12:42.  About  B.  C.  124. 
MOSIAH,    5. 
145 
many  that  I  cannot  number  them. 
30.  But  this  much  I  can  tell 
you,  that  if  ye  do  not  watch  your- 
selves, and  your  thoughts,  and 
your  words,  and  your  deeds,  and 
observe  the  commandments  of 
Goa,  and  continue  in  the  faith  of 
what  ye  have  heard  concerning 
the  coming  of  our  Lord,  even 
un..-'  the  end  of  your  lives,  ye 
must  perish.  And  now,  O  man, 
remember,  and  perish  not. 
CHAPTER   5. 
Effect  of  king  Benjandn's  adaiess — 
The  people  repent  und  enter  into  cove- 
nant with  Christ,  ard  are  called  by 
his  name. 
1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  king  Benjamin  had 
thus  spoken  to  his  people,  he  sent 
among  them,  desiring  to  know  of 
his  people  if  they  believed  the 
words  which  he  had  spokeh  unto 
them. 
2.  And  they  all  cried  with  one 
voice,  saying:  Yea,  we  believe  all 
the  words  which  thou  hast  spoken 
unto  us;  and  also,  we  know  of 
their  surety  and  truth,  because 
of  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  Omnip- 
otent, which  has  wrought  a 
mighty  change  in  us,  or  in  our 
hearts,.that  we  have  no  more  dis- 
position to  do  evil,  but  to  do  good 
continually. 
3.  And  we,  ourselves,  also, 
through  the  infinite  goodness  of 
God,  and  the  manifestations  of 
his  Spirit,  have  great  views  of 
that  which  is  to  come;  and  were 
it  expedient,  we  could  prophesy 
of  all  things. 
4.  And  it  is  the  faith  which  we 
have  had  on  the  things  which  our 
king  has  spoken  unto  us  that  has 
brought  us  to  this  great  knowl- 
edge, whereby  we  do  rejoice  with 
such  exceeding  great  joy. 
5.  And  we  are  willing  to  enter 
into  a  covenant  with  our  God  to 
do  his  will,  and  to  be  obedient 
to  his  commandments  in  all 
things  that  he  shall  command  us, 
all  the  remainder  dt  our  days, 
that  we  may  not  bring  upon  our- 
selves a  "never-ending  torment, 
as  has  been  spoken  by  the  ''angel, 
that  we  may  not  drink  out  of  the 
cup  of  the  wrath  of  God. 
6.  And  now,  these  are  the 
words  which  king  Benjamin  de- 
sired of  them;  and  therefore  he 
said  unto  them :  Ye  have  spoken 
the  words  that  I  desired;  and  the 
covenant  which  ye  have  made  is 
a  righteous  covenant. 
7.  And  now,  because  of  the 
covenant  which  ye  have  made  ye 
shall  be  called  the  children  of 
Christ,  his  sons,  and  his  daugh- 
ters; for  behold,  this  day  he  hath 
spiritually  begotten  you;  for  ye 
say  that  your  Jhearts  are  changed 
through  faith  on  his  name; 
therefore,  ye  are  ''bprn  of  him 
and  have  become  his  sons  and 
his  daughters. 
8.  And  under  this  head  ye  are 
made  free,  and  there  is  no  other 
head  whereby  ye  can  be  made 
free.  There  is  no  •'other  name 
given  whereby  salvation  cometh; 
therefore,  I  would  that  ye  should 
•take  uponyou  the  name  of  Christ, 
all  you  that  have  entered  into 
the  covenant  with  God  that  ye 
should  be  obedient  unto  the  end 
of  your  lives. 
9.  And  it  shall  come  to  pa^ 
that  whosoever  doeth  this  shall 
be  found  at  the  right  hand  of 
God,  for  he  shall  know  the  name 
by   which   he   is   called;    for   he 
a,  see  m,  Jflc.  6.'  b.  Mos.  3  :2,  3.  4:1.  r.Mos.  27:24 — 27.  Al.  o:14,  49.  22:15. 
36:23,  26.  38:6.  John  1:13.  3:3.  Tit.  3:5.  d.  1  Ne.  10:6.  2  Ne.  2:8.  11:6. 
25:20.  31:21.  Mos.  4:8.  13:28.  15:19.  16:4.  Al.  21  :9.  J4 :9.  38:9.  Acts  4 :12. 
e,  vers.  9 — 14.  Mos.  26:18,  24.  Al.  1:19.  6:88.  34:38.  3  Ne.  27:5 — 9.  Morm. 
8:38.  About  B.  C.  124. 
146 
MOSIAH,   6. 
shall  be  called  by  the  'name  of 
Christ. 
10.  And  now  it  shall  come  to 
pass,  that  whosoever  shall  not 
take  upon  him  the  name  of 
Christ  must  be  called  by  some 
other  name;  therefore,  he  find- 
eth  himself  on  the  left  hand  of 
God. 
11.  And  I  would  that  ye  should 
remember  also,  that  this  is  the 
name  that  I  said  I  should  give 
unto  you  that  "never  should  be 
blotted  out,  except  it  be  through 
transgression;  therefore,  take 
heed  that  ye  do  not  transgress, 
that  the  name  be  not  blotted  out 
of  your  hearts. 
12.  I  say  unto  you,  I  would 
that  ye  should  remember  to  re- 
tain the  "name  written  always  in 
your  hearts,  that  ye  are  not 
found  on  the  *left  hand  of  God, 
but  that  ye  hear  and  know  the 
voice  by  which  ye  shall  be  called, 
and  also,  the  name  by  which  he 
shall  call  you. 
13.  For  how  knoweth  a  man 
the  master  whom  he  has  not 
served,  and  who  is  a  stranger 
unto  him,  and  is  far  from  the 
thoughts  and  intents  of  his  heart? 
14.  And  again,  doth  a  man 
take  an  ass  which  belongeth  to 
his  neighbor,  and  keep  him?  I 
say  unto  you.  Nay;  he  will  not 
even  suffer  that  he  shall  feed 
among  his  flocks,  but  will  drive 
him  away,  and  cast  him  out.  I 
say  unto  you,  that  even  so  shall  it 
be  among  you  if  ye  know  not  the 
^name  by  which  ye  are  called. 
15.  Therefore,  I  would  that  ye 
should  be  steadfast  and  Immov- 
able, always  abounding  in  good 
works,  that  Christ,  the  *Lord 
God  Omnipotent,  may  seal  you 
his,  that  you  may  be  brought  to 
heaven,  that  ye  may  have  ever- 
lasting salvation  and  eternal  life, 
through  the  wisdom,  and  power, 
and  justice,  and  mercy  of  him 
who  'created  all  things,  in  heaven 
and  in  earth,  who  is  God  above 
all.     Amen. 
CHAPTER   6. 
Names  of  the  people  recorded — 
Priests  appoiMed — Beginning  of  Mo- 
siah's  reign — Death  of  king  Benjamin. 
1.  And  now,  king  Benjamin 
thought  it  was  expedient,  after 
having  finished  speaking  to  the 
people,  that  he  should  take  the 
names  of  all  those  who  had  en- 
tered into  a  covenant  with  God 
to  keep  his  commandments. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  not  one  soul,  except  It 
were  little  children,  but  who  had 
entered  into  the  covenant  and 
had  taken  upon  them  the  "name 
of  Christ. 
3.  And  again,  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  king  Benjamin  had 
made  an  end  of  all  these  things, 
and  had  "consecrated  his  son 
Mosiah  to  be  a  ruler  and  a  king 
over  his  people,  and  had  given 
him  all  the  charges  concerning 
the  kingdom,  and  also  had  ap- 
pointed 'priests  to  teach  the  peo- 
ple, that  thereby  they  might  hear 
and  know  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  to  stir  them  up  in  re- 
membrance of  the  "oath  which 
they  had  made,  he  dismissed  the 
multitude,  and  they  returned, 
every  one,  according  to  their 
families,  to  their  own  houses. 
/,  »p<>  e.  g,  Mo8.  1:11.  12.  h,  see  e.  (,  Tor.  10.  j,  rpo  c.  k,  Mos.  3:5,  17,  18,  21. 
I,  Mos.  3:8.  4:2.  AI.  11:30.  8  Ne.  0:15.  Morm.  0:17.  Eth.  3:14 — 10.  4:7.  Col. 
1  :lfl.  Chap.  6:  a,  nee  e,  Mos.  6.  b,  see  i.  Mos.  1.  c,  see  o,  2  Ne.  6.  Mos.  18:18, 
24.  28.  21:38.  23:16,  17.  26:19,  21.  26:7.  27:1.  6,  22.  29:42.  Al.  1:8,  26. 
4:7,16,18.20.  6:8.  6:1,8.  8:11,28.  18:1—20.  16:18.  16:6.18.  18:84.  28:4, 
16.  24:7.  29:18.  80:20—28,  20.  81.  48:2.  46:88.  49:80.  8  Ne.  0:21,  22.  27. 
11:21.  22.  12:1.  18:86,  87.  4  Ne.  14.  More.  2:1—8.  Chaps.  8,  4.  6:1,  7.  7:2. 
8:1,2,28.    tf,  vera.  1,  2.    Moa.  6:6— 7.  About  B.  0.  124. 
MOSIAH,   7. 
147 
4.  And  Moslah  began  to  'reign 
In  his  father's  stead.  *And  he 
began  to  reign  in  the  thirtieth 
year  of  his  age,  making  in  the 
whole,  about  four  hundred  and 
seventy-six  years  from  the  'time 
that  Lehi  left  Jerusalem. 
5.  And  king  Benjamin  lived 
three  yearsf  and  he  died. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Mosiah  did  walk  in  the 
ways  of  the  Lord,  and  did  observe 
his  judgments  and  his  statutes, 
and  did  keep  his  commandments 
in  all  things  whatsoever  he  com- 
manded him. 
7.  And  king  Mosiah  did  cause 
his  people  that  they  should  till 
the  earth.  And  he  also,  himself, 
did  till  the  earth,  that  thereby 
he  might  not  become  burden- 
some to  his  people,  that  he 
might  do  according  to  that  which 
his  father  had  done  in  all  things. 
And  there  was  no  contention 
among  all  his  people  for  the 
space  of  three  years. 
CHAPTER  7. 
Expedition  to  the  land  of  Lehi- 
NepM — Ammon  and  king  Limhi — 
People  of  Lehi-Nephi  in  bondage  to 
Lamanites. 
1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  king  Mosiah  had  had 
continual  peace  for  the  space  of 
three  years,  he  was  desirous  to 
know  concerning  the  people  who 
went  up  to  dwell  in  the  land  of 
"Lehi-Nephi,  or  in  the  city  of 
Lehi-Nephi;  for  his  people  had 
heard  nothing  from  them  from  the 
time  they  left  the  land  of  "Zara- 
hemla;  therefore,  they  wearied 
him  with  their  teasings. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Jklng  Mosiah  granted  that  six- 
teen of  their  strong  men  might 
go  up  to  the  "land  of  Lehi-Nephi, 
to  inquire  concerning  their  breth- 
ren. 
3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  on 
the  morrow  they  started  to  go 
up,  having  with  them  one  Am- 
mon, he  being  a  strong  and 
mighty  man,  and  a  ■'descendant 
of  Zarahemla;  and  he  was  also 
their  leader. 
4.  And  now,  they  knew  not  the 
course  they  should  travel  in  the 
wilderness  to  go  up  to  the  'land 
of  Lehi-Nephi;  therefore  they 
wandered  many  days  in  the  wil- 
derness, even  forty  days  did  they 
wander. 
5.  And  when  they  had  wan- 
dered forty  days  they  came  to  a 
hill,  which  is  north  of  the  land  of 
'Shilom,  and  there  they  pitched 
their  tents. 
6.  And  Ammon  took  three  of 
his  brethren,  and  their  names 
were  Amaleki,  Helem,  and  Hem, 
and  they  went  down  into  the 
'land  of  Nephi. 
7.  And  behold,  they  met  the 
king  of  the  people  who  were  in 
the  land  of  Nephi,  and  In  the 
land  of  Shilom;  and  they  were 
surrounded  by  the  king's  guard, 
and  were  taken,  and  were  bound, 
and  were  committed  to  prison. 
8.  And  It  came  to  pass  when 
they  had  been  in  prison  two  days 
they  were  again  brought  before  the 
king,  and  their  bands  were  loosed; 
and  they  stood  before  the  king, 
and  were  permitted,  or  rather 
commanded,  that  they  should 
answer  the  questions  which  he 
should  ask  them. 
9.  And  he  said  unto  them:  "Be- 
hold, I  am  Limhi,  the  son  of 
Noah,  who  was  the  son  of  Zeniff, 
who  came  up  out  of  the  *land  of 
Zarahemla  to  inherit  this  land. 
e,  Mos.  1:10,  15.  /,  1  Ne.  1:4.  2:4.  Chap.  7:  a,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.  &,  Om.  13. 
c,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.  d.  Cm.  14.  e,  see  b,  2  Ne.  5.  /,  vers.  7,  16,  21.  Mos.  9:6,  8,  14. 
10:8.  11:12,  13.  22:8,  11.  24:1.  Al.  23:12.  g,  see  6,  2  Ne.  5.  ft,  Mos.  11:1. 
19 :16.    i.  Om.  13.  •  About  B.  C.  124.     t  About  B.  0.  121.     t  About  B.  C.  121. 
148 
MOSIAH,   7. 
which  was  the  land  of  their  fa- 
thers, who  was  made  a  king  by 
the  ^voice  of  the  people. 
10.  And  now,  I  desire  to  know 
the  cause  whereby  ye  were  so 
*bold  as  to  come  near  the  walls 
of  the  city,  when  I,  myself,  was 
with  my  guards  without  the  gate? 
11.  And  now,  for  this  cause 
have  I  suffered  that  ye  should  be 
preserved,  that  I  might  inquire 
of  you,  or  else  I  should  have 
caused  that  my  guards  should 
have  'put  you  to  death.  Ye  are 
permitted  to  speak. 
12.  And  now,  when  Ammon 
saw  that  he  was  permitted  to 
speak,  he  went  forth  and  "bowed 
himself  before  the  king;  and  ris- 
ing again  he  said:  O  king,  I  am 
very  thankful  before  God  this 
day  that  I  am  yet  alive,  and  am 
permitted  to  speak;  and  I  will 
endeavor  to  speak  with  boldness; 
13.  For  I  am  assured  that  If 
ye  had  known  me  ye  would  not 
have  suffered  that  I  should  have 
worn  these  bands.  For  I  am  Am- 
mon, and  am  a  "descendant  of 
Zarahemla,  and  have  come  up 
out  of  the  "land  of  Zarahemla  to 
inquire  concerning  our  brethren, 
whom  "Zeniff  brought  up  out  of 
that  land. 
14.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
that  after  Limhi  had  heard  the 
words  of  Ammon,  he  was  exceed- 
ing glad,  and  said:  Now,  I  know 
of  a  surety  that  my  brethren  who 
were  In  the  land  of  Zarahemla 
'are  yet  alive.  And  now,  I  will 
rejoice;  and  on  the  morrow  I  will 
cause  that  my  people  shall  rejoice 
also. 
15.  For  behold,  we  are  In 
bondage  to  the  Lamanltes,  and 
'are  taxed  with  a  tax  which  is 
grievous  to  be  borne.     And  now. 
behold,  our  brethren  will  deliver 
us  out  of  our  bondage,  or  out  of 
the  hands  of  the  Lamanites,  and 
we  will  be  their  slaves;  for  it  is 
better  that  we  be  slaves  to  the 
Nephites  than  to  pay  tribute  to 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites. 
16.  And  now,  king  Limhi  com- 
manded his  guards  that  they 
should  no  more  bind  Ammon  nor 
his  brethren,  but  caused  that  they 
should  go  to  the  'hill  which  was 
north  of  Shilom,  and  bring  their 
brethren  into  the  city,  that  there- 
by they  might  eat,  and  drink,  and 
rest  themselves  from  the  labors 
of  their  journey;  for  they  'had 
suffered  many  things;  they  had 
suffered  hunger,  thirst,  and 
fatigue. 
17.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass 
on  the  morrow  that  king  Limhi 
sent  a  proclamation  among  all 
his  people,  that  thereby  they 
might  gather  themselves  to- 
gether to  the  "templfe,  to  hear  the 
words  whicA  he  should  speak 
unto  them. 
18.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
when  they  had  gathered  them- 
selves together  that  he  spake 
unto  them  in  this  wise,  saying: 
O  ye,  my  people,  lift  up  your 
heads  and  be  comforted;  for  be- 
hold, the  time  is  at  hand,  or  is 
not  far  distant,  when  we  shall  no 
longer  be  in  subjection  to  our  ene- 
mies, notwithstanding  our  many 
strugglings,  which  have  been  in 
vain;  yet  I  trust  there  remaln- 
eth  an  effectual  struggle  to  be 
made. 
19.  Therefore,  lift  up  your 
heads,  and  rejoice,  and  put  your 
trust  In  God,  In  that  God  who  was 
the  God  of  Abraham,  and  Isaac, 
and  Jacob;  and  also,  that  God 
who    broiight    the    children    of 
/,  Mo*.  10:26.     k,  Mot.  21:23.  24 
0,  Om.   18.     p,  Mo«.   9:1.     <i    " 
t,  T«r.  4.    «,  M*  A,  2  N«.  0. 
L  MOB.  21:23.     m.  Ai:  47:22.  28.     n.  Cm.  14. 
Moa.   21:25,   26.     r,   ver.   22.      Mob.    1B:16.     «,  vcr.   5. 
About  B.  C,  131. 
MOSIAH,    7. 
149 
Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt, 
and  caused  that  they  should  walk 
through  the  Red  Sea  on  dry 
ground,  and  fed  them  with  manna 
that  they  might  not  perish  in  the 
wilderness;  and  many  more  things 
did  he  do  for  them. 
20.  And  again,  that  same  God 
has  brought  our  fathers  out  of 
the  land  of  Jerusalem,  and  has 
kept  and  preserved  his  people 
even  until  now;  and  behold,  it  is 
because  of  our  iniquities  and 
abominations  that  he  has  brought 
us  into  bondage. 
21.  And  ye  all  are  witnesses 
this  day,  that  "Zeniff,  who  was 
made  king  over  this  people,  he 
being  "over-zealous  to  inherit  the 
land  of  his  fathers,  therefore 
being  deceived  by  the  cunning 
and  craftiness  of  king  Laman, 
who  having  entered  into  a  treaty 
with  king  Zeniff,  and  having 
yielded  up  into  his  hands  the  pos- 
sessions of  a  part  of  the  land,  or 
even  the  city  of  'Lehi-NephI,  and 
the  city  of  "Shilom;  and  the  land 
round  about — 
22.  And  all  this  he  did,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  bringing  this  peo- 
ple into  subjection  or  into  bond- 
age. And  behold,  we  at  this  time 
do  pay  tribute  to  the  king  of  the 
Lamanites,  to  the  'amount  of  one 
half  of  our  corn,  and  our  barley, 
and  even  all  our  grain  of  every 
kind,  and  one  half  of  the  increase 
of  our  flocks  and  our  herds;  and 
even  one  half  of  all  we  have  or 
possess  the  king  of  the  Lamanites 
doth  exact  of  us,  or  our  lives. 
23.  And  now,  is  not  this  griev- 
ous to  be  borne?  And  is  not  this, 
our  affliction,  great  ?  Now  behold, 
how  great  reason  we  have  to 
mourn. 
24.  Yea,  I  say  unto  you,  great 
are  the  reasons  which  we  have 
to  mourn;  for  behold  how  many 
of  our  brethren  have  been  slain, 
and  their  blood  has  been  spilt  in 
vain,  and  all  because  of  iniquity. 
25.  For  if  this  people  had  not 
fallen  into  transgression  the  Lord 
would  not  have  suffered  that  this 
great  evil  should  come  upon 
them.  But  behold,  they  would 
not  hearken  unto  his  words;  but 
there  arose  contentions  among 
them,  even  so  much  that  they  did 
shed  blood  among  themselves. 
26.  And  a  ^'prophet  of  the  Lord 
have  they  slain;  yea,  a  chosen 
man  of  God,  who  told  them  of 
their  wickedness  and  abomina- 
tions, and  prophesied  of  many 
things  which  are  to  come,  yea, 
even  the  coming  of  Christ. 
27.  And  because  he  said  unto 
them  that  Christ  ^"was  the  God, 
the  Father  of  all  things,  and  said 
that  he  should  take  upon  him  the 
image  of  man,  and  it  should  be 
the  image  after  which  man  was 
-''created  in  the  beginning;  or  in 
other  words,  he  said  that  man 
was  created  after  the  image  of 
God,  and  that  God  should  come 
down  among  the  children  of  men, 
and  ^■'take  upon  him  flesh  and 
blood,  and  go  forth  upon  the 
face  of  the  earth — 
28.  And  now,  because  he  said 
this,  they  did  ^"put  him  to  death; 
and  many  more  things  did  they 
do  which  brought  down  the  wrath 
of  God  upon  them.  Therefore, 
who  wondereth  that  they  are  in 
bondage,  and  that  they  are  smit- 
ten with  sore  afflictions? 
29.  For  behold,  the  Lord  hath 
said:  I  will  not  succor  my  peo- 
ple in  the  day  of  their  transgres- 
sion; but  I  will  hedge  up  their 
ways  that  they  prosper  not;  and 
V,  Mos.  9:1.  w,  Mos.  9  :3.  jr,  see  b,  2  Ne.  5.  y,  see  /.  z,  see  r.  2a,  Mos.  17  :12 — 20. 
26,  1  Ne.  in:7,  10.  2  Ne.  2:14.  15.  10:3.  25:12.  26:12.  Mos.  3:5,  8.  15:1—5. 
16:15.  27:30,31.  AI.  11 :38,  39.  3Ne.  9:15.  11:14.  Morm.  3 :21.  9:11,12.  Eth. 
4:7.    2c,  Al.  18:34.     Btb.  3:16,  16.     2d.  see  b,  Mos.  3.     2e,  see  2a.         About  B.  C.  121. 
150 
MOSIAH,   8. 
their  doings  shall  be  as  a  stum- 
bling block  before  them. 
30.  And  again,  he  saith:  If  my 
people  shall  sow  filthiness  they 
shall  reap  the  chaff  thereof  in 
the  whirlwind;  and  the  effect 
thereof  is  poison. 
31.  And  again  he  saith:  If  my 
people  shall  sow  filthiness  they 
shall  reap  the  ^'east  wind,  which 
bringeth  immediate  destruction. 
3  2.  And  now,  behold,  the  prom- 
ise of  the  Lord  is  fulfilled,  and  ye 
are  smitten  and  afllicted. 
33.  But  if  ye  will  turn  to  the 
Lord  with  full  purpose  of  heart, 
and  put  your  trust  in  him,  and 
serve  him  with  all  diligence  of 
mind,  if  ye  do  this,  he  will,  ac- 
cording to  his  own  will  and  pleas- 
ure, deliver  you  out  of  bondage. 
CHAPTER   8. 
Atnmon  learns  of  the  discovery  of 
twenty-four  gold  plates  with  engrav- 
ings— He  suggests  their  submission  to 
king  Mosiahj  prophet  and  seer. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  king  Limhi  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  to  his  people,  for 
he  spake  many  things  unto  them 
and  only  a  few  of  them  have  I 
written  In  this  book,  he  told  his 
people  all  the  things  concerning 
their  brethren  who  were  in  the 
•land  of  Zarahemla. 
2.  And  he  caused  that  Ammon 
should  stand  up  before  the  mul- 
titude, and  rehearse  unto  them 
all  that  had  happened  unto  their 
brethren  from  the  time  that 
*Zenitf  went  up  out  of  the  land 
even  until  the  time  that  he  'him- 
self came  up  out  of  the  land. 
3.  And  he  also  rehearsed  unto 
them  the  'last  words  which  king 
Benjamin  had  taught  them,  and 
explained  them  to  the  people  of 
king  Limhi,  so  that  they  might 
understand  all  the  words  which 
he  spake. 
4.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  after 
he  had  done  all  this,  that  king 
Limhi  dismissed  the  multitude, 
and  caused  that  they  should  re- 
turn every  one  unto  his  own  house. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
caused  that  the  'plates  which  con- 
tained the  record  of  his  people 
from  the  time  that  they  left  the 
'land  of  Zarahemla,  should  be 
brought  before  Ammon,  that  he 
might  read  them. 
6.  Now,  as  soon  as  Ammon  had 
read  the  record,  the  king  inquired 
of  him  to  know  if  he  could  in- 
terpret languages,  and  Ammon 
told  him  that  he  could  not. 
7.  And  the  king  said  unto  him: 
Being  grieved  for  the  afflictions 
of  my  people,  I  caused  that  "forty 
and  three  of  my  people  should 
take  a  journey  into  the  wilder- 
ness, that  thereby  they  might 
find  the  *land  of  Zarahemla, 
that  we  might  appeal  unto  our 
brethren  to  deliver  us  out  of 
bondage. 
8.  And  they  were  lost  In  the 
wilderness  for  the  space  of  many 
days,  yet  they  were  diligent,  and 
found  not  the  land  of  Zarahemla 
but  returned  to  this  land,  having 
traveled  In  a  land  among  'many 
waters,  having  discovered  a  land 
which  was  covered  with  ^bones  of 
men,  and  of  beasts,  and  was  also 
covered  with  ruins  of  buildings 
of  every  kind,  having  discovered 
a  land  which  had  been  peopled 
with  a  people  who  were  as  nu- 
merous  as   the   hosts   of   Israel. 
9.  And  for  a  testimony  that 
the  things  that  they  had  said  are 
if,  Mo«.  12:6.  Cnir.  R:  a,  Om.  13.  b,  hpo  p,  Moh.  7.  c,  Mor.  7:3.  d,  Moh. 
cbapi.  8 — 6.  0,  Me  R«curd  of  '/Multt,  Mom.  0.  /,  Oiii.  13.  g.  Moh.  21 :2n.  A,  Oin.  1,1. 
<.  Al.  B0:20.  H«.  8:8.  4.  Morm.  6:4.  >.  Moi.  21 :20,  27.  H«.  8:8— 12.  S<i>  Kuok  of 
atbar.  About  u.  r    121. 
MOSIAH,   8. 
151 
true  they  have  brought  *twenty- 
four  plates  which  are  filled  with 
engravings,  and  they  are  of  pure 
gold. 
1 0.  And  behold,  also,  they  have 
brought  'breastplates,  which  are 
large,  and  they  are  of  ""brass 
and  of  copper,  and  are  perfectly 
sound. 
11.  And  again,  they  have 
brought  swords,  the  hilts  thereof 
have  perished,  and  the  blades 
thereof  were  cankered  with  rust; 
and  there  Is  no  one  In  the  land 
that  is  able  to  Interpret  the  lan- 
guage or  the  engravings  that  are 
on  the  plates.  Therefore  I  said 
unto  thee:    Canst  thou  translate? 
12.  And  I  say  unto  thee  again: 
Knowest  thou  of  any  one  that  can 
translate?  For  I  am  desirous  that 
these  records  should  be  trans- 
lated Into  our  language;  for,  per- 
haps, they  will  give  us  a  knowl- 
edge of  a  remnant  of  the  people 
who  have  been  destroyed,  from 
whence  these  records  came;  or, 
perhaps,  they  will  give  us  a  knowl- 
edge of  this  very  people  who  have 
been  destroyed;  and  I  am  desirous 
to  know  the  cause  of  their  de- 
struction. 
13.  NowAmmon  said  unto  him: 
I  can  assuredly  tell  thee,  O  king, 
of  a  man  that  can  translate  the 
records;  for  he  has  wherewith 
that  he  can  look,  and  translate 
all  records  that  are  of  ancient 
date;  and  it  is  a  gift  from  God. 
And  the  things  are  called  "inter- 
preters, and  no  man  can  look  In 
them  except  he  be  commanded, 
lest  he  should  look  for  that  he 
ought  not  and  he  should  perish. 
And  whosoever  Is  commanded  to 
look  in  them,  the  same  is  called 
seer. 
14.  And  behold,  the  king  of 
the  people  who  are  In  the  land  of 
Zarahemla  is  the  "man  that  Is 
commanded  to  do  these  things, 
and  who  has  this  high  gift  from 
God. 
15.  And  the  king  said  that  a 
seer  Is  ^greater  than  a  prophet. 
16.  And  Ammon  said  that  a 
seer  Is  a  revelator  and  a  prophet 
also;  and  a  gift  which  is  greater 
can  no  man  have,exceptheshould 
possess  the  power  of  God,  which 
no  man  can;  yet  a  man  may  have 
great  power  given  him  from  God. 
17.  But  a  seer  can  know  of 
things  which  are  past,  and  also 
of  things  which  are  to  come,  and 
by  them  shall  all  things  be  re- 
vealed, or,  rather,  shall  secret 
things  be  made  manifest,  and 
hidden  things  shall  come  to  light, 
and  things  which  are  not  known 
shall  be  made  known  by  them, 
and  also  things  shall  be  made 
known  by  them  which  otherwise 
could  not  be  known. 
18.  Thus  God  has  provided  a 
means  that  man,  through  faith, 
might  work  mighty  miracles; 
therefore  he  becometh  a  great 
benefit  to  his  fellow  beings. 
19.  And  now,  when  Ammon 
had  made  an  end  of  speaking 
these  words  the  king  rejoiced 
exceedingly,  and  gave  thanks  to 
God,  saying:  Doubtless  a  'great 
mystery  is  contained  within  these 
plates,  and  these  interpreters 
were  doubtless  prepared  for  the 
purpose  of  unfolding  all  such 
mysteries  to  the  children  of  men. 
20.  O  how  marvelous  are  the 
works  of  the  Lord,  and  how  long 
doth  he  suffer  with  his  people; 
yea,  and  how  blind  and  impene- 
trable are  the  understandings  of 
fc,  Mos.  21:27.  28:11.  Al.  17:21 — 31.  He.  6 :26.  Eth.  1:1— 5.  15:33.  I,  Eth. 
15:15,24.  m,  Eth.  10:23.  n,  vers.  14 — 19.  Cm.  20 — 22.  Mob.  21 :27,  28.  28:11 — 19. 
Al.  10:2.  37:21—26.  Eth.  3:23,  28.  4:6.  D.  &  C.  17:1.  o.  Mob.  21:28.  28:17. 
V.  vers.  1»— 10.  D.  &  O.  21:1.  q.  2  Ne.  27:7,  8,  10,  11.  Eth.  8:21—28.  4:1—8. 
6 :1.  About  B.  C.  121. 
152 
MOSIAH,   9. 
the  children  of  men;  for  they  will 
not  seek  wisdom,  neither  do  they 
desire  that  she  should  rule  over 
them! 
21.  Yea,  they  are  as  a  wild 
flock  which  fleeth  from  the  shep- 
herd, and  scattereth,  and  are 
driven,  and  are  devoured  by  the 
beasts  of  the  forest. 
The  Eecobd  of  Zeniff. — An  ac- 
count of  his  people,  from  the  time 
they  left  the  land  of  Zarahemla  until 
the  time  that  they  were  delivered  out 
of  the  hands  of  the  Lamanites. 
Comprising  chapters  9  to  22  inclusive. 
CHAPTER   9. 
Zeniff  goes  to  possess  the  land  of 
Lehi-Nephi — A  spy  among  the  Laman- 
ites— The  craftiness  of  king  Laman. 
1.  I,  Zeniff,  having  been  taught 
in  all  the  language  of  theNephites, 
and  having  had  a  knowledge  of 
the  "land  of  Nephi,  or  of  the  land 
of  our  fathers'  first  inheritance, 
*and  having  been  sent  as  a  spy 
among  the  Lamanites  that  I  might 
spy  out  their  forces,  that  our 
army  might  come  upon  them  and 
destroy  them — but  when  I  saw 
that  which  was  good  among  them 
I  was  desirous  that  they  should 
not  be  destroyed. 
2.  Therefore,  I  contended  with 
my  brethren  in  the  wilderness, 
for  I  would  that  our  ruler  should 
make  a  treaty  with  them;  but  he 
being  an  austere  and  a  blood- 
thirsty man  commanded  that  I 
should  be  slain;  but  I  was  rescued 
by  the  shedding  of  much  blood; 
for  father  fought  against  father, 
and  brother  against  brother,  until 
the  ^greater  number  of  our  army 
was  destroyed  In  the  wilderness; 
and  we  returned,  those  of  us  that 
were  spared,  to  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla, to  relate  that  tale  to  their 
wives  and  their  children. 
3.  Andyet,  I  being  "over-zealous 
to  inherit  the  land  of  our  fathers, 
collected  as  many  as  were  de- 
sirous to  go  up  to  possess  the 
land,  and  started  again  on  our 
journey  into  the  wilderness  to 
go  up  to  the  land;  but  we  were 
smitten  with  famine  and  sore 
afflictions;  for  we  were  slow  to 
remember  the  Lord  our  God. 
4.  Nevertheless,  after  many 
days'  wandering  in  the  wilderness 
we  pitched  our  tents  in  the  place 
where  our  brethren  ''were  slain, 
which  was  near  to  the  'land  of 
our  fathers. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
went  again  with  four  of  my  men 
into  the  city,  in  unto  the  king, 
that  I  might  know  of  the  disposi- 
tion of  the  king,  and  that  I  might 
know  if  I  might  go  In  with  my 
people  and  possess  the  land  in 
peace. 
6.  And  I  went  In  unto  the  king, 
and  he  covenanted  with  me  that  I 
might  possess  the  land  of  'Lehl- 
Nephi,  and  the  land  of  'Shilom. 
7.  And  he  also  commanded  that 
his  people  should  depart  out  of 
the  land,  and  I  and  my  people 
went  into  the  land  that  we  might 
possess  It. 
8.  And  we  began  to  build  build- 
ings, and  to  repair  the  walls  of 
the  city,  yea,  even  the  walls  of 
the  city  of  Lehl-Nephl,  and  the 
city  of  Shilom. 
9.  And  we  began  to  till  the 
ground,  yea,  even  with  *all  man- 
ner of  seeds,  with  seeds  of  corn, 
and  of  wheat,  and  of  barley,  and 
with  neas,  and  with  sheum,  and 
with  seeds  of  all  manner  of  fruits; 
a.nt^h.i  No.  B.     I,  Om.  2S.     r.  Mop.  7:21.    Om.  20.     d,  ror.  2.     Om.  2"<.    e,  boo  6, 
2  Ne.  5.     /,  »*H.  b,  2  Nc.  5.     g,  *>'v  /.  .M..m.  7.      h,  1   .Nu.  8:1.      18:24.      ICtioH  21. 
•.Vhoj't  n.  C.  200. 
MOSIAH,   10. 
158 
and  we  did  begin  to  multiply  and 
prosper  in  the  land. 
10.  ^^ow  it  was  the  ''cunning 
and  the  craftiness  of  king  Laman, 
to  bring  my  people  into  bonaage, 
that  he  yielded  up  the  land  that 
we  might  possess  it. 
11.  Therefore  it  came  to  pass, 
that  after  we  had  dwelt  in  cue 
land  for  the  space  ot  *  twelve 
years  that  king  Laman  began  to 
grov/  uneasy,  lest  by  any  means 
my  people  should  wax  strong  in 
the  land,  and  that  they  could 
'not  overpower  them  and  bring 
them  into  bondage. 
12.  Now  they  were  a  ""lazy  and 
an  idolatrous  people;  therefore 
they  were  desirous  to  bring  us 
into  "bondage,  that  they  might 
glut  themselves  with  the  labors  of 
our  hands;  yea,  that  they  might 
feast  themselves  upon  the  flocks 
of  our  fields. 
13.  Therefore  it  came  to  pass 
that  king  Laman  began  to  stir  up 
his  people  that  they  should  con- 
tend with  my  people;  therefore 
there  began  to  be  wars  and  con- 
tentions in  the  land. 
14.  For,  in  the  fthirteenth  year 
of  my  reign  in  the  land  of  Nephi, 
away  on  the  south  of  the  land  of 
"Shilom,  when  my  people  were 
watering  and  feeding  their  flocks, 
and  tilling  their  lands,  a  numerous 
host  of  Lamanites  came  upon 
them  and  began  to  slay  them,  and 
to  take  off  their  flocks,  and  the 
corn  of  their  fields. 
15.  Yea,  and  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  fled,  all  that  were  not  over- 
taken, even  into  the  ^city  of  Ne- 
phi, and  did  call  upon  me  for 
protection. 
16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
did  arm  them  with  bows,  and  with 
arrows,  with  swords,  and  with 
cimeters,  and  with  clubs,  and  with 
slings,  and  with  al?  ofianner  of 
weapons  which  we  could  invent, 
and  I  and  my  peopie  did  go  forth, 
against  the  Lamanites  to  battle. 
17.  Yea,  in  the  strength  of  the 
Lord  did  we  go  iorth  to  battle 
against  the  Lamanites;  for  I  and 
my  people  did  cry  mightily  to 
the  Lord  that  he  would  deliver 
us  out  of  the  hands  of  our  ene- 
mies, for  we  were  awakened  to  a 
remembrance  of  the  deliverance 
of  our  fathers. 
18.  And  God  did  hear  our  cries 
and  did  answer  our  prayers;  and 
we  did  go  forth  in  his  might;  yea, 
we  did  go  forth  against  the  La- 
manites, and  in  one  day  and  a 
night  we  did  slay  three  thousand 
and  forty-three;  we  did  slay  them 
even  until  we  had  driven  them 
out  of  our  land. 
19.  And  I,  myself,  with  mine 
own  hands,  did  help  to  bury  their 
dead.  And  behold,  to  our  great 
sorrow  and  lamentation,  two  hun- 
dred and  seventy-nine  of  our 
brethren  were  slain. 
CHAPTER  10. 
King  Laman  dies — Zeniff  and  hia 
people  prevail  against  their  oppressors, 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
again  began  to  establish  the  king- 
dom and  we  again  began  to  possess 
the  land  in  peace.  And  I  caused 
that  there  should  be  weapons  of 
war  made  of  every  kind,  that 
thereby  I  might  have  weapons 
for  my  people  against  the  time 
the  Lamanites  should  come  up 
again  to  war  against  my  people. 
2.  And  I  set  guards  round  about 
the  land,  that  the  Lamanites 
might  not  come  upon  us  again 
unawares  and  destroy  us;  and 
thus  I  did  guard  my  people  and 
my  flocks,  and  keep  them  from 
k,  vers.  11,  12.     Mos.  7:22.     10:18.     15:26,  28.     21:3,  13.     I.  see  fc,     m,  Enos  20. 
n.  Bee  k.     0,  see  /,  Mos.  7.     p,  s^  b,  2  Ne.  6.       *  About  B.  C.  188.     t  Aboct  B.  C.  187. 
154 
MOSIAH,   10. 
falling    into    the    hands    of    our 
enemies. 
3.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  inherit  the  "land  of  our  fa- 
thers for  many  years,  yea,  *for 
the  space  of  twenty  and  two  years. 
4.  And  I  did  cause  that  the 
men  should  till  the  ground,  and 
raise  ""all  manner  of  grain  and  all 
manner  of  fruit  of  every  kind. 
5.  And  I  did  cause  that  the 
women  should  spin,  and  toil,  and 
work,  and  work  ''all  manner  of 
fine  linen,  yea,  and  cloth  of  every 
kind,  that  we  might  clothe  our 
nakedness;  and  thus  we  did  pros- 
per in  the  land — thus  we  did  have 
continual  peace  in  the  land  for 
the  space  of  twenty  and  two  years. 
6.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
king  Laman  died,  and  his  son 
began  to  reign  in  his  stead.  And 
he  began  to  stir  his  people  up 
in  rebellion  against  my  people; 
therefore  they  began  to  prepare 
for  war,  and  to  come  up  to  battle 
against  my  people. 
7.  But  I  had  sent  my  spies  out 
round  about  the  land  of  ""Shem- 
lon,  that  I  might  discover  their 
preparations,  that  I  might  guard 
against  them,  that  they  might  not 
come  upon  my  people  and  destroy 
them. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  came  up  upon  the  north  of 
the  land  of  •Shilom,  with  their 
numerous  hosts,  men  'armed  with 
bows,  and  with  arrows,  and  with 
swords,  and  with  clmeters,  and 
with  stones,  and  with  slings;  and 
they  had  their  heads  shaved  that 
they  were  naked;  and  they  were 
girded  with  a  leathern  girdle 
about  their  loins. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  I 
caused  that  the  women  and  chil- 
dren of  my  people  should  be  hid 
in  the  wilderness;  and  I  also 
caused  that  all  my  old  men  that 
could  bear  arms,  and  also  all  my 
young  men  that  were  able  to  bear 
arms,  should  gather  themselves 
together  to  go  to  battle  against 
the  Lamanites;  and  I  did  place 
them  in  their  ranks,  every  man 
according  to  his  age. 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
we  did  go  up  to  battle  against 
the  Lamanites;  and  I,  even  I,  in 
my  old  age,  did  go  up  to  battle 
against  the  Lamanites.  And  it 
came  to  pass  that  we  did  go  up  in 
the  strength  of  the  Lord  to  battle. 
11.  Now,  the  Lamanites  knew 
nothing  concerning  the  Lord,  nor 
the  strength  of  the  Lord,  there- 
fore they  depended  upon  their 
own  strength.  Yet  they  were  a 
strong  people,  as  to  the  strength 
of  men. 
12.  They  were  a  wild,  and  fero- 
cious, and  a  blood-thirsty  people, 
believing  in  the  "tradition  of  their 
fathers,  which  is  this — Believing 
that  they  were  driven  out  of  the 
land  of  Jerusalem  because  of  the 
iniquities  of  their  fathers,  and 
that  they  were  wronged  in  the 
wilderness  by  their  brethren,  and 
they  were  also  wronged  while 
crossing  the  sea; 
13.  And  again,  that  they  were 
wronged  while  In  the  land  of  their 
"first  inheritance,  after  they  had 
crossed  the  sea,  and  all  this  be- 
cause that  Nephi  was  more  faith- 
ful In  keeping  the  commandments 
of  the  Lord — therefore  he  was 
favored  of  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord 
heard  his  prayers  and  answered 
them,  and  *he  took  the  lead  of 
their  Journey  in  the  wilderness, 
14.  And  his  brethren  were 
wroth  with  him  because  they 
understood  not  the  dealings  of 
a,  tf(f  b,  2  Np.  n.  b.  soo  h,  Mo8.  0.  r,  Al.  1 :2U.  He.  6:18.  d,  Mor.  11  :12.  10:0. 
90:1.  24:1.  Al.  23:12.  c,  m-i' f.  Mm.  7.  /,  Kikw  20.  Al.  8 :4.  6.  17:14.15.  48:18 
—21.     g,  ■»«  n,  Jac.  7.     h,  1  Ne.  18:23.     i,  2  Ne.  6  #— 0.  •  ABOUT  B.  0.  178- 
MOSIAH,   11. 
155 
the  Lord;  they  were  also  wroth 
with  him  upon  the  waters  because 
they  hardened  their  hearts  against 
the  Lord. 
15.  And  again,  they  were  wroth 
with  him  when  they  had  ar- 
rived in  the  promised  land,  be- 
cause they  said  that  he  had  taken 
the  ^ruling  of  the  people  out  of 
their  hands;  and  they  sought  to 
kill  him. 
16.  And  again,  they  were  wroth 
with  him  because  he  departed 
into  the  wilderness  as  the  Lord 
had  commanded  him,  and  *took 
the  records  which  were  engraven 
on  the  plates  of  brass,  for  they 
said  that  he  robbed  them. 
17.  And  thus  they  have  taught 
their  children  that  they  should 
hate  them,  and  that  they  should 
murder  them,  and  that  they 
should  rob  and  plunder  them,  and 
do  all  they  could  to  destroy  them; 
therefore  they  have  an  'eternal 
hatred  towards  the  children  of 
Nephi. 
18.  For  this  very  cause  has 
king  Laman,  by  his  ""cunning, 
and  lying  craftiness,  and  his  fair 
promises,  deceived  me,  that  I  have 
brought  this  my  people  up  into 
this  land,  that  they  may  destroy 
them;  yea,  and  we  have  suffered 
these  many  years  in  the  land. 
19.  And  now  I,  Zeniff,  after 
having  told  all  these  things  unto 
my  people  concerning  the  Laman- 
ites,  I  did  stimulate  them  to  go 
to  battle  with  their  might,  put- 
ting their  trust  in  the  Lord; 
therefore,  we  did  contend  with 
them,  face  to  face. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
did  drive  them  again  out  of  our 
land;  and  we  slew  them  with  a 
great  slaughter,  even  so  many 
that  we  did  not  number  them. 
21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  we 
returned  again  to  our  own  land, 
and  my  people  again  "began  to 
tend  their  flocks,  and  to  till  their 
ground. 
22.  And  now  I,  being  old,  *did 
confer  the  kingdom  upon  one  of 
my  sons;  therefore,  I  say  no 
more.  And  may  the  Lord  bless 
my  people.     Amen. 
CHAPTER   11. 
The  wicked  king  Noah  and  hia 
priests  —  The  prophet  Abinadi  de- 
nounces the  prevailing  wickedness — 
King  Noah  seeks  his  life. 
1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
Zeniff  conferred  the  kingdom  upon 
Noah,  one  of  his  sons;  therefore 
Noah  began  to  reign  in  his  stead; 
and  he  did  not  walk  in  the  ways 
of  his  father. 
2.  For  behold,  he  did  not  keep 
the  commandments  of  God,  but 
he  did  walk  after  the  desires  of 
his  own  heart.  And  he  had  "many 
wives  and  concubines.  And  he 
did  cause  his  people  to  commit 
sin,  and  do  that  which  was  abom- 
inable In  the  sight  of  the  Lord. 
Yea,  and  they  did  commit  "whore- 
doms and  all  manner  of  wicked- 
ness. 
3.  And  he  laid  a  tax  of  one  fifth 
part  of  all  they  possessed,  a  fifth 
part  of  their  gold  and  of  their 
silver,  and  a  fifth  part  of  their  ziff , 
and  of  their  copper,  and  of  their 
brass  and  their  iron;  and  a  fifth 
part  of  their  fatlings;  and  also  a 
fifth  part  of  all  their  grain. 
4.  And  all  this  did  he  take  to 
support  himself,  and  his  wives 
and  his  concubines;  and  also  his 
priests,  and  ""their  wives  and  their 
concubines;  thus  he  had  changed 
the  affairs  of  the  kingdom. 
5.  For   he   put   down   all   the 
j,  2  Ne.  5  :1 — 4.     k,  2  Ne.  5  :12.     1,  see  n,  Jac.  7.     m,  see  k,  Mos.  9.     n,  Mo8.  0  :9,  14. 
Chap.  11:    a,  see  n,  Jac.  2.     b,  see  i.  2  Ne.  28.     d,  see  n,  Jac.  2. 
*  Pbobablt  about  B.  C.  160» 
156 
MOSIAH,    11. 
•priests  that  had  been  consecrated 
by  his  father,  and  consecrated 
new  'ones  in  their  stead,  such  as 
were  lifted  up  In  the  pride  of 
their  hearts. 
6.  Yea,  and  thus  they  were  sup- 
ported in  their  laziness,  and  in 
their  idolatry,  and  in  their  whore- 
doms, by  the  "taxes  which  king 
Noah  had  put  upon  his  people; 
thus  did  the  people  labor  exceed- 
ingly to  support  iniquity. 
7.  Yea,  and  they  also  became 
Idolatrous,  because  they  were  de- 
ceived by  the  vain  and  flattering 
words  of  the  king  and  *prlests;  for 
they  did  speak  flattering  things 
unto  them. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  king 
Noah  built  many  elegant  and 
spacious  buildings;  and  he  orna- 
mented them  with  fine  work  of 
wood,  and  of  all  manner  of  precious 
things,  of  gold,  and  of  silver,  and 
of  iron,  and  of  brass,  and  of  ziff, 
and  of  copper; 
9.  And  he  also  built  him  a 
spacious  palace,  and  a  throne  in 
the  midst  thereof,  all  of  which 
was  of  fine  wood  and  was  orna- 
mented with  gold  and  silver  and 
with  precious  things. 
10.  And  he  also  caused  that  his 
workmen  should  work  all  manner 
of  fine  work  within  the  walls  of 
the  Uemple,  of  fine  wood,  and  of 
copper,  and  of  brass. 
11.  And  the  seats  which  were  set 
apart  for  the  *hlgh  priests,  which 
were  above  all  the  other  seats,  he 
did  ornament  with  pure  gold;  and 
he  caused  a  breastwork  to  be  built 
before  them,  that  they  might  rest 
their  bodies  and  their  arms  upon 
while  they  should  speak  lying  and 
vain  words  to  his  people. 
1 2.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  he 
built  a  'tower  near  the  "temple; 
yea,  a  very  high  tower,  even  so 
high  that  he  could  stand  upon  the 
top  thereof  and  overlook  the  land 
of  "Shilom,  and  also  the  land  of 
'Shemlon,  which  was  possessed  by 
the  Lamanites;  and  he  could  even 
look  over  all  the  land  round 
about. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
caused  many  buildings  to  be  built 
in  the  land  Shilom;  and  he  caused 
a  Pgreat  tower  to  be  built  on  the 
hill  north  of  the  land  Shilom, 
which  had  been  a  resort  for  the 
children  of  NephI  at  the  time  they 
«fled  out  of  the  land;  and  thus  he 
did  do  with  the  riches  which  he 
obtained  by  the  taxation  of  his 
people. 
14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
placed  his  heart  upon  his  riches, 
and  he  spent  his  time  in  riotous 
living  with  ""his  wives  and  his 
concubines;  and  so  did  also  his 
'priests  spend  their  time  with 
harlots. 
15.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
he  planted  vineyards  round  about 
in  the  land;  and  he  built  wine- 
presses, and  made  wine  in  abun- 
dance; and  therefore  he  became  a 
wine-bibber,  and  also  his  people. 
16.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites  began  to  come  in  upon 
his  people,  upon  small  numbers, 
and  to  slay  them  in  their  fields, 
and  while  they  were  tending 
their  flocks. 
17.  And  king  Noah  sent  guards 
round  about  the  land  to  keep 
them  off;  but  he  did  not  send  a 
sufficient  number,  and  the  La- 
manites came  upon  them  and 
killed  them,  and  drove  many  of 
their  flocks  out  of  the  land;  thus 
the  Lamanites  began  to  destroy 
e,  Mti  0,  Mo«.  6.  /.  TCrn.  7.  11.  H.  Mo*.  12:17.  25.  18:1.  17:1.  0.  12—18. 
10:21,  23.  20:8.  18.  23.  21:20.  23.  23:0.  12.  31—35.  3().  24:1—0.  8—11.  0,  ver. 
8.  h,)nem  f.  ^  M*  k,  2  Ne.  0.  k,  mm  J.  I,  Mo*.  10:5.  0.  m,  mm  h,  2  No.  6.  ft,  SM  /. 
Mm.  7.     o,  M*  d,  Mot,  10.     p,  Mos.  7  :S.     q.  Urn.  12,  13.     r,  ■««<  n,  Jac.  2.     *,  Me  /. 
n>n<WKKN  B.  O.  160  AND  lOO. 
MOSIAH,  11. 
167 
them,  and  to  exercise  their  hatred 
upon  them. 
18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Icing  Noah  sent  his  armies  against 
them,  and  they  were  driven  back, 
or  they  drove  them  baclt  for  a 
time;  therefore,  they  returned 
rejoicing  In  their  spoil. 
19.  And  now,  because  of  this 
great  victory  they  were  lifted  up 
in  the  pride  of  their  hearts;  they 
did  boast  in  their  own  strength, 
saying  that  their  fifty  could  stand 
against  thousands  of  the  Laman- 
ites;  and  thus  they  did  boast,  and 
did  delight  in  blood,  and  the 
shedding  of  the  blood  of  their 
brethren,  and  this  because  of  the 
wickedness  of  their  king  and 
'priests. 
20.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  a  man  among  them 
whose  name  was  Abinadi;  *and 
he  went  forth  among  them,  and 
began  to  prophesy,  saying:  Be- 
hold, thus  saith  the  Lord,  and 
thus  hath  he  commanded  me,  say- 
ing, Go  forth,  and  say  unto  this 
people,  thus  saith  the  Lord — Wo 
be  unto  this  people,  for  I  have 
seen  their  abominations,  and 
their  wickedness,  and  their  whore- 
doms; and  except  they  repent  I 
will  visit  them  in  mine  anger. 
21.  And  except  they  repent  and 
turn  to  the  Lord  their  God,  be- 
hold, I  will  deliver  them  into  the 
hands  of  their  enemies;  yea,  and 
they  shall  be  brought  Into  "bond- 
age; and  they  shall  be  afflicted  by 
the  hand  of  their  enemies. 
22.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  they  shall  know  that  I  am 
the  Lord  their  God,  and  am  a 
jealous  God,  visiting  the  iniquities 
of  my  people. 
23.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  except  this  people  repent 
and    turn    unto    the    Lord    their 
God,  they  shall  be  brought  Into 
"bondage;  and  none  shall  deliver 
them,  except  it  be  the  Lord  the 
Almighty  God. 
24.  Yea,  and  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  when  they  shall  cry 
unto  me  I  will  be  "slow  to  hear 
their  cries;  yea,  and  I  will  suffer 
them  that  they  be  smitten  by  their 
enemies. 
25.  And  except  they  repent  in 
sackcloth  and  ashes,  and  cry 
mightily  to  the  Lord  their  God,  I 
will  not  hear  their  prayers,  neither 
will  I  deliver  them  out  of  their 
afflictions;  and  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  and  thus  hath  he  com- 
manded me. 
26.  Now  It  came  to  pass  that 
when  Abinadi  had  spoken  these 
words  unto  them  they  were 
wroth  with  him,  and  sought  to 
take  away  his  life;  but  the  Lord 
delivered  him  out  of  their  hands. 
27.  Now  when  king  Noah  had 
heard  of  the  words  which  Abinadi 
had  spoken  unto  the  people,  he 
was  also  wroth;  and  he  said: 
Who  is  Abinadi,  that  I  and  my 
people  should  be  judged  of  him, 
or  who  is  the  Lord,  that  shall 
bring  upon  my  people  biich  great 
affliction? 
28.  I  command  you  to  bring 
Abinadi  hither,  that  I  may  slay 
him,  for  he  has  said  these  things 
that  he  might  stir  up  my  people 
to  anger  one  with  another,  and 
to  raise  contentions  among  my 
people;  therefore  I  will  slay  him. 
29.  Now  the  eyes  of  the  people 
were  blinded;  therefore  they  hard- 
ened their  hearts  against  the 
words  of  Abinadi,  and  they  sought 
from  that  time  forward  to  take 
him.  And  king  Noah  hardened 
his  heart  against  the  word  of  the 
Lord,  and  he  did  not  repent  of 
his  evil  doings. 
t,  see  /.     V.  ver.  2a.     See  k.  Mos.  9.     12  :2.     v.  see  u.     w,  ver.  25.     Mob.  21 :14,  16. 
•  About  B.  C.  150. 
168 
MOSIAH,   12. 
CHAPTER   12. 
Abinadi,  for  denouncing  evil-doers, 
is  cast  into  prison — The  false  priests 
sit  in  judgment  upon  him — They  are 
confounded. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
♦after  the  space  of  two  years  that 
Abinadi  came  among  them  in  dis- 
guise, that  they  knew  him  not, 
and  began  to  prophesy  among 
them,  saying:  Thus  has  the  Lord 
commanded  me,  saying — Abinadi, 
go  and  prophesy  unto  this  my 
people,  for  they  have  hardened 
their  hearts  against  my  words; 
they  have  repented  not  of  their 
evil  doings;  therefore,  I  will  visit 
them  in  my  anger,  yea,  in  my 
fierce  anger  will  I  visit  them  in 
their  Iniquities  and  abominations. 
2.  Yea,  wo  be  unto  this  gener- 
ation! And  the  Lord  said  unto 
me:  Stretch  forth  thy  hand  and 
prophesy,  saying:  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
this  generation,  because  of  their 
iniquities,  shall  be  brought  into 
"bondage,  and  shall  be  smitten  "on 
the  cheek;  yea,  and  shall  be  driven 
'by  men,  and  shall  be  slain;  and 
the  vultures  of  the  air,  and  the 
dogs,  yea,  and  the  wild  beasts, 
shall  devour  their  flesh. 
3.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
the  life  of  king  Noah  shall  be 
valued  even  as  a  ""garment  in  a 
hot  furnace;  for  he  shall  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord. 
4.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  I  will  smite  this  my  people 
with  sore  afflictions,  yea,  with 
famine  and  with  pestilence;  and  I 
will  cause  that  they  shall  'howl 
all  the  day  long. 
6.  Yea,  and  I  will  cause  that 
they  shall  have  burdens  'lashed 
upon  their  backs;  and  they  shall 
be  driven  before  like  a  dumb  ass. 
6.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  I  will  send  forth  hail  among 
them,  and  it  shall  smite  them; 
and  they  shall  also  be  smitten 
with  the  "east  wind;  and  insects 
shall  pester  their  land  also,  and 
devour  their  grain. 
7.  And  they  shall  be  smitten 
with  a  great  pestilence — and  all 
this  will  I  do  because  of  their 
Iniquities  and  abominations. 
8.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  except  they  repent  I  will  "ut- 
terly destroy  them  from  off  the 
face  of  the  earth;  yet  they  shall 
'leave  a  record  behind  them,  and 
I  will  preserve  them  for  ^other 
nations  which  shall  possess  the 
land;  yea,  even  this  will  I  do  that 
I  may  discover  the  abominations 
of  this  people  to  other  nations. 
And  many  things  did  Abinadi 
prophesy  against  this  people. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  angry  with  him;  and 
they  took  him  and  carried  him 
bound  before  the  king,  and  said 
unto  the  king:  Behold,  we  have 
brought  a  man  before  thee  who 
has  prophesied  evil  concerning 
thy  people,  and  saith  that  God 
will  destroy  them. 
10.  And  he  also  prophesieth 
evil  concerning  thy  life,  and  saith 
that  thy  life  shall  be  as  a  "gar- 
ment in  a  furnace  of  fire. 
11.  And  again,  he  saith  that 
thou  Shalt  be  as  a  stalk,  even  as 
a  dry  stalk  of  the  field,  which  Is 
run  over  by  the  beasts  and  trod- 
den under  foot. 
12.  And  again,  he  saith  thou 
Shalt  be  as  the  blossoms  of  a  this- 
tle, which,  when  it  Is  fully  ripe. 
If  the  wind  bloweth.  It  is  driven 
forth  upon  the  face  of  the  land. 
And  he  pretendeth  the  Lord  hath 
spoken  It.     And  he  saith  all  this 
a.  M«  «,  Moo.  11.  b,  Mot.  21:3.  c,  Tcr.  6.  Mon.  21:3.  4.  13.  d,  Mod.  19:20. 
e,  Hon.  21:1— ID.  /,  Moa.  21:8.  g.  Moa.  7:81.  h,  1  No,  12:10.  2  Ne.  26:10,  11. 
Al.  4fi:0— 14,  Ue.  18:0,  «.  8  No.  27:32.  Morm.  6.  i.  Murtn.  8:14—16.  S<>e  c.  2 
N«.  27.     /,  M*  «,  1  N*.  IB.     k,  r«r.  8.  *  ABOUT  B.  0.  148. 
MOSIAH,   12. 
169 
shall  come  upon  thee  except  thou 
repent,  and  this  because  of  thine 
iniquities. 
13.  And  now,  O  king,  what 
great  evil  hast  thou  done,  or 
what  great  sins  have  thy  people 
committed,  that  we  should  be 
condemned  of  God  or  judged  of 
this  man? 
14.  And  now,  O  king,  behold, 
we  are  guiltless,  and  thou,  O  king, 
hast  not  sinned;  therefore,  this 
man  has  lied  concerning  you,  and 
he  has  prophesied  in  vain. 
15.  And  behold,  we  are  strong, 
we  shall  not  come  into  bondage, 
or  be  taken  captive  by  our  ene- 
mies; yea,  and  thou  hast  pros- 
pered in  the  land,  and  thou  shalt 
also  prosper. 
16.  Behold,  here  is  the  man, 
we  deliver  him  into  thy  hands; 
thou  mayest  do  with  him  as 
seemeth  thee  good, 
17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Noah  caused  that  Abinadi 
should  be  cast  into  prison;  and 
he  commanded  that  the  'priests 
should  gather  themselves  together 
that  he  might  hold  a  council  with 
them  what  he  should  do  with  him. 
18.  Anditcametopassthatthey 
said  unto  the  king:  Bring  him 
hither  that  we  may  question  him; 
and  the  king  commanded  that  he 
should  be  brought  before  tnem. 
19.  And  they  began  to  question 
him,  that  they  might  cross  him, 
that  thereby  they  might  have 
wherewith  to  accuse  him;  but  he 
answered  them  boldly,  and  with- 
stood all  their  questions,  yea,  to 
their  astonishment;  for  he  did 
withstand  them  in  all  their  ques- 
tions, and  did  confound  them  in 
all  their  words. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
one  of  them  said  unto  him: 
What  meaneth  the  words  which 
are  written,  and  which  have  been 
taught  by  our  fathers,  saying: 
21.  ""How  beautiful  upon  the 
mountains  are  the  feet  of  him 
that  bringeth  good  tidings;  that 
publisheth  peace;  that  bringeth 
good  tidings  of  good;  that  pub- 
lisheth salvation;  that  saith  unto 
Zion,  Thy  God  reigneth; 
22.  Thy  watchman  shall  lift 
up  the  voice;  with  the  voice  to- 
gether shall  they  sing;  for  they 
shall  see  eye  to  eye  when  the 
Lord  shall  bring  again  Zion; 
23.  Break  forth  into  joy;  sing  to- 
gether ye  waste  places  of  Jerusa- 
lem; for  the  Lord  hath  comforted 
his  people,  he  hath  redeemed 
Jerusalem; 
24.  The  Lord  hath  made  bare 
his  holy  arm  in  the  eyes  of  all  the 
nations,  and  all  the  ends  of  the 
earth  shall  see  the  salvation  of 
our  God? 
25.  And  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them:  Are  you  "priests,  and  pre- 
tend to  teach  this  people,  and  to 
understand  the  spirit  of  prophesy- 
ing, and  yet  desire  to  know  of  me 
what  these  things  mean? 
26.  I  say  unto  you,  wo  be  unto 
you  for  perverting  the  ways  of  the 
Lord!  For  if  ye  understand  these 
things  ye  have  not  taught  them; 
therefore,  ye  have  perverted  the 
ways  of  the  Lord. 
27.  Ye  have  not  applied  your 
hearts  to  understanding;  there- 
fore, ye  have  not  been  wise. 
Therefore,  what  teach  ye  this 
people? 
28.  And  they  said:  We  teach 
the  law  of  Moses. 
29.  And  again  he  said  unto 
them :  If  ye  teach  the  "law  of  Moses 
why  do  ye  not  keep  It?  Why  do 
ye  set  your  hearts  upon  riches? 
Why  do  ye  commit  ""whoredoms 
and    spend    your    strength    with 
I,  see  f,  Mos.  11. 
2  Ne.  28. 
m,  Isa.  52:7 — 10.     n,  see  /,  Mos.  11. 
0,  see  o,  2  Ne.  25.     p,  see  *, 
ABOUT  B.  0.  148. 
160 
Most  AH,  13. 
harlots,  yea,  and  cause  this  people 
to  commit  sin,  that  the  Lord  has 
cause  to  send  me  to  prophesy 
against  this  people,  yea,  even  a 
great  evil  against  this  people? 
30.  Know  ye  not  that  I  speak 
the  truth?  Yea,  ye  know  that  I 
speak  the  truth;  and  you  ought 
to  tremble  before  God. 
31.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  ye  shall  be  smitten  for  your 
iniquities,  for  ye  have  said  that 
ye  teach  the  law  of  Moses.  And 
what  know  ye  concerning  the  law 
of  Moses?  Doth  salvation  come 
bythe  law  of  Moses?    Whatsayye? 
32.  And  they  answered  and  said 
that  salvation  did  come  by  the 
«law  of  Moses. 
33.  But  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them:  I  know  if  ye  keep  the 
commandments  of  God  ye  shall 
be  saved;  yea,  if  ye  keep  the  com- 
mandments which  the  Lord  de- 
livered unto  Moses  in  the  mount 
of  Sinai,  saying: 
34.  "^I  am  the  Lord  thy  God, 
who  hath  brought  thee  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  house 
of  bondage. 
35.  Thou  shalt  have  no  other 
God  before  me. 
36.  Thou  shalt  not  make  unto 
thee  any  graven  image,  or  any 
likeness  of  any  thing  In  heaven 
above,  or  things  which  are  in  the 
earth  beneath. 
37.  Now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them,  Have  ye  done  all  this?  I 
say  unto  you,  Nay,  ye  have  not. 
And  have  ye  taught  this  people 
that  they  should  do  all  these 
things?  I  say  unto  you,  Nay,  ye 
have  not. 
CHAPTER   13. 
AbinacH  the  prophet,  protected  by 
divine  power,  ioithatanda  the  prieata 
and  citea  the  Law  and  the  Ooapel. 
1.  And  now  when  the  king  had 
heard  these  words,  he  said  unto 
"his  priests:  Away  with  this  fel- 
low, and  slay  him;  for  what  have 
we  to  do  with  him,  for  he  is  mad. 
2.  And  they  stood  forth  and 
attempted  to  lay  their  hands  on 
him;  but  he  withstood  them,  and 
said  unto  them: 
3.  Touch  me  not,  for  God  shall 
smite  you  if  ye  lay  your  hands 
upon  me,  for  I  have  not  delivered 
the  message  which  the  Lord  sent 
me  to  deliver;  neither  have  I  told 
you  that  which  "^e  requested  that 
I  should  tell;  therefore,  God  will 
not  suffer  that  I  shall  be  destroyed 
at  this  time. 
4.  But  I  must  fulfil  the  com- 
tnandments  wherewith  God  has 
commanded  me;  and  because  I 
have  told  you  the  truth  ye  are 
angry  with  me.  And  again,  be- 
cause I  have  spoken  the  word  of 
God  ye  have  judged  me  that  I  am 
'mad. 
5.  Now  it  came  to  pass  after 
Abinadi  had  spoken  these  words 
that  the  people  of  king  Noah  durst 
not  lay  their  hands  on  him,  for 
the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  was  upon 
him;  and  his  face  shone  with  ex- 
ceeding luster,  even  as  ''Moses' 
did  while  in  the  mount  of  Sinai, 
while  speaking  with  the  Lord. 
6.  And  he  spake  with  power 
and  authority  from  God;  and  he 
continued  his  words,  saying: 
7.  Ye  see  thatyehavenotpower 
to  slay  me,  therefore  I  finish  my 
message.  Yea,  and  I  perceive  that 
it  cuts  you  to  your  hearts  because 
I  tell  you  the  truth  concerning 
your  iniquities. 
8.  Yea,  and  my  words  fill  you 
with  wonder  and  amazement,  and 
with  anger. 
9.  But  I  finish  my  message; 
and  then  It  matters  not  whither 
I  go,  if  It  so  be  that  I  am  saved. 
q,  •«•  0,  2  Ne.  25.     r,  Kx.  20  ;2— 4. 
84.     e,  r«r.  1.    d.  Kx.  64:20—86. 
CiiAr.  13:   a,  rwe  /,  Mom.  11.     b,  Mos.  12:20— 
About  B.  O.  148. 
MOSIAH,   13. 
161 
10.  But  this  much  I  tell  you, 
what  you  do  with  me,  after  this, 
shall  be  as  a  'type  and  a  shadow 
of  things  which  are  to  come. 
11.  And  now  I  read  unto  you 
the  remainder  of  the  command- 
ments of  God,  for  I  perceive  that 
they  are  not  written  In  your 
hearts;  I  perceive  that  ye  have 
studied  and  taught  iniquity  the 
most  part  of  your  lives. 
12.  And  now,  ye  remember  that 
I  'said  unto  you:  Thou  shalt  not 
make  unto  thee  any  graven  image, 
or  any  likeness  of  things  which 
are  In  heaven  above,  or  which 
are  In  the  earth  beneath,  or 
which  are  in  the  water  under  the 
earth. 
13.  And  again:  "Thou  shalt 
not  bow  down  thyself  unto  them, 
nor  serve  them;  for  I  the  Lord 
thy  God  am  a  jealous  God,  visiting 
the  iniquities  of  the  fathers  upon 
the  children,  unto  the  third  and 
fourth  generations  of  them  that 
hate  me; 
14.  And  showing  mercy  unto 
thousands  of  them  that  love  me 
and  keep  my  commandments. 
15.  Thou  shalt  not  take  the 
name  of  the  Lord  thy  God  in 
vain;  for  the  Lord  will  not  hold 
him  guiltless  that  taketh  his 
name  in  vain. 
16.  Remember  the  sabbath  day, 
to  keep  It  holy. 
17.  Six  days  shalt  thou  labor, 
and  do  all  thy  work; 
18.  But  the  seventh  day,  the 
sabbath  of  the  Lord  thy  God,  thou 
shalt  not  do  any  work,  thou, 
nor  thy  son,  nor  thy  daughter, 
thy  man-servant,  nor  thy  maid- 
servant, nor  thy  cattle,  nor  thy 
stranger  that  Is  within  thy  gates; 
19.  For  in  six  days  the  Lord 
made  heaven  and  earth,  and  the 
sea,    and    all    that    in    them    is; 
wherefore  the  Lord  blessed  the 
sabbath  day,  and  hallowed  it. 
20.  Honor  thy  father  and  thy 
mother,  that  thy  days  may  be 
long  upon  the  land  which  the 
Lord  thy  God  giveth  thee. 
21.  Thou  Shalt  not  kill. 
22.  Thou  shalt  not  commit 
adultery.     Thou  shalt  not  steal. 
23.  Thou  shalt  not  bear  false 
witness  against  thy  neighbor. 
24.  Thou  shalt  not  covet  thy 
neighbor's  house,  thou  shalt  not 
covet  thy  neighbor's  wife,  nor  his 
man-servant,  nor  his  maid-ser- 
vant, nor  his  ox,  nor  his  ass,  nor 
anything  that  is  thy  neighbor's. 
25.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
after  AbinadI  had  made  an  end 
of  these  sayings  that  he  said  unto 
them:  Have  ye  taught  this  people 
that  they  should  observe  to  do  all 
these  things  for  to  keep  these 
commandments? 
26.  I  say  unto  you,  Nay;  for 
if  ye  had,  the  Lord  would  not 
have  caused  me  to  come  forth  and 
to  prophesy  evil  concerning  this 
people. 
27.  And  now  ye  have  said  that 
salvation  cometh  by  the  law  of 
Moses.  I  say  unto  you  that  it  is 
expedient  that  ye  should  '"keep 
the  law  of  Moses  as  yet;  but  I 
say  unto  you,  that  the  time  shall 
come  when  It  shall  *no  more  be 
expedient  to  keep  the  law  of 
Moses. 
28.  And  moreover,  I  say  unto 
you,  t,hat  salvation  doth  not  come 
by  the  law  alone;  and  were  It  not 
for  the  •'atonement,  which  God 
himself  shall  make  for  the  sins 
and  iniquities  of  his  people,  that 
they  must  unavoidably  perish, 
notwithstanding  the  law  of  Moses. 
29.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  it  was  expedient  that  there 
should  be  a  law  given  to  the  chil- 
e,  Moa.  17:13—19.     19:20. 
0,  2  Ne.  25.    i,  3  Ne.  9:19.  20. 
Al.  25:7- 
15:2—10. 
■12.    /.  Mos.  12:36. 
J,  aee  f,2  Ne.  2. 
g,  Ex.  20:5 — 17.     h,  see 
About  B.  C.  148. 
162 
MOSIAH,   14. 
dren  of  Israel,  yea,  even  a  very 
strict  law;  for  they  were  a  stiff- 
necked  people,  quick  to  do  in- 
iquity, and  slow  to  remember  the 
Lord  their  God; 
30.  Therefore  there  was  a  law 
given  them,  yea,  a  *law  of  per- 
formances and  of  ordinances,  a 
law  which  they  were  to  observe 
strictly  from  day  to  day,  to  keep 
them  in  remembrance  of  God  and 
their  duty  towards  him. 
31.  But  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
that  all  these  things  were  types 
of  things  to  come. 
32.  And  now,  did  they  under- 
stand the  law?  I  say  unto  you. 
Nay,  they  did  not  all  understand 
the  law;  and  this  because  of  the 
hardness  of  their  hearts;  for  they 
understood  not  that  there  could 
not  any  man  be  saved  except  it 
were  through  the  redemption  of 
God. 
33.  For  behold,  did  not  Moses 
prophesy  unto  them  concerning 
the  coming  of  the  Messiah,  and 
that  God  should  redeem  his 
people?  Yea,  and  even  all  the 
prophets  who  have  prophesied 
ever  since  the  world  began — have 
they  not  spoken  more  or  less  con- 
cerning these  things? 
34.  Have  they  not  said  that 
'God  himself  should  come  down 
among  the  children  of  men,  and 
take  upon  him  the  form  of  man, 
and  go  forth  in  mighty  power 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth? 
35.  Yea,  and  have  they  not  said 
also  that  he  should  bring  to  pass 
the  "resurrection  of  the  dead, 
and  that  he,  himself,  should  be 
oppressed  and  afflicted? 
CHAPTER  14. 
Abinadi  quotca  laaiah  to  the  prieata 
of  king  Noah — Compare  Jaaiah  6S. 
1.  Yea,  even  doth  not  Isaiah 
say:     Who  hath  believed  our  re- 
port, and  to  whom  is  the  arm  of 
the  Lord  revealed? 
2.  For  he  shall  grow  up  before 
him  as  a  tender  plant,  and  as  a 
root  out  of  dry  ground;  he  hath 
no  form  nor  comeliness;  and 
when  we  shall  see  him  there  is 
no  beauty  that  we  should  desire 
him. 
3.  He  is  despised  and  rejected 
of  men;  a  man  of  sorrows,  and 
acquainted  with  grief;  and  we 
hid  as  it  were  our  face  from  him; 
he  was  despised,  and  we  esteemed 
him  not. 
4.  Surely  he  has  borne  our 
griefs,  and  carried  our  sorrows; 
yet  we  did  esteem  him  stricken, 
smitten  of  God,  and  afflicted. 
5.  But  he  was  wounded  for  our 
transgressions,  he  was  bruised  for 
our  iniquities;  the  chastisement 
of  our  peace  was  upon  him;  and 
with  his  stripes  we  are  healed. 
6.  All  we,  like  sheep,  have  gone 
astray;  we  have  turned  every  one 
to  his  own  way;  and  the  Lord 
hath  laid  on  him  the  iniquities  of 
us  all. 
7.  He  was  oppressed,  and  he 
was  afflicted,  yet  he  opened  not 
his  mouth;  he  is  brought  as  a 
lamb  to  the  slaughter,  and  as  a 
sheep  before  her  shearers  is 
dumb  so  he  opened  not  his  mouth. 
8.  He  was  taken  from  prison 
and  from  judgment;  and  who 
shall  declare  his  generation?  For 
he  was  cut  off  out  of  the  land  of 
the  living;  for  the  transgressions 
of  my  people  was  he  stricken. 
9.  And  he  made  his  grave  with 
the  wicked,  and  with  the  rich  in 
his  death;  because  he  had  done 
no  evil,  neither  was  any  deceit  in 
his  mouth. 
10.  Yet  it  pleased  the  Lord  to 
bruise  him;  he  hath  put  him  to 
grief;  when  thou  shalt  make  his 
soul  an  offering  for  sin  he  shall 
k,  aet  0,2  Ne.  25.     I,  m«  b,  Hot.  3.    m,  tec  </,  2  Ne.  2. 
About  B.  0.  148. 
MOSIAH,  16. 
163 
see  his  seed,  he  shall  prolong  his 
days,  and  the  pleasure  of  the 
Lord  shall  prosper  in  his  hand. 
11.  He  shall  see  the  travail  of 
his  soul,  and  shall  be  satisfied; 
by  his  knowledge  shall  my  right- 
eous servant  justify  many;  for  he 
shall  bear  their  iniquities. 
12.  Therefore  will  I  divide  him 
a  portion  with  the  great,  and  he 
shall  divide  the  spoil  with  the 
strong;  because  he  hath  poured 
out  his  soul  unto  death;  and  he 
was  numbered  with  the  trans- 
gressors; and  he  bore  the  sins  of 
many,  and  made  intercession  for 
the  transgressors. 
CHAPTER  15. 
Abinadi'3  prophecy — God  himself  to 
come  down  and  redeem  his  people — 
Why  Jesus  Christ  is  called  the  Father 
and  the  Son. 
1.  And  now  Abinadi  said  unto 
them:  I  would  that  ye  should  un- 
derstand that  "God  himself  shall 
come  down  among  the  children 
of  men,  and  shall  redeem  his 
people. 
2.  And  because  he  ''dwelleth  in 
flesh  he  shall  be  called  the  Son  of 
God,  and  having  subjected  the 
flesh  to  the  will  of  the  Father, 
being  the  Father  and  the  Son — 
3.  The  Father,  because  he  was 
'conceived  by  the  power  of  God; 
and  the  Son,  •'because  of  the  flesh; 
thus  becoming  the  Father  and 
Son — 
4.  And  they  are  'one  God,  yea, 
the  very  'Eternal  Fatherof  heaven 
and  of  earth. 
5.  And  thus  the  flesh  becoming 
'subject  to  the  Spirit,  or  the  Son 
to  the  Father,  being  *one  God, 
*suffereth  temptation, andyieldeth 
not  to  the  temptAtlon,  but  suf- 
fereth  himself  to  be  mocked,  and 
scourged,  and  cast  out,  and  dis- 
owned by  his  people. 
6.  And  after  all  this,  after  work- 
ing many  ^mighty  miracles  among 
the  children  of  men,  he  shall  be 
led,  yea,  even  as  Isaiah  said,  *as  a 
sheep  before  the  shearer  is  dumb, 
so  he  opened  not  his  mouth. 
7.  Yea,  even  so  he  shall  be  led, 
'crucified,  and  slain,  the  flesh  "be- 
coming subject  even  unto  death, 
the  will  of  the  Son  being  swal- 
lowed up  in  the  will  of  the 
Father. 
8.  And  thus  God  breaketh  the 
"bands  of  death,  having  gained 
the  victory  over  death;  giving  the 
Son  power  to  make  "intercession 
for  the  children  of  men — 
9.  Having  ascended  into  heaven, 
having  the  bowels  of  mercy;  being 
filled  with  compassion  towards 
the  children  of  men;  standing 
betwixt  them  and  justice;  having 
"broken  the  bands  of  death,  taken 
upon  «himself  their  iniquity  and 
their  transgressions,  having  re- 
deemed them,  and  satisfied  the 
demands  of  justice. 
10.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
who  shall  'declare  his  generation? 
Behold,  I  say  unto  you,  that 
when  his  soul  has  been  made  an 
'offering  for  sin  he  shall  see  his 
seed.  And  now  what  say  ye? 
And  who  shall  be  'his  seed? 
11.  Behold  I  say  unto  you,  that 
whosoever  has  heard  the  words 
of  the  prophets,  yea,  all  the  holy 
prophets  who  have  prophesied 
concerning  the  coming  of  the 
Lord — I  say  unto  you,  that  all 
those  who  have  hearkened  unto 
their  words,  and  believed  that  the 
a.  see  26,  Mos.  7.  b,  see  6,  Mos.  3.  c.  1  Ne.  11 :13 — 21.  Mos.  3  :8,  9.  Al.  7  :10. 
19  :13.  3  Ne.  1 :14.  Morm.  9  :12.  d,  see  6,  Mos.  3.  e,  see  k,  2  Ne.  31.  /,  see  a.  Mos.  8. 
g,  VQT.  2.  h,  see  k,  2  Ne.  31.  i,  see  «,  2  Ne.  !t.  j,  see  c,  Mos.  3.  k,  Mos.  14:7.  Isa. 
53  :7.  I,  see  g,  Mos.  3.  m,  vers.  2,  5.  n,  see  g  and  j,  2  Ne.  9.  o,  see  e,  2  Ne.  2. 
p,  see  g  and  j;  2  Ne.  9.  q,  Mos.  14  :8 — 8,  11,  12.  r,  Mos.  14  :8.  I.  Mos.  14  :10.  t,  ver». 
11 — 13.  About  B.  O.  148. 
164 
MOSIAH,  15. 
Lord  would  redeem  his  people, 
and  have  looked  forward  to  that 
day  for  a  remission  of  their  sins, 
I  say  unto  you,  that  these  are  his 
seed,  or  they  are  the  heirs  of  the 
kingdom  of  God. 
12.  For  these  are  they  whose 
sins  he  "has  borne;  these  are  they 
for  whom  he  has  died,  to  redeem 
them  from  their  transgressions. 
And  now,  are  they  not  his  seed? 
13.  Yea,  and  are  not  the  proph- 
ets, every  one  that  has  opened 
his  mouth  to  prophesy,  that  has 
not  fallen  into  transgression,  I 
mean  all  the  holy  prophets  ever 
since  the  world  began?  I  say 
unto  you  that  they  are  his  seed. 
14.  And  these  are  "they  who 
have  published  peace,  who  have 
brought  good  tidings  of  good, 
who  have  published  salvation; 
and  said  unto  Zion:  Thy  God 
reigneth! 
15.  And  O  how  beautiful  upon 
the  mountains  were  their  feet! 
16.  And  again,  how  beautiful 
upon  the  mountains  are  the  feet 
of  those  that  are  still  publishing 
peace! 
17.  And  again,  how  beautiful 
upon  the  mountains  are  the  feet 
of  those  who  shall  hereafter  pub- 
lish peace,  yea,  from  this  time 
henceforth  and  forever! 
18.  And  behold,  I  say  unto  you, 
this  Is  not  all.  For  O  how  beau- 
tiful upon  the  mountains  are  the 
feet  of  him  that  bringeth  good 
tidings,  that  is  the  founder  of 
peace,  yea,  even  the  Lord,  who 
has  redeemed  his  people;  yea, 
him  who  has  granted  salvation 
unto  his  people; 
19.  For  were  It  not  for  the  re- 
demption which  he  hath  made  for 
his  people,  which  was  prepared 
from  the  "foundation  of  the  world, 
I  say  unto  you,  were  it  not  for 
this,  'all  mankind  must  have  per- 
ished. 
20.  But  behold,  the  bands  of 
death  "shall  be  broken,  and  the 
Son  reigneth,  and  hath  power 
over  the  dead;  therefore,  he 
bringeth  to  pass  the  'resurrection 
of  the  dead. 
21.  And  there  cometh  a  resur- 
rection, even  a  ^"first  resurrec- 
tion; yea,  even  a  resurrection  of 
those  that  have  been,  and  who 
are,  and  who  shall  be,  even  until 
the  resurrection  of  Christ — for  so 
shall  he  be  called. 
22.  And  now,  the  resurrection 
of  all  the  prophets,  and  all  those 
that  have  believed  in  their  words, 
or  all  those  that  have  kept  the 
commandments  of  God,  shall  come 
forth  in  the  first  resurrection; 
therefore,  they  are  the  first  resur- 
rection. 
23.  They  are  raised  to  dwell 
with  God  who  has  redeemed 
them;  thus  they  have  eternal  life 
through  Christ,  who  has  broken 
the  bands  of  death, 
24.  And  these  are  those  who 
have  part  In  the  first  resurrec- 
tion; and  these  are  they  that  have 
died  before  Christ  came,  "in  their 
Ignorance,  not  having  salvation 
declared  unto  them.  And  thus 
the  Lord  bringeth  about  the  res- 
toration of  these;  and  they  have 
a  part  in  the  first  resurrection,  or 
have  eternal  life,  being  redeemed 
by  the  Lord. 
25.  And  little  children  ""also 
have  eternal  life. 
26.  But  behold,  and  fear,  and 
tremble  before  God,  for  ye  ought 
to  tremble;  for  the  Lord  redeem- 
eth  none  such  that  rebel  against 
him  and  die  in  their  sins;  yea, 
even  all  those  that  have  perished 
«,  Mon.  14:12.  V,  Moi.  12:21—24.  Im.  B2:T— 10.  w,  bc*  d.  Mob.  4.  a»,  hoc  e  and 
a,  2  Ne.  ».  y.  Me  0  and  i.  2  Ne.  ».  «,  tee  d,  2  Ne.  2.  2a,  see  g,  Jac.  -4.  26  ace  J, 
Mm.  S.    2o,  m*  m.  Mm.  6.  About  B.  C.  14d. 
MOSIAH,   1«. 
166 
In  their  sins  ever  since  tlie  world 
began,  that  have  ^"wilfully  re- 
belled against  God,  that  have 
known  the  commandments  of 
God,  and  would  not  keep  them; 
these  are  they  that  have  *'no  part 
In  the  first  resurrection. 
27.  Therefore  ought  ye  not  to 
tremble?  For  salvation  cometh 
to  none  such;  for  the  Lord  hath 
redeemed  none  such;  yea,  neither 
can  the  Lord  redeem  such;  for  he 
cannot  deny  himself;  for  he  can- 
not *^deny  justice  when  it  has  its 
claim. 
28.  And  now  I  say  unto  you 
that  the  time  shall  come  that  the 
salvation  of  the  Lord  shall  be  de- 
clared to  every  nation,  kindred, 
tongue,  and  people. 
29.  Yea,  Lord,  ^'thy  watchmen 
shall  lift  up  their  voice;  with  the 
voice  together  shall  they  sing; 
for  they  shall  see  eye  to  eye,  when 
the  Lord  shall  bring  again  Zion. 
30.  Break  forth  into  joy,  sing 
together,  ye  waste  places  of  Jeru- 
salem; for  the  Lord  hath  com- 
forted his  people,  he  hath  re- 
deemed Jerusalem. 
31.  The  Lord  hath  made  bare 
his  holy  arm  in  the  eyes  of  all  the 
nations;  and  all  the  ends  of  the 
earth  shall  see  the  salvation  of 
our  God. 
CHAPTER  16. 
Abinadi  continues  his  prophecy — 
Christ  the  only  Redeemer — Resurrec- 
tion and  judgment. 
1.  And  now,  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Abinadi  had  spoken  these 
words  he  stretched  forth  his  hand 
and  said:  The  time  shall  come 
when  all  shall  see  the  salvation 
of  the  Lord;  "when  every  nation, 
kindred,  tongue,  and  people  shall 
see  eye  to  eye  and  shall  confess 
before  God  that  his  Judgments  are 
just. 
2.  And  then  shall  the  wicked 
be  cast  out,  and  they  shall  have 
"cause  to  howl,  and  weep,  and 
wail,  and  gnash  their  teeth;  and 
this  because  they  would  not 
hearken  unto  the  voice  of  the 
Lord;  therefore  the  Lord  redeem- 
eth  them  not. 
3.  For  they  are  carnal  and 
devilish,  and  the  devil  "has  power 
over  them;  yea,  even  that  "old 
serpent  that  did  beguile  our  first 
parents,  which  was  the  cause  of 
their  fall;  which  was  the  cause  of 
all  mankind  becoming  carnal, 
sensual,  devilish,  knowing  evil 
from  good,  subjecting  themselves 
to  the  devil. 
4.  Thus  'all  mankind  were 
lost;  and  behold,  they  would  have 
been  endlessly  lost  were  It  not 
that  God  redeemed  his  people 
from  their  lost  and  fallen  state. 
5.  But  remember  that  he  that 
persists  In  his  own  carnal  nature, 
and  goes  on  in  the  ways  of  sin  and 
rebellion  against  God,  remalneth 
in  his  fallen  state  and  the  devil 
hath  'all  power  over  him.  There- 
fore, he  is  as  though  there  was 
no  redemption  made,  being  an 
enemy  to  God;  and  also  Is  the 
devil  an  enemy  to  God. 
6.  And  now  if  Christ  had  not 
come  into  the  world,  speaking  of 
things  to  come  as  though  they 
had  already  come,  there  could 
have  been  no  redemption. 
7.  And  if  Christ  had  not  risen 
from  the  dead,  or  have  "broken 
the  bands  of  death  that  the  grave 
should  have  "no  victory,  and  that 
death  should  have  *no  sting,  there 
could  have  been  no  resurrection. 
8.  But  there  is  a  ^resurrection. 
2(i,  see  fc,  Jac.  6.  2e,  ver.  24.  2/,  Al.  42  :1— 26.  2ir.  Isa.  62  :8— 10.  Mos.  12  :22— 
24.  Chap.  16:  a,  Mos.  3:20.  21.  15:28.  31.  h,  see  k.  1  Ne.  15.  Matt.  13:42. 
c,  see  i,  2  Ne.  9.  d,  see  i,  2  Ne.  2.  e,  see  e  and  g,  2  Ne.  9.  /,  see  i,  2  Ne.  9. 
g,  see  g  and  n,  Mos.  15.  h,  Mos.  15:8,  20.  Al.  22:14.  27:28.  i.  ver.  8.  Al.  22:14. 
24:23.     Morm.  7:5.     >,  see  d.  2  Ne.  2.  About  B.  C.  148. 
166 
MOSIAH,   17. 
therefore  the  grave  hath  *no  vic- 
tory, and  the  'sting  of  death  Is 
swallowed  up  in  Christ. 
9.  He  is  the  "light  and  the  life 
of  the  world;  yea,  a  light  that  is 
endless,  that  can  never  be  dark- 
ened; yea,  and  also  a  life  which 
is  endless,  that  there  can  be  no 
more  death. 
10.  Even  "this  mortal  shall  put 
on  immortality,  and  this  corrup- 
tion shall  put  on  incorruption, 
and  shall  be  brought  to  stand  be- 
fore the  bar  of  God,  to  be  judged 
of  him  according  to  their  works 
whether  they  be  good  or  whether 
they  be  evil — 
11.  If  they  be  good,  to  the  res- 
urrection of  endless  life  and  hap- 
piness; and  if  they  be  evil,  to  the 
resurrection  of  endless  damna- 
tion, being  delivered  up  "to  the 
devil,  who  hath  subjected  them, 
which  is  damnation — 
12.  Having  gone  according  to 
their  own  carnal  wills  and  de- 
sires; having  never  called  upon 
the  Lord  while  the  arms  of  mercy 
were  extended  towards  them;  for 
the  arms  of  mercy  were  extended 
towards  them,  and  they  would 
not;  they  being  warned  of  their 
Iniquities  and  yet  they  would  not 
depart  from  them;  and  they  were 
commanded  to  repent  and  yet 
they  would  not  repent. 
13.  And  now,  ought  ye  not  to 
tremble  and  repent  of  your  sins, 
and  remember  that  only  In  and 
through  Christ  ye  can  be  saved? 
14.  Therefore,  If  ye  teach  the 
'law  of  Moses,  also  teach  that  It 
Is  a  shadow  of  those  things  which 
are  to  come — 
15.  Teach  them  that  redemp- 
tion Cometh  through  Christ  the 
Lord,  who  Is  the  «very  Eternal 
Father.     Amen. 
CHAPTER  17. 
Martyrdom  of  Abinadi — While  auf- 
fering  death  by  fire  he  predix;ts  retri- 
bution upon  hia  murderers — Conver- 
sion of  Alma. 
1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Abinadi  had  finished  these 
sayings,  that  the  king  commanded 
that  the  "priests  should  take  him 
and  cause  that  he  should  be  put 
to  death. 
2.  But  there  was  one  among 
them  whose  name  was  Alma,  he 
also  being  a  descendant  of  NephI, 
And  he  was  a  young  man,  and  he 
believed  the  words  which  Abinadi 
had  spoken,  for  he  knew  concern- 
ing the  iniquity  which  Abinadi 
had  testified  against  them;  there- 
fore he  began  to  plead  with  the 
king  that  he  would  not  be  angry 
with  Abinadi,  but  suffer  that  he 
might  depart  in  peace. 
3.  But  the  king  was  more 
wroth,  and  caused  that  Alma 
should  be  cast  out  from  among 
them,  and  sent  his  servants  after 
him  that  they  might  slay  him. 
4.  But  he  fled  from  before 
them  and  hid  himself  that  they 
found  him  not.  And  he  being 
concealed  for  many  days  did 
write  all  the  words  which  Abinadi 
had  spoken. 
5.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  caused  that  his  guards 
should  surround  Abinadi  tind  take 
him;  and  they  bound  him  and 
cast  him  into  prison. 
6.  And  after  three  days,  hav- 
ing counseled  with  his  "priests, 
he  caused  that  he  should  again 
be  brought  before  him. 
7.  And  he  said  unto  him: 
Abinadi,  we  have  found  an  ac- 
cusation against  thee,  and  thcfU 
art  worthy  of  death. 
k.  Tcr.  7.  I.  vpr.  7.  m,  Al.  38:0.  3  Ne.  0:18.  1B:0.  18:16,  24.  Bth.  8:14. 
4:12.  Moro.  7:18.  John  8:12.  0:5.  14:6.  D.  &  C.  84:46.  88:7—18.  n,  hc«  d. 
2  Ne.  2.  AIm>  j  and  m,  2  Ne.  0.  o,  set*  i,  2  N(>.  0.  p,  iteu  o,  2  Ne.  20.  q,  Hoe  a. 
Mot.  8.        Chap.  17 :   a,  m*  /,  Mot.  11.    b,  ice  f.  Moa.  11.  About  B.  0.  148. 
MOSIAH,   18. 
167 
8.  For  thou  hast  said  that  "God 
himself  should  come  down  among 
the  children  of  men;  and  now,  for 
this  cause  thou  shalt  be  put  to 
death  unless  thou  wilt  recall  all 
the  words  which  thou  hast  spoken 
evil  concerning  me  and  my  peo- 
ple. 
9.  Now  Abinadi  said  unto  him : 
I  say  unto  you,  I  will  not  recall 
the  words  which  I  have  spoken 
unto  you  concerning  this  people, 
for  they  are  true;  and  that  ye 
may  know  of  their  surety  I  have 
suffered  myself  that  I  have  fallen 
into  your  hands. 
10.  Yea,  and  I  will  suffer  even 
until  death,  and  I  will  not  recall 
my  words,  and  they  shall  stand 
as  a  testimony  against  you.  And 
If  ye  slay  me  ye  will  shed  inno- 
cent blood,  and  this  shall  also 
stand  as  a  testimony  against  you 
at  the  last  day. 
11.  And  now  king  Noah  was 
about  to  release  him,  for  he 
feared  his  word;  for  he  feared 
that  the  judgments  of  God  would 
come  upon  him. 
12.  But  the  "priests  lifted  up 
their  voices  against  him,  and  be- 
gan to  accuse  him,  saying:  He 
has  reviled  the  king.  Therefore 
the  king  was  stirred  up  in  anger 
against  him,  and  he  delivered  him 
up  that  he  might  be  slain. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  took  him  and  bound  him,  and 
scourged  his  skin  with  faggots, 
yea,  even  unto  'death. 
14.  And  now  when  the  flames 
began  to  scorch  him,  he  cried 
unto  them,  saying: 
15.  Behold,  even  as  ye  have 
done  unto  me,  so  shall  it  come  to 
pass  that  'thy  seed  shall  cause 
that  many  shall  suffer  even  the 
pains  of  death  by  fire;  and  this 
because  they  believe  in  the  salvsr- 
tion  of  the  Lord  their  God. 
16.  And  it  will  come  to  paaa 
that  ye  shall  be  afllicted  with  all 
manner  of  diseases  because  of 
your  iniquities. 
17.  Yea,  and  ye  shall  be  smit- 
ten on  every  hand,  and  shall  be 
driven  and  scattered  to  and  fro, 
even  as  a  wild  flock  is  driven  by 
wild  and  ferocious  beasts. 
18.  And  in  that  day  ye  shall  be 
"hunted,  and  ye  shall  be  taken  by 
the  hand  of  your  enemies,  and 
then  ye  shall  suffer,  as  I  suffer, 
the  pains  of  death  by  fire. 
19.  Thus  God  executeth  ven- 
geance upon  those  that  destroy 
his  people.  O  God,  receive  my 
soul. 
20.  And  now,  *when  Ablnadi 
had  said  these  words,  he  fell,  hav- 
ing suffered  "death  by  Are;  yea, 
having  been  put  to  death  because 
he  would  not  deny  the  command- 
ments of  God,  having  sealed  the 
truth  of  his  words  by  his  death. 
CHAPTER  18. 
The  waters  of  Mormon — Alma  bap- 
tizes Helam  and  others — The  church 
of  Christ — King  Noah  sends  an  army 
to  destroy  Alma  and  his  followers. 
1.  And  now,  it  came  to  paas 
that  Alma,  who  had  fled  from  tho 
servants  of  king  Noah,  repented 
of  his  sins  and  Iniquities,  and 
went  about  privately  among  the 
people,  and  began  to  teach  the 
words  of  Abinadi — 
2.  Yea,  concerning  that  which 
was  to  come,  and  also  concerning 
the  "resurrection  of  the  dead,  and 
tl^e  redemption  of  the  people, 
which  was  to  be  brought  to  pass 
through  the  power,  and  suffer- 
ings, and  death  of  Christ,  and  his 
resurrection  and  ascension  Into 
heaven. 
c,  Mos.   7:27.     13:34.     d.   see  /,  Mos.  11.     e,  vers.  18 — 20.     Mos.   7:28.     /,   Mos. 
?3:10.     Al.  26:7 — 12.     g,  Al.  25:8,  9.     h,  see  e.         Chap.   18:    o,  see  d,  2  Ne.  2. 
•  About  B.  0.  148. 
168 
MOSIAH,   18. 
3.  And  as  many  as  would  hear 
his  word  he  did  teach.  And  he 
taught  them  private.ly,  that  it 
might  not  come  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  king.  And  many  did  be- 
lieve his  words. 
4.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  as 
many  as  did  believe  him  did  go 
forth  to  a  place  which  was  called 
*Mormon,  having  received  Its 
name  from  the  king,  being  in  the 
borders  of  the  land  having  been 
Infested,  by  times  or  at  seasons, 
by  wild  beasts. 
5.  Now,  there  was  in  "Mormon 
a  fountain  of  pure  water,  and 
Alma  resorted  thither,  there  being 
near  the  water  a  thicket  of  small 
trees,  where  he  did  hide  himself 
in  the  daytime  from  the  searches 
of  the  king. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  as 
many  as  believed  him  went  thither 
to  hear  his  words. 
7.  And  it  came  to  pass  *after 
many  days  there  were  a  good-, 
ly  number  gathered  together  at 
the  place  of  Mormon,  to  hear 
tiie  words  of  Alma.  Yea,  all 
were  gathered  together  that  be- 
lieved on  his  word,  to  hear  him. 
And  he  did  teach  them,  and  did 
preach  unto  them  repentance, 
and  redemption,  and  faith  on  the 
Lord. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
said  unto  them:  Behold,  here  are 
the  'waters  of  Mormon  (for  thus 
were  they  called)  and  now,  as  ye 
are  desirous  to  come  into  the  fold 
of  God,  and  to  be  called  his  peo- 
ple, and  are  willing  to  bear  one 
another's  Durdens,  that  they  may 
be  light; 
9.  Yea,  and  are  willing  to 
mourn  with  those  that  mourn; 
yea,  and  comfort  those  that  stand 
in  need  of  comfort,  and  to  stand 
as  witnesses  of  Ood  at  all  times 
•. 
b,  rem.  S,   8,  16.  80.     Al.  6:3.     8  Nc.  6:12. 
•M  t,  Jac.  4.    /,  aea  V,  2  Ne.  U.     g,  Al.  6 :8. 
and  in  all  things,  and  in  all  places 
that  ye  may  be  in,  even  until 
death,  that  ye  may  be  redeemed 
of  God,  and  be  numbered  with 
those  of  the  "first  resurrection, 
that  ye  may  have  eternal  life — 
10.  Now  I  say  unto  you,  if  this 
be  the  desire  of  your  hearts,  what 
have  you  against  being  ''baptized 
in  the  name  of  the  Lord,  as  a  wit- 
ness before  him  that  ye  have  en- 
tered into  a  covenant  with  him, 
that  ye  will  serve  him  and  keep 
his  commandments,  that  he  may 
pour  out  his  Spirit  more  abun- 
dantly upon  you? 
11.  And  now  when  the  people 
had  heard  these  words,  cney 
clapped  their  hands  for  joy,  and 
exclaimed:  This  is  the  desire  of 
our  hearts. 
12.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  took  Helam,  he  being 
one  of  the  first,  and  went  and 
stood  forth  in  the  water,  and 
cried,  saying:  O  Lord,  pour  out 
thy  Spirit  upon  thy  servant,  that 
he  may  do  this  work  with  holi- 
ness of  heart. 
13.  And  when  he  had  said  these 
words,  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  was 
upon  him,  and  he  said:  Helam,  I 
baptize  thee,  "having  authority 
from  the  Almighty  God,  as  a  tes- 
timony that  ye  have  entered  into 
a  covenant  to  serve  nlm  until  you 
are  dead  as  co  the  mortal  body; 
and  may  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  be 
poured  out  upon  you;  and  may 
he  grant  unto  you  eternal  life, 
through  the  redemption  of  Christ, 
whom  he  has  prepared  from  the 
"founaation  o*"  the  world. 
14.  Ana  after  Alma  had  said 
these  words,  both  Alma  and 
Helam  were  buried  In  the  water; 
and  they  arose  and  came  forth 
out  of  the  water  rejoicing,  being 
filled  with  the  Spirit. 
c,   /er.  4.     d,  ver.  6.' 
h,   .e«  d,  Mo«.  4. 
•  About  B.  C.  147. 
Mnnn.  1 :6. 
8  /   .  11:26. 
MOSIAH,   18. 
169 
15.  And  again,  Alma  took  an- 
other, and  went  forth  a  second 
time  into  the  water,  and  baptized 
him  according  to  the  first,  only  he 
did  not  bury  himself  again  in  the 
water, 
16.  And  after  this  manner  he 
did  baptize  every  one  that  went 
forth  to  the  'place  of  Mormon; 
and  they  were  in  number  about 
two  hundred  and  four  souls;  yea, 
and  they  were  baptized  in  the 
^waters  of  Mormon,  and  were 
filled  with  the  grace  of  God. 
17.  And  they  were  called  the 
church  of  God,  or  the.  church  of 
Christ,  from  that  time  forward. 
And  it  came  to  pass  that  whoso- 
ever was  *baptized  by  the  power 
and  authority  of  God  was  added 
to  his  church. 
18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma,  having  authority  from  God, 
'ordained  priests;  even  one  priest 
to  every  fifty  of  their  number  did 
he  ordain  to  preach  unto  them, 
and  to  teach  them  concerning  the 
things  pertaining  to  the  kingdom 
of  God. 
19.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  they  should  teach  nothing 
save  it  were  the  things  which  he 
had  taught,  and  which  had  been 
spoken  by  the  mouth  of  the  holy 
prophets. 
20.  Yea,  even  he  commanded 
them  that  they  should  preach 
nothing  save  it  were  repentance 
and  faith  on  the  Lord,  who  had 
redeemed  his  people. 
21.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  there  should  be  no  conten- 
tion one  with  another,  but  that 
they  should  look  forward  with 
one  eye,  having  one  faith  and  one 
baptism,  having  their  hearts  knit 
together  in  unity  and  in  love  one 
towards  another. 
22.  And  thus  he  commanded 
them  to  preach.     And  thus  they 
became  the  children  of  God. 
23.  And  he  commanded  them 
that  they  should  observe  the  "'sab- 
bath day,  and  keep  it  holy,  and 
also  every  day  they  should  give 
thanks  to  the  Lord  their  God. 
24.  And  he  also  commanded 
them  that  the  "priests  whom  he 
had  ordained  should  labor  with 
their  "own  hands  for  their  sup- 
port. 
25.  And  there  was  "one  day  in 
every  week  that  was  set  apart 
that  they  should  gather  them- 
selves together  to  teach  the  peo- 
ple, and  to  worship  the  Lord  their 
God,  and  also,  as  often  as  it  was 
in  their  power,  to  assemble  them- 
selves together. 
26.  And  the  priests  were  not  to 
depend  upon  the  people  ior  'their 
support;  but  for  their  labor  they 
were  to  receive  the  grace  of  God, 
that  they  might  wax  strong  in  the 
Spirit,  having  the  knowledge  of 
God,  that  they  might  teach  with 
power  and  authority  from  God. 
27.  And  again  Alma  com- 
manded that  the  people  of  the 
church  should  impart  of  their 
substance,  'every  one  according  to 
that  which  he  had;  if  he  have 
more  abundantly  he  should  im- 
part more  abundantly;  and  of 
him  that  had  but  little,  but  little 
should  be  required;  and  to  him 
that  had  not  should  be  given. 
28.  And  thus  they  should  im- 
part of  their  substance  of  their 
own  free  will  and  good  desires  to- 
wards God,  and  to  those  priests 
that  stood  in  need,  yea,  and  to 
every  needy,  naked  soul. 
29.  And  this  he  said  unto  them, 
having  been  commanded  of  God; 
and  they  did  walk  uprightly  be- 
fore God,  imparting  to  one  an- 
other both  temporally  and  splr- 
i,  see  b.  j,  vers.  5,  8.  k,  see  «,  2  Ne.  9.  I.  see  e,  Mos.  6.  m,  Mos.  13:10 — 19. 
Mark  2:27,  28,  D.  &  C.  59:9.  10.  08:29.  n.  see  c,  Mos.  6.  o,  ver.  20,  28.  p,  Al. 
32  :11.    q,  ver.  24.     r.  see  }.  Jac.  2.  About  B.  C.  M7. 
170 
MOSIAH,   19. 
itually  according  to  their  needs 
and  their  wants. 
30.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  all  this  was  done  in  'Mor- 
mon, yea,  by  the  'waters  of  Mor- 
mon, in  the  "forest  that  was  near 
the  waters  of  Mormon;  yea,  the 
place  of  Mormon,  the  waters  of 
Mormon,  the  forest  of  Mormon, 
how  beautiful  are  they  to  the 
eyes  of  them  who  there  came  to 
the  knowledge  of  their  Redeemer; 
yea,  and  how  blessed  are  they, 
for  they  shall  sing  to  his  praise 
forever. 
31.  And  these  things  were  done 
in  the  "borders  of  the  land,  that 
they  might  not  come  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  king. 
32.  But  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  king,  having  discovered 
a  movement  among  the  people, 
sent  his  servants  to  watch  them. 
Therefore  on  the  day  that  they 
were  assembling  themselves  to- 
gether to  hear  the  word  of  the 
Lord  they  were  discovered  unto 
the  king. 
33.  And  now  the  king  said  that 
Alma  was  stirring  up  the  people 
to  rebellion  against  him;  there- 
fore he  sent  his  army  to  destroy 
them. 
34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  the  people  of  the  Lord 
were  "apprised  of  the  coming  of 
the  king's  army;  therefore  they 
took  their  tents  and  their  fam- 
ilies and  departed  into  the  wilder- 
ness. 
35.  And  they  were  in  number 
about  four  hundred  and  flfty 
souls. 
CHAPTER  19. 
A  futile  search — Oideon'a  inaurrec- 
Uon~A  Lamanite  invaaion  —  King 
Noah  auffera  death  by  fire — Hia  aon 
Limhi  a  tributary  monarch. 
1.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  the 
"army  of  the  king  returned,  hav- 
ing searched  in  vain  for  the  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord. 
2.  And  now  behold,  the  forces 
of  the  king  were  small,  having 
been  reduced,  and  there  began  to 
be  a  division  among  the  remainder 
of  the  people. 
3.  And  the  lesser  part  began  to 
breathe  out  threatenings  against 
the  king,  and  there  began  to  be  a 
great  contention  among  them. 
4.  And  now  there  was  a  man 
among  them  whose  name  was 
Gideon,  and  he  being  a  strong 
man  and  an  enemy  to  the  king, 
therefore  he  drew  his  sword,  and 
swore  in  his  wrath  that  he  would 
slay  the  king. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
fought  with  the  king;  and  when 
the  king  saw  that  he  was  about 
to  overpower  him,  he  fled  and  ran 
and  got  upon  the  Hower  which 
was  near  the  ''temple. 
6.  And  Gideon  pursued  after 
him  and  was  about  to  get  upon 
the  tower  to  slay  the  king,  and 
the  king  cast  his  eyes  round 
about  towards  the  land  of  "Shem- 
lon,  and  behold,  the  army  of  the 
Lamanites  were  within  the  bor- 
ders of  the  land. 
7.  And  now  the  king  cried  out 
In  the  anguish  of  his  soul,  say- 
ing: Gideon,  spare  me,  for  the 
Lamanites  are  upon  us,  and  they 
will  destroy  us;  yea,  they  will 
destroy  my  people. 
8.  And  now  the  king  was  not 
so  much  concerned  about  his  peo- 
ple as  he  was  about  his  own  life; 
nevertheless,  Gideon  did  spare  his 
life. 
9.  And  the  king  commanded 
the  people  that  they  should  flee 
before  the  Lamanites,  and  he 
himself  did  go  before  them,  and 
they  did  flee  into  the  wilderness. 
a,  MS  b,  Um.  18.  t.  nn.  B,  8.  Moa.  20:10.  u,  ver.  6.  v,  ror.  4.  u>.  Mob. 
3a :1.  Ghat.  10:  a.  Hot.  ISM,  84.  b.  Mo«.  11:12.  c.  tea  h,  2  Nn.  R.  d,  see  <f. 
Mm.  10.  About  B.  0.  14S. 
MOSIAH,   19. 
171 
with  their  women  and  their  chil- 
dren. 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lamanites  did  pursue  them, 
and  did  overtake  them,  and  began 
to  slay  them. 
11.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  commanded  them  that 
all  the  men  should  'leave  their 
wives  and  their  children,  and  flee 
before  the  Lamanites. 
12.  Now  there  were  many  that 
would  not  leave  them,  but  had 
rather  stay  and  perish  with  them. 
And  the  rest  left  their  wives  and 
their  children  and  fled. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
those  who  tarried  with  their 
wives  and  their  children  caused 
that  their  'fair  daughters  should 
stand  forth  and  plead  with  the 
Lamanites  that  they  would  not 
slay  them. 
14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Lamanites  had  compassion  on 
them,  for  they  were  charmed  with 
the  "beauty  of  their  women. 
15.  Therefore  the  Lamanites  did 
spare  their  lives,  and  took  them 
captives  and  carried  them  back 
to  the  "land  of  Nephi,  and  granted 
unto  them  that  they  might  pos- 
sess the  land,  under  the  condi- 
tions that  they  would  deliver  up 
king  Noah  into  the  hands  of  the 
Lamanites,  and  deliver  up  their 
property,  even  *one  half  of  all 
they  possessed,  one  half  of  their 
gold,  and  their  silver,  and  all 
their  precious  things,  and  thus 
they  should  pay  tribute  to  the 
king  of  the  Lamanites  from  year 
to  year. 
16.  And  now  there  was  one  of 
the  sons  of  the  king  among  those 
that  were  taken  captive,  whose 
name  was  ^Limhi. 
17.  And   now   Limhi   was  de- 
sirous that  his  father  should  not 
be  destroyed;  nevertheless, Limhl 
was  not  ignorant  of  the  iniquities 
of  his  fatlier,  he  himself  being  a 
just  man. 
18.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Gideon  sent  men  into  the  wilder- 
ness secretly,  to  search  for  the 
king  and  those  that  were  with 
him.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  met  the  people  in  the  wil- 
derness, all  save  the  king  and  his 
*priests. 
19.  Now  they  had  sworn  in  their 
hearts  that  they  would  return  to 
the  land  of  Nephi,  and  if  'their 
wives  and  their  children  were 
slain,  and  also  "those  that  had 
tarried  with  them,  that  they  would 
seek  revenge,  and  also  perish 
with  them. 
20.  And  the  king  commanded 
them  that  they  should  not  re- 
turn; and  they  were  angry  with 
the  king,  and  caused  that  he 
should  suffer,  even  unto  death  "by 
flre. 
21.  And  they  were  about  to 
take  the  "priests  also  and  put 
them  to  death,  and  they  fled 
before  them. 
22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  tvere  about  to  return  to  the 
land  of  Nephi,  and  they  met  the 
men  of  Gideon.  And  the  men  of 
Gideon  told  them  of  all  that  had 
•"happened  to  their  wives  and  their 
children;  and  that  the  Lamanites 
had  granted  unto  them  that  they 
might  possess  the  land  by  paying 
a  tribute  to  the  Lamanites  of  'one 
half  of  all  they  possessed. 
23.  And  the  people  told  the  men 
of  Gideon  that  they  had  'slain  the 
king,  and  'his  priests  had  fled 
from  them  farther  into  the  wil- 
derness. 
24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
e,  vers.  19,  21.  i,  yer.  14.  g,  ver.  13.  »,  see  &,  2  Ne.  5.  i,  see  fc,  Mos.  9.  j,  see 
A,  Mos.  7.  fc,  see  /,  Moc.  11.  I,  vers.  11,  12.  m,  ver.  12.  n.  Mos.  12:3,  10—12. 
0,  see  /,  Mos.  11.  p,  vers.  14,  16.  q,   see  k,   Mos.  9.  r,   ver.  20.  a,   see  /,  Mos.  11. 
BbTWSSN  B.  O.   146  AND  128. 
172 
MOSIAH,   20. 
after  they  had  ended  the  cere- 
mony, that  they  returned  to  the 
land  of  Nephi,  rejoicing,  because 
'their  wives  and  their  children 
were  not  slain;  and  they  told 
Gideon  what  they  had  "done  to 
the  king. 
25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites  made 
an  oath  unto  them,  that  his  peo- 
ple should  not  slay  them. 
26.  And  also  Limhi,  being  the 
son  of  the  king,  having  the  king- 
dom conferred  upon  him  by  the 
people,  made  oath  unto  the  king 
of  the  Lamanites  that  his  people 
should  pay  tribute  unto  him, 
'even  one  half  of  all  they  pos- 
sessed. 
27.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Limhi  began  to  establish  the  king- 
dom and  to  establish  peace  among 
his  people. 
28.  And  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites set  ""guards  round  about 
the  land,  that  he  might  keep  the 
people  of  Limhi  in  the  land,  that 
they  might  not  depart  into  the 
wilderness;  and  he  did  support 
his  guards  out  of  the  'tribute 
which  he  did  receive  f/om  the 
Nephites. 
29.  And  no^  king  Limhi  did 
have  continual  peace  in  his  king- 
dom for  the  space  of  two  years, 
that  the  Lamanites  did  not  molest 
them  nor  seek  to  destroy  them. 
CHAPTER   20. 
Prieata  of  king  Noah  carry  off 
daughtera  of  the  Lamanitea — Laman- 
itea  aeek  revenge  upon  king  Limhi  and 
hit  people — They  are  repulaed  and 
pacified. 
1.  Now  there  was  a  place  in 
•Shemlon  where  the  daughters  of 
the  Lamanites  did  gather  them- 
selves together  to  sing,  and  to 
dance,  and  to  make  themselves 
merry. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  one  day  a  small  num- 
ber of  them  gathered  together  to 
sing  and  to  dance. 
3.  And  now  the  ^priests  of  king 
Noah,  being  ashamed  to  return  to 
the  ''city  of  Nephi,  yea,  and  also 
fearing  that  the  people  would 
■•slay  them,  therefore  they  durst 
not  raturn  to  their  wives  and 
their  children. 
4.  And  having  tarried  in  the 
wilderness,  and  having  discovered 
the  daughters  of  the  Lamanites, 
they  laid  and  watched  them; 
5.  And  when  there  were  but 
few  of  them  gathered  together  to 
dance,  they  came  forth  out  of 
their  secret  places  and  took  them 
and  carried  them  into  the  wilder- 
ness; yea,  twenty  and  four  of  the 
'daughters  of  the  Lamanites  they 
carried  into  the  wilderness. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  Lamanites  found  that 
their  daughters  had  been  missing, 
they  were  angry  with  the  people 
of  Limhi,  for  they  thought  it  was 
the  people  of  Limhi. 
7.  Therefore  they  sent  their 
armies  forth;  yea,  even  the  king 
himself  went  before  his  people; 
and  they  went  up  to  the  land  of 
Nephi  to  destroy  the  people  of 
Limhi. 
8.  And  now  Limhi  had  discov- 
ered them  from  the  'tower,  even 
all  their  preparations  for  war  did 
he  discover;  therefore  he  gath- 
ered his  people  together,  and  laid 
wait  for  them  in  the  fields  and  in 
the  forests. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  the  Lamanites  had  come 
up,  that  the  people  of  Limhi  be- 
gan to  fall  upon  them  from  their 
t,  r«n.  14,  16,  10,  22.  u,  rorn.  20,  23.  v,  we  He.  Mon.  0.  w.  Mob.  21 :6.  22  :« — 10. 
m,  (Ma  k,  Moa.  9.  Chap.  20:  a,  mm  d,  Mom.  10.  o,  Hce  /,  Moh.  11.  c,  see  h,  2  Ne.  S. 
d.  Mm.  19:21.     «.  vera.  0,  7,  IS,  28.     Mo«.  23:80—86.    /,  Mon.  11:12. 
UrrwiKN  B.  O.  146  and  128. 
MOSIAH,   20. 
178 
waiting  places,  and  began  to  slay 
them, 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  battle  became  exceeding  sore, 
for  they  fought  like  lions  for 
their  prey. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  Limhi  began  to 
drive  the  Lamanites  before  them; 
yet  they  were  not  half  so  numer- 
ous as  the  Lamanites.  But  they 
fought  for  their  lives,  and  for 
their  wives,  and  for  their  chil- 
dren; therefore  they  exerted 
themselves  and  like  dragons  did 
they  fight. 
12.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
they  found  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites among  the  number  of 
their  dead;  yet  he  was  not  dead, 
having  been  wounded  and  left 
upon  the  ground,  so  speedy  was 
the  flight  of  his  people. 
13.  And  they  took  him  and 
bound  up  his  wounds,  and  brought 
him  before  Limhi,  and  said:  Be- 
hold, here  is  the  king  of  the  La- 
manites; he  having  received  a 
wound  has  fallen  among  their 
dead,  and  they  have  left  him;  and 
behold,  we  have  brought  him  be- 
fore you;  and  now  let  us  slay 
him. 
14.  But  Limhi  said  unto  them: 
Ye  shall  not  slay  him,  but  bring 
him  hither  that  I  may  see  him. 
And  they  brought  him.  And 
Limhi  said  unto  him:  What  cause 
have  ye  to  come  up  to  war  against 
my  people?  Behold,  my  people 
have  'not  broken  the  oath  that  I 
made  unto  you;  therefore,  why 
should  ye  break  the  oath  which 
ye  made  unto  my  people? 
15.  And  now  the  king  said:  I 
have  broken  the  oath  because  thy 
people  did  "carry  away  the  daugh- 
ters of  my  people;  therefore,  in 
my  anger  I  did  cause  my  people 
to  come  up  to  war  against  thy 
people. 
16.  And  now  Limhi  had  heard 
nothing  concerning  this  matter; 
therefore  he  said:  I  will  search 
among  my  people  and  whosoever 
has  done  this  thing  shall  perish. 
Therefore  he  caused  a  search  to 
be  made  among  his  people. 
17.  Now  when  Gideon  had 
heard  these  things,  he  being  the 
king's  captain,  he  went  forth  and 
said  unto  the  king:  I  pray  thee 
forbear,  and  do  not  search  this 
people,  and  lay  not  this  thing  to 
their  charge. 
18.  For  do  ye  not  remember 
the  'priests  of  thy  father,  whom 
this  people  sought  to  destroy? 
And  are  they  not  in  the  wilder- 
ness? And  are  not  they  the  ones 
who  have  ^stolen  the  daughters 
of  the  Lamanites? 
19.  And  now,  behold,  and  tell 
the  king  of  these  things,  that  he 
may  tell  his  people  that  they  may 
be  pacified  towards  us;  for  behold 
they  are  already  preparing  to 
come  against  us;  and  behold  also 
there  are  but  few  of  us. 
20.  And  behold,  they  come  with 
their  numerous  hosts;  and  except 
the  king  doth  pacify  them  towards 
us  we  must  perish. 
21.  For  are  not  the  words  of 
Abinadi  "fulfilled,  which  he  proph- 
esied against  us — and  all  this  be- 
cause we  would  not  hearken  unto 
the  words  of  the  Lord,  and  turn 
from  our  iniquities? 
22.  And  now  let  us  pacify  the 
king,  and  we  fulfil  the  'oath  which 
we  have  made  unto  him;  for  it  Is 
better  that  we  should  be  in  bond- 
age than  that  we  should  lose  our 
lives;  therefore,  let  us  put  a  stop 
to  the  shedding  of  so  much  blood. 
23.  And  now  Limhi  told  the 
king  all  the  things  concerning  his 
g,  Mos.  19:25,  26. 
i,  Mos.  19:26. 
l^,  vers.  1 — 6.     i,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     j,  rer.  5.     k,  Mos.  12  :1 — 8. 
Betwxin  B.  C.   145  AND  123. 
174 
MOSIAH,   21. 
father,  and  the  '"priests  that  had 
fled  Into  the  wilderness,  and  at- 
tributed the  carrying  away  of 
their  "daughters  to  them. 
24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  king  was  pacified  towards  his 
people;  and  he  said  unto  them: 
Let  us  go  forth  to  meet  my  peo- 
ple, without  arms;  and  I  swear 
unto  you  with  an  oath  that  my 
people  shall  not  slay  thy  people. 
25.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  followed  the  king,  and  went 
forth  without  arms  to  meet  the 
Lamanites.  And  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  did  meet  the  Laman- 
ites; and  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites did  bow  himself  down  be- 
fore them,  and  did  plead  in  behalf 
of  the  people  of  Limhi. 
26.  And  when  the  Lamanites 
saw  the  people  of  Limhi,  that  they 
were  without  arms,  they  had  com- 
passion on  them  and  were  pacified 
towards  them,  and  returned  with 
their  king  in  peace  to  their  own 
land. 
CHAPTER  21. 
Abinadi'a  prophecy  further  fulfilled 
— Nephitea  in  bondage  suffer  great  af- 
fliction— The  Lord  softens  the  hearts 
of  their  enemies — More  concerning  the 
twenty-four  plates. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Limhi  and  his  people  returned  to 
the  city  of  Nephi,  and  began  to 
dwell  in  the  land  again  in  peace. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  many  days  the  Lamanites 
began  again  to  be  stirred  up  in 
anger  against  the  Nephites,  and 
they  began  to  come  into  the  bor- 
ders of  the  land  round  about. 
3.  Now  they  durst  not  slay 
them,  because  of  the  "oath  which 
their  king  had  made  unto  Limhi; 
but  they  would  smite  them  on 
Hheir  cheeks,   and  exercise  au- 
thority over  them;  and  began  to 
put  ""heavy  burdens  upon  their 
backs,  and  "drive  them  as  they 
would  a  dumb  ass — 
4.  Yea,  all  this  was  done  that 
the  word  of  the  Lord  might  be 
'fulfilled. 
5.  And  now  the  afflictions  of 
the  Nephites  were  great,  and 
there  was  no  way  that  they  could 
deliver  themselves  out  of  their 
hands,  for  the  Lamanites  had 
'^surrounded  them  on  every  side. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  began  to  murmur  with 
the  king  because  of  their  afflic- 
tions; and  they  began  to  be  de- 
sirous to  go  against  them  to  bat- 
tle. And  they  did  afflict  the  king 
sorely  with  their  complaints; 
therefore  he  granted  unto  them 
that  they  should  do  according  to 
their  desires. 
7.  And  they  gathered  them- 
selves together  again,  and  put  on 
their  armor,  and  went  forth 
against  the  Lamanites  to  drive 
them  out  of  their  land. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites  did  beat  them,  and 
drove  them  back,  and  slew  many 
of  them. 
9.  And  now  there  was  a  great 
mourning  and  lamentation  among 
the  people  of  Limhi,  the  widow 
mourning  for  her  husband,  the 
son  and  the  daughter  mourning 
for  their  father,  and  the  brothers 
for  their  brethren. 
10.  Now  there  were  a  great 
many  widows  in  the  land,  and 
they  did  cry  mightily  from  day  to 
day,  for  a  great  fear  of  the  La- 
manites had  come  upon  them. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
their  continual  cries  did  stir  up 
the  remainder  of  the  people  of 
Llmhl  to  anger  against  the  La- 
in, iM  /,  Moa.  11.    n,  rer.  0.        Chap.  21:    a,  Mos.  10:26.     h,  Moa.  12:2.     c,  ver. 
1*.     kos.  12:5.    d.rt.lS.     Mot.  13:6.    «,  Moi.  12 :2— 7.    20:21.     /.  nee  wi,  Mos.  1». 
BvrwMN  B.  0.  146  AND  128. 
MOSIAH,  21. 
176 
manites;  and  they  went  again  to 
battle,  but  they  were  driven  back 
again,  suffering  much  loss. 
12.  Ye'a,  they  went  again  even 
the  third  time,  and  suffered  in 
the  like  manner;  and  those  that 
were  not  slain  returned  again  to 
the  city  of  Nephi. 
13.  And  they  did  humble  them- 
selves even  to  the  dust,  subject- 
ing themselves  to  the  'yoke  of 
bondage,  submitting  themselves 
to  be  smitten,  and  to  be  driven 
to  and  fro,  and  burdened,  ac- 
cording to  the  desires  of  their 
enemies. 
14.  And  they  did  humble  them- 
selves even  in  the  depths  of  hu- 
mility; and  they  did  cry  mightily 
to  God;  yea,  even  all  the  day  long 
did  they  cry  unto  their  God  that 
he  would  deliver  them  out  of 
their  afflictions. 
15.  And  now  the  Lord  was 
''slow  to  hear  their  cry  because 
of  their  iniquities;  nevertheless 
the  Lord  did  hear  their  cries,  and 
began  to  soften  the  hearts  of  the 
Lamanites  that  they  began  to  ease 
their  burdens;  yet  the  Lord  did 
not  see  fit  to  deliver  them  out  of 
bondage. 
16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  began  to  prosper  by  degrees 
in  the  land,  and  began  to  raise 
grain  more  abundantly,  and  flocks^ 
and  herds,  that  they  did  not  suffer 
with  hunger. 
17.  Now  there  was  a  great 
number  of  women,  *more  than 
there  was  of  men;  therefore  king 
Limhi  commanded  that  •'every 
man  should  impart  to  the  sup- 
port of  the  widows  and  their  chil- 
dren, that  they  might  not  perish 
with  hunger;  and  this  they  did 
because  of  the  greatness  of  their 
number  that  had  been  slain. 
18.  Now  the  people  of  Limhi 
kept  together  in  a  body  as  much 
as  it  was  possible,  and  secured 
their  grain  and  their  flocks; 
19.  And  the  king  himself  did 
not  trust  his  person  without  the 
walls  of  the  city,  unless  he  *took 
his  guards  with  him,  fearing  that 
he  might  by  some  means  fall  Into 
the  hands  of  the  Lamanites. 
20.  And  he  caused  that  his 
people  should  watch  the  land 
round  about,  that  by  some  means 
they  might  take  those  'priests 
that  fled  into  the  wilderness,  who 
had  stolen  the  ""daughters  of  the 
Lamanites,  and  that  had  caused 
such  a  great  destruction  to  come 
upon  them. 
21.  For  they  were  desirous  to 
Jake  them  that  they  might  "punish 
them;  for  they  had  come  into  the 
land  of  Nephi  by  night,  and  car- 
ried off  their  grain  and  many  of 
their  precious  things;  therefore 
they  laid  wait  for  them. 
22.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  no  more  disturbance 
between  the  Lamanites  and  the 
people  of  Limhi,  *even  until  the 
"time  that  Ammon  and  his  breth- 
ren came  into  the  land. 
23.  And  the  king  having  been 
without  the  gates  of  the  city  with 
his  guard,  discovered  Ammon  and 
his  brethren;  and  supposing  them 
to  be  priests  of  Noah  therefore  he 
caused  that  they  should  be  taken, 
and  bound,  and  cast  into  prison. 
And  had  they  been  the  priests  of 
Noah  he  would  have  caused  that 
they  should  be  put  to  death. 
24.  But  when  he  found  that 
they  were  not,  but  that  they  were 
his  brethren,  and  had  come  "from 
the  land  of  Zarahemla,  he  was 
filled  with  "exceeding  great  joy. 
25.  Now  king  Limhi  had  sent, 
previous  to  the  coming  of  Ammon, 
a  ''small  number  of  men  to  search 
g,  Mos.  12:2—8.  h,  Mos.  11:24,  25. 
7:7,  10.  I,  see  /,  Mos.  11.  m,  Mos.  20:5. 
p.  Dm.  13.     q,  Mos.  7  :14.     r,  Mos.  8  :7. 
i,  vers.   10,   11 
n,  ver.  23. 
},  see  j,  Jae.   2.     k,  Mos. 
Mos.  7  :7 — 11.     o.  Mos.  7  :6 — IS. 
•  ABOUT  B.  C.  122. 
176 
MOSIAH.   22. 
foi  the  land  of  Zarahemla;  but 
they  could  not  find  it,  and  they 
were  'lost  in  the  wilderness. 
26.  Nevertheless,  they  did  find 
a  land  which  had  been  peopled; 
yea,  a  land  which  was  'covered 
with  dry  bones;  yea,  a  land  which 
had  been  peopled  and  which  had 
been  destroyed ;  and  they,  having 
"supposed  it  to  be  the  land  of 
Zarahemla,  returned  to  the  land 
of  Nephi,  having  arrived  in  the 
borders  of  the  land  not  many  days 
before  the  "coming  of  Ammon. 
27.  And  they  brought  a  "rec- 
ord with  them,  even  a  record  of 
the  people  whose  bones  they  had 
found;  and  it  was  engraven  on 
plates  of  ore. 
28.  And  now  Limhi  was  again 
filled  with  joy  on  learning  from 
the  mouth  of  Ammon  that  king 
Mosiah  had  a  'gift  from  God, 
whereby  he  could  interpret  such 
engravings;  yea,  and  Ammon  also 
did  rejoice. 
29.  Yet  Ammon  and  his  breth- 
ren were  filled  with  sorrow  be- 
cause so  many  of  their  brethren 
had  been  slain; 
30.  And  also  that  king  Noah 
and  "his  priests  had  caused  the 
people  to  commit  so  many  sins 
and  iniquities  against  God;  and 
they  also  did  mourn  for  the 'death 
of  Ablnadi;  and  also  for  the  '"de- 
parture  of  Alma  and  the  people 
that  went  with  him,  who  had 
formed  a  church  of  God  through 
the  strength  and  power  of  God, 
and  faith  on  the  words  which 
had  been  spoken  by  Ablnadl. 
31.  Yea,  they  did  mourn  for 
their  departure,  for  they  knew 
not  whither  they  had  fled.  Now 
they  would  have  gladly  joined 
with  them,  for  they  themselves 
had  entered  into  a  covenant  with 
God  to  serve  him  and  keep  his 
commandments. 
32.  And  now  since  the  coming 
of  Ammon,  king  Limhi  had  also 
entered  into  a  covenant  with  God, 
and  also  many  of  his  people,  to 
serve  him  and  keep  his  command- 
ments. 
33.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Limhi  and  many  of  his  peo- 
ple were  desirous  to  be  baptized; 
but  there  was  none  in  the  land 
that  had  ^"authority  from  God. 
And  Ammon  declined  doing  this 
thing,  considering  himself  an 
unworthy  servant. 
34.  Therefore  they  did  not  at 
that  time  form  themselves  Into 
a  church,  "'^waiting  upon  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord.  Now  they 
were  desirous  to  become  even  as 
Alma  and  his  brethren,  who  had 
fled  into  the  wilderness. 
35.  They  were  desirous  to  be 
"■'baptized  as  a  witness  and  a  tes- 
timony that  they  were  willing  to 
serve  God  with  all  their  hearts; 
nevertheless  they  did  prolong  the 
time;  and  an  account  of  their 
baptism  shall  be  "given  here- 
after. 
36.  And  now  all  the  study  of 
Ammon  and  "his  people,  and 
king  Limhi  and  his  people,  was 
to  deliver  themselves  out  of  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanltes  and  from 
"'bondage. 
CHAPTER  22. 
Plan  to  throw  off  Lamanite  yoke — 
Oideon'3  proposal — Lamanites  made 
drunk — The  captive  people  escape  and 
return  to  Zarahemla — End  of  Zeniff'a 
record. 
1.  And  now  It  came  to  pass 
that  Ammon  and  king  Limhi 
began  to  consult  with  the  people 
how  they  should  deliver  them- 
selves out  of  bondage;  and  even 
«,  Mo«.  8:8.  t,  Mos.  8:7 — 11.  u,  Mdh.  8:7,  8.  v,  Mux.  7:0—11.  w,  see  k,  Mob.  8. 
x.  M*  n.  Mm.  8.  V,  M*  /,  Mm.  11.  •,  Mu«.  17:12—20.  2a,  Moh.  18:34,  8S.  2b.  Mos. 
18:18,  17.  8  Ne.  11:26.  Ex.  26  A.  Ilrb.  D:4.  2c,  Ter.  30.  2d.  see  «.  2  tie.  0.  2e, 
Mm.  20:17.  18.     2f.  Mm.  7:3,  3.     2g,  Mm.  21:13.  About  B.  C.  122. 
MOSIAH,   22. 
177 
they  did  cause  that  all  the  peo- 
ple should  gather  themselves  to- 
gether; and  this  they  did  that 
they  might  have  the  voice  of  the 
people  concerning  the  matter. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
could  find  no  way  to  deliver  them- 
selves out  of  bondage,  except  it 
were  to  take  their  women  and 
children,  and  their  flocks,  and 
their  herds,  and  their  tents,  and 
depart  into  the  wilderness;  for 
theLamanites  being  so  numerous, 
It  was  impossible  for  the  people 
of  Limhi  to  contend  with  them, 
thinking  to  deliver  themselves 
out  of  bondage  by  the  sword. 
3.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
"Gideon  went  forth  and  stood  be- 
fore the  king,  and  said  unto  him: 
Now  O  king,  thou  hast  hitherto 
hearkened  unto  my  words  many 
times  when  we  have  been  con- 
tending with  our  brethren,  the 
Lamanites. 
4.  And  now  O  king,  If  thou 
hast  not  found  me  to  be  an  un- 
profitable servant,  or  if  thou  hast 
hitherto  listened  to  my  words  in 
any  degree,  and  they  have  been 
of  ''service  to  thee,  even  so  I  de- 
sire that  thou  wouldst  listen  to 
my  words  at  this  time,  and  I  will 
be  thy  servant  and  deliver  this 
people  out  of  bondage. 
5.  And  the  king  granted  unto 
him  that  he  might  speak.  And 
Gideon  said  unto  him: 
6.  Behold  the  'back  pass, 
through  the  back  wall,  on  the 
back  side  of  the  city.  The  La- 
manites, or  the  guards  of  the 
Lamanites,  by  night  are  drunken; 
therefore  let  us  send  a  proclama- 
tion among  all  this  people  that 
they  gather  together  their  flocks 
and  herds,  that  they  may  drive 
them  into  the  wilderness  by  night. 
7.  And  I  will  go  according  to 
thy  command  and  pay  ''the  last 
tribute  of  wine  to  the  Lamanites, 
and  they  will  be  'drunken;  and 
we  will  pass  through  the  'secret 
pass  on  the  left  of  the  camp  when 
they  are  drunken  and  asleep. 
8.  Thus  we  will  depart  with 
our  women  and  our  children,  our 
flocks,  and  our  herds  Into  the 
wilderness;  and  we  will  travel 
"around  the  land  of  Shilom. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
king  hearkened  unto  the  words 
of  Gideon. 
10.  And  king  Limhi  caused  that 
his  people  should  gather  their 
flocks  together;  and  he  sent  the 
*tribute  of  wine  to  the  Laman- 
ites; and  he  also  sent  more  wine, 
as  a  present  unto  them;  and  they 
did  drink  *freely  of  the  wine 
which  king  Limhi  did  send  unto 
them. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  king  Limhi  did  de- 
part by  night  into  the  wilderness 
with  their  flocks  and  their  herds, 
and  they  went  Ground  about  the 
land  of  Shilom  In  the  wilderness, 
and  bent  their  course  towards  the 
"'land  of  Zarahemla,  being  led  by 
Ammon  and  'his  brethren. 
12.  And  they  had  taken  all  their 
gold,  and  silver,  and  their  precious 
things,  which  they  could  carry, 
and  also  their  provisions  with 
them,  Into  the  wilderness;  and 
they  pursued  their  journey. 
13.  And  after  being  many  days 
In  the  wilderness  they  arrived  in 
the  ""land  of  Zarahemla,  and  joined 
Mosiah's  people,  and  became  his 
subjects. 
14.  And  It  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  received  them  with  joy; 
and  he  also  received  their  "rec- 
ords, and  also  the  "records  which 
a,  Mos.  20:17.  Al.  1:8,  9.     h,  Mos.  20:17 — 22.     c,  ver.  7.     d,  Mos.  19:26.    e,  Ters. 
6 — 10.     /,  ver.  6.  g,  ver.  11.     See  /,    ios.  7.     h,  ver.  7.     i,  vers.  6,  7.     j,  ver.  8.     See 
A  Mos.  7.     k.  Ova.  13.     I,  Mos.  7  :2,  3.     m.  Cm.  13.     m.  Record  of  Zenlff,  Mos.  9.     o,  see 
k.  Mob.  8.  About  B.  0.  122. 
178 
MOSIAH,   23. 
had  been  found  by  the  people  of 
Limhi. 
15.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
when  the  Lamanites  had  found 
that  the  people  of  Limhi  had  de- 
parted out  of  the  land  by  night, 
that  they  sent  an  ""army  into  the 
wilderness  to  pursue  them; 
16.  And  after  they  had  pur- 
sued them  two  days,  they  could 
no  longer  follow  their  tracks; 
therefore  they  were  «lost  in  the 
wilderness. 
An  account  of  Alma  and  the  peo- 
ple of  the  Lord,  who  were  driven 
into  the  wilderness  hy  the  people  of 
king  Noah. 
Comprising  chapters  23  and  24. 
CHAPTER   23. 
Alma  refuses  to  be  king — Land  of 
Helam  captured  by  Lamanites — Amu- 
Ion,  leader  of  kxng  Noah's  uncked 
priests,  rules  subject  to  the  Lamanite 
monarch. 
1.  Now  Alma,  having  been 
•warned  of  the  Lord  that  the 
'armies  of  king  Noah  would  come 
upon  them,  and  having  made  it 
known  to  his  people,  therefore 
they  gathered  together  their 
flocks,  and  took  of  their  grain, 
and  departed  into  the  wilderness 
before  the  armies  of  king  Noah. 
2.  And  the  Lord  did  strengthen 
them,  that  the  people  of  king 
Noah  could  not  overtake  them  to 
destroy  them. 
3.  And  they  fled  eight  days' 
Journey  into  the  wilderness. 
4.  And  they  came  to  a  land, 
yea,  even  a  very  beautiful  and 
pleasant  land,  a  land  of  pure 
water. 
5.  And  they  pitched  their  tents, 
and  began  to  till  the  ground,  and 
began   to   build    buildings;    yea. 
they   were   industrious,   and   did 
labor  exceedingly. 
6.  And  the  people  were  desir- 
ous that  Alma  should  be  their 
king,  for  he  was  beloved  by  his 
people. 
7.  But  he  said  unto  them:  Be- 
hold, it  is  not  expedient  that  we 
should  have  a  king;  for  thus  saith 
the  Lord:  Ye  shall  ""not  esteem 
one  flesh  above  another,  or  one 
man  shall  not  think  himself 
above  another;  therefore  I  say 
unto  you  it  is  not  expedient  that 
ye  should  have  a  king. 
8.  Nevertheless,  if  it  were  pos- 
sible that  ye  could  always  have 
just  men  to  be  your  kings  it 
would  be  well  for  you  to  have  a 
king. 
9.  But  remember  the  'iniquity 
of  king  Noah  and  his  priests;  and 
I  myself  was  'caught  in  a  snare, 
and  did  many  things  which  were 
abominable  in  the  sight  of  the 
Lord,  which  caused  me  "sore  re- 
pentance; 
10.  Nevertheless,  after  much 
tribulation,  the  Lord  did  hear  my 
cries,  and  did  answer  my  prayers, 
and  has  made  me  an  instrument 
in  his  hands  in  bringing  *so  many 
of  yoti  to  a  knowledge  of  his 
truth. 
11.  Nevertheless,  in  this  I  do 
not  glory,  for  I  am  unworthy  to 
glory  of  myself 
12.  And  now  I  say  unto  you, 
ye  have  been  oppressed  by  king 
Noah,  and  have  been  in  'bondage 
to  him  and  his  priests,  and  have 
been  brought  Into  Iniquity  by 
them;  therefore  ye  were  bound 
with  the  bands  of  Iniquity. 
13.  And  now  as  ye  have  been 
delivered  by  the  power  of  God  out 
of  these  bonds;  yea,  even  out  of 
the  'hands  of  king  Noah  and  his 
p.  Moa.  28:30—80.     q,  tion.  23:30.  38,  87.  Chap.  23:    a.  Moa.   18:84,  3«.     b, 
Uo».    18:88.   84.      18:1.      d,  vera.   8— 1£.      Moa.  18:21—211.     27 :8— S.      Sea  J,  Jac.   2. 
«,  Moa.  11 :1— ID.    /,  Moa.  17:1 — 4.    24:8 — 18.  0,  Moa.  18:1.     fc,  Moa.  18:80.     i,  Moa. 
11 :»— 16.     /,  vera.  1—8.     Moa.  18 :84.  36.  BrrwMN  B.  0.  146  and  128. 
MOSIAH.   23. 
179 
people,  and  also  from  the  bonds 
of  iniquity,  even  so  I  desire  that 
ye  should  stand  fast  in  this  lib- 
erty wherewith  ye  have  been 
made  free,  and  that  ye  trust  *no 
man  to  be  a  king  over  you. 
14.  And  also  trust  'no  one  to 
be  your  teacher  nor  your  min- 
ister, except  he  be  a  man  of  God, 
walking  in  his  ways  and  keeping 
his  commandments. 
15.  Thus  did  Alma  teach  his 
people,  that  every  man  should 
love  his  neighbor  "as  himself, 
that  there  should  be  no  conten- 
tion among  them. 
16.  And  now.  Alma  was  their 
"high  priest,  he  being  the  founder 
of  their  church. 
17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
none  received  authority  to  preach 
or  to  teach  except  it  were  by  him 
from  God.  Therefore  he  conse- 
crated all  their  priests  and  all 
their  teachers;  and  none  were 
consecrated  except  they  were  just 
men. 
18.  Therefore  they  did  watch 
over  their  people,  and  did  nourish 
them  with  things  pertaining  to 
righteousness. 
19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  began  to  prosper  exceedingly 
In  the  land;  and  they  called  the 
land  "Helam. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  multiply  and  prosper  ex- 
ceedingly in  the  land  of  Helam; 
and  they  built  a  city,  which  they 
called  the  city  of  Helam. 
21.  Nevertheless  the  Lord  seeth 
fit  to  chasten  his  people;  yea,  he 
trieth  their  patience  and  their 
faith. 
22.  Nevertheless  —  whosoever 
putteth  his  trust  in  him  the  same 
shall  be  "lifted  up  at  the  last  day. 
Yea,  and  thus  It  was  with  this 
people. 
23.  For  behold,  I  will  show 
unto  you  that  they  were  brought 
into  bondage,  and  none  could  de- 
liver them  but  the  Lord  their 
God,  yea,  even  the  God  of  Abra- 
ham and  Isaac  and  of  Jacob. 
24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
he  did  deliver  them,  and  he  did 
show  forth  his  mighty  power  unto 
them,  and  great  were  their  re- 
joicings. 
25.  For  behold,  it  came  to  pass 
that  while  they  were  in  the  land 
of  Helam,  yea,  in  the  city  of 
«Helam,  while  tilling  the  land 
round  about,  behold  an  army  of 
the  Lamanites  was  in  the  borders 
of  the  land. 
26.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  brethren  of  Alma  fled  from 
their  fields,  and  gathered  them- 
selves together  in  the  city  of  He- 
lam; and  they  were  much  fright- 
ened because  of  the  appearance 
of  the  Lamanites. 
27.  But  Alma  went  forth  and 
stood  among  them,  and  exhorted 
them  that  they  should  not  be 
frightened,  but  that  they  should 
remember  the  Lord  their  God  and 
he  would  deliver  them. 
28.  Therefore  they  hushed  their 
fears,  and  began  to  cry  unto  the 
Lord  that  he  would  soften  the 
hearts  of  the  Lamanites,  that 
they  would  spare  them,  and  their 
wives,  and  their  children. 
29.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lord  did  soften  the  hearts  of  the 
Lamanites.  And  Alma  and  his 
brethren  went  forth  and  delivered 
themselves  up  into  their  hands; 
and  the  Lamanites  took  posses- 
sion of  the  ""land  of  Helam. 
30.  Now  the  armies  of  the 
Lamanites,   which   had   followed 
k,  vers.  C — 9.  Mos.  29:5 — 36.  I,  Mob.  18:18 — 29.  m,  Mos.  18:21.  3  Ne.  14:12. 
n,  Mos.  18:18.  See  c,  Mos.  6.  o,  yers.  20,  26,  26,  29,  35.  38,  39.  27:16.  Al.  24:1. 
p,lNe.  18:37.  16:2.  Al.  26 :7.  36:28.  38:5.  3Ne.  15:1.  27:14,16.22.  Morm. 
2:19.     Etb.  4:19.     Jobn  12:32.     q,  see  o.     r,  see  o.  Bdtwbbn  B.  C.  145  and  123. 
180 
MOSIAH,   24. 
after  the  people  of  king  Limhl, 
had  been  'lost  in  the  wilderness 
for  many  days. 
31.  And  behold,  they  had  found 
those  'priests  of  king  Noah,  in  a 
place  which  they  called  "Amnion; 
and  they  had  begun  to  possess  the 
land  of  Amnion  and  had  begun  to 
till  the  ground. 
32.  Now  the  name  of  the  leader 
of  those  priests  was  Amulon. 
33.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amulon  did  plead  with  the  Laman- 
Ites;  and  he  also  sent  forth  their 
wives,  who  were  the  "daughters 
of  the  Lamanites,  to  plead  with 
their  brethren,  that  they  should 
not  destroy  their  husbands. 
34.  And  the  Lamanites  had 
compassion  on  Amulon  and  his 
brethren,  and  did  not  destroy 
them,  because  of  "their  wives. 
35.  And  Amulon  and  his  breth- 
ren did  join  the  Lamanites,  and 
they  were  traveling  in  the  wilder- 
ness in  search  of  the  land  of  Nephi 
when  they  discovered  the  land  of 
'Helam,  which  was  possessed  by 
Alma  and  his  brethren. 
36.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Lamanites  promised  unto  Alma 
and  his  brethren,  that  if  they 
would  show  them  the  way  which 
led  to  the  "land  of  Nephi  that  they 
would  grant  unto  them  their  lives 
and  their  liberty. 
37.  But  after  Alma  had  shown 
them  the  way  that  led  to  the  land 
of  Nephi  the  Lamanites  would  not 
keep  their  promise;  but  they  set 
•guards  round  about  the  land  of 
Helam,  over  Alma  and  his  breth- 
ren. 
38.  And  the  remainder  of  them 
went  to  the  land  of  Nephi;  and  a 
part  of  them  returned  to  the  land 
of  Helam,  and  also  brought  with 
them  the  wives  and  the  children 
of  the  guards  who  had  been  left 
in  the  land. 
39.  And  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites had  granted  unto  ^"Amnion 
that  he  should  be  a  king  and  a 
ruler  over  his  people,  who  were  in 
the  land  of  Helam;  nevertheless 
he  should  have  no  power  to  do 
anything  contrary  to  the  will  of 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites. 
CHAPTER   24. 
Amulon  persecutes  Alma  and  his 
followers — The  Lord  makes  their  bur- 
dens light  and  delivers  them  from 
bondage — They  return  to  Zarahemla. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amulon  did  gain  favor  in  the  eyes 
of  the  king  of  the  Lamanites; 
therefore,  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites granted  unto  him  and  his 
brethren  that  they  should  be  ap- 
pointed "teachers  over  his  people, 
yea,  even  over  the  people  who 
were  in  the  land  of  "Shemlon,  and 
in  the  land  of  '^Shilom,  and  in  the 
land  of  ""Amnion. 
2.  For  the  Lamanites  had  taken 
possession  of  all  these  lands; 
therefore,  the  king  of  the  Laman- 
ites had  appointed  kings  over  all 
these  lands. 
3.  And  now  the  name  of  the  king 
of  the  Lamanites  was  'Laman, 
being  called  after  the  name  of  his 
father;  and  therefore  he  was 
called  king  Laman.  And  he  was 
king  over  a  numerous  people. 
4.  And  he  appointed  'teachers 
of  the  brethren  of  Amulon  In 
every  land  which  was  possessed 
by  his  people;  and  thus  the  lan- 
guage of  Nephi  began  to  be 
taught  among  all  the  people  of 
the  Lamanites. 
5.  And  they  were  a  people 
friendly  one  with  another;  never- 
»,  Mo«.  22:lfl,     *,  Boe  /,  Mob.   U.     u,  vera.  32.  85,  30.     Mob.  24:1,  4.  8.   8 — 11. 
2B:12.      Al.   21:2—4.     28:14.     24:1,   28—80.     25:4—12.      48:18.    14.      v,   Mo§.   20:5. 
8,  18.     «,  Ter,  88.     m,  one  o.     y,  t»9  b.  2  Nf.  6.     «,  Tpr.  88.     2a,  nee  u. 
Obap.   24:    a.  Ten.  4 — 6.     b,  aee  d.  Mob.  10.     c,  ace  /,  Mob.  7.     tf.  Bee  u.  Mob.  28. 
;  Mm.  »:10,  11.     10:«.     /,  Ter.  1.  Bctween  B.  0.  146  and  128 
MOSIAH,  24. 
181 
theless  they  knew  not  God; 
neither  did  the  "brethren  of  Amu- 
Ion  teach  them  anything  concern- 
ing the  Lord  their  God,  neither 
the  law  of  Moses;  nor  did  they 
teach  them  the  words  of  Abinadi; 
6.  But  they  taught  them  that 
they  should  keep  their  record, 
and  that  they  might  write  one  to 
another. 
7.  And  thus  the  Lamanites  be- 
gan to  increasB  in  riches,  and 
began  to  trade  one  with  another 
and  wax  great,  and  began  to  be  a 
cunning  and  a  wise  people,  as  to 
the  wisdom  of  the  world,  yea,  a 
very  cunning  people,  delighting 
in  all  manner  of  wickedness  and 
plunder,  except  it  were  among 
their  own  brethren. 
8.  And  now  it  came  to  pass  that 
*Amulon  began  to  exercise  author- 
ity over  Alma  and  his  brethren, 
and  began  to  persecute  him,  and 
cause  that  his  children  should 
persecute  their  children. 
9.  For  Amnion  knew  Alma, 
that  he  had  been  'one  of  the  king's 
priests,  and  that  it  was  he  that 
believed  the  words  of  Abinadi  and 
was  driven  out  before  the  king, 
and  therefore  he  was  wroth  with 
him;  for  he  was  subject  to  king 
Laman,  yet  he  exercised  authority 
over  them,  and  put  tasks  upon 
them,  and  put  task-masters  over 
them. 
10.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  so 
great  were  their  afflictions  that 
they  began  to  cry  mightily  to  God. 
11.  And  Amnion  commanded 
them  that  they  should  stop  their 
cries;  and  he  put  guards  over 
them  to  watch  them,  that  whoso- 
ever should  be  found  calling  upon 
God  should  be  put  to  death. 
12.  And  Alma  and  his  people 
did  not  raise  their  voices  to  the 
Lord  their  God,  but  did  pour  out 
their  hearts  to  him;  and  he  did 
know  the  thoughts  of  their  hearts. 
13.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  voice  of  the  Lord  came  to 
them  in  their  afflictions,  saying: 
Lift  up  your  heads  and  be  of  good 
comfort,  for  I  know  of  the  cove- 
nant which  ye  have  made  unto 
me;  and  I  will  covenant  with  my 
people  and  deliver  them  out  of 
bondage. 
14.  And  I  will  also  "ease  the 
burdens  which  are  put  upon  your 
shoulders,  that  even  you  cannot 
feel  them  upon  your  backs,  even 
while  you  are  in  bondage;  and 
this  will  I  do  that  ye  may  stand 
as  witnesses  for  me  hereafter, 
and  that  ye  may  know  of  a  surety 
that  I,  the  Lord  God,  do  visit  my 
people  in  their  afflictions. 
15.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  burdens  which  were  laid 
upon  Alma  and  his  brethren  were 
made  "light;  yea,  the  Lord  did 
strengthen  them  that  they  could 
bear  up  their  burdens  with  ease, 
and  they  did  submit  cheerfully 
and  with  patience  to  all  the  will 
of  the  Lord. 
16.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  so 
great  was  their  faith  and  their 
patience  that  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
came  unto  them  again,  saying: 
Be  of  good  comfort,  for  on  the 
morrow  I  will  deliver  you  out  of 
bondage. 
17.  And  he  said  unto  Alma: 
Thou  Shalt  go  before  this  people, 
and  I  will  go  with  thee  and  de- 
liver this  people  out  of  "bondage. 
18.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  and  his  people  in  the  night- 
time gathered  their  flocks  to- 
gether, and  also  of  their  grain; 
yea,  even  all  the  night-time  were 
they  gathering  their  flocks  to- 
gether. 
19.  And   in   the   morning  the 
h,  see  /,  Mos.  11.     k,  Mos.  23:32.     I,  Mos.  17:2 — 4.     m,  vers.  9,  15.     n,  vers.  0,  14. 
0,  vers.  13.   21.     Mos.  25:10.     27:16.     Al.  5:5,  6.     29:11,   12.     36:2,  29. 
BrtWKEN  B.  C.  145  and  123. 
182 
MOSIAH,   25. 
Lord  caused  a  "deep  sleep  to  come 
upon  the  Lamanites,  yea,  and  all 
their  task-masters  were  in  a  pro- 
found sleep. 
20.  And  Alma  and  his  people 
departed  into  the  wilderness;  and 
when  they  had  traveled  all  day 
they  pitched  their  tents  in  a  val- 
ley, and  they  called  the  valley 
Alma,  because  he  led  their  way  in 
the  wilderness. 
21.  Yea,  and  in  the  valley  of 
Alma  they  poured  out  their 
thanks  to  God  because  he  had 
been  merciful  unto  them,  and 
eased  their  burdens,  and  had  de- 
livered them  out  of  'bondage;  for 
they  were  in  bondage,  and  none 
could  deliver  them  except  it  were 
the  Lord  their  God. 
22.  And  they  gave  thanks  to 
God,  yea,  all  their  men  and  all 
their  women  and  all  their  chil- 
dren that  could  speak  lifted  their 
Toices  in  the  praises  of  tfheir  God. 
23.  And  now  the  Lord  said 
unto  Alma:  Haste  thee  and  get 
thou  and  this  people  out  of  this 
land,  for  the  Lamanites  have 
"^ awakened  and  do  puffsue  thee; 
therefore  get  thee  out  of  this 
land,  and  I  will  stop  the  Laman- 
ites in  this  'valley  that  they 
come  no  further  in  pursuit  of  this 
people. 
24.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  departed  out  of  the  valley, 
and  took  their  journey  into  the 
wilderness. 
25.  And  after  they  had  been 
in  the  wilderness  'twelve  days 
*they  arrived  in  the  "land  of  Zara- 
hemla;  and  king  Mosiah  did  "also 
receive  them  with  Joy. 
CHAPTER  25. 
Zarahemla,  a  descendant  of  Mulek — 
The  record  of  Zeniff  and  the  account 
of  Alma  read  to  the  people — Alma 
authorized  to  eatahlish  the  church  of 
Christ  throughout  the  land. 
1.  And  now  king  Mosiah  caused 
that  all  the  people  should  be  gath- 
ered together. 
2.  Now  there  were  not  so  many 
of  the  children  of  Nephi,  or  so 
many  of  those  who  were  descend- 
ants of  Nephi,  as  there  were  of 
the  people  of  Zarahemla,  who  was 
a  "descendant  of  Mulek,  and  those 
who  came  with  him  into  the  wil- 
derness. 
3.  And  there  were  not  so  many 
of  the  people  of  Nephi  and  of  the 
people  of  Zarahemla  as  there  were 
of  the  Lamanites;  yea,  they  were 
not  half  so  numeroup. 
4.  And  now  all  the  people  of 
Nephi  were  assembled  together, 
and  also  all  the  people  of  Zara- 
hemla, and  "they  were  gathered 
together  in  two  bodies. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  did  read,  and  caused  to  be 
read,  the  "records  of  Zeniff  to  his 
people;  yea,  he  read  the  records 
of  the  people  of  Zeniff,  from  the 
time  they  "left  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla until  they  'returned  again. 
6.  And  he  also  read  the  ac- 
count of  Alma  and  his  brethren, 
and  all  their  afflictions,  from  the 
time  they  Heft  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla until  the  time  they  "re- 
turned again. 
7.  And  now,  when  Mosiah  had 
made  an  end  of  reading  the  rec- 
ords, his  people  who  tarried  In 
the  land  were  struck  with  wonder 
and  amazement. 
8.  For  they  knew  not  what  to 
think;  for  when  they  beheld  those 
that  had  been  delivered  *out  of 
bondage  they  were  filled  with  ex- 
ceeding great  Joy. 
9.  And      again,     when     they 
p,  Ter.  28.  q.  Me  o.  r,  yer.  1».  $,  rern.  20.  21.  t,  hw  c.  Mob.  23.  u,  Dm.  13. 
V,  ftfoa.  22:14.  Chap.  2n :  a.  Cm.  14.  b,  ver.  13.  c,  nee  tbe  beading  of  Mob.  0. 
4,  Mob.  0:8,  4.     e,  Mo«.  22:18.     /.  Mot.  9:8,  4.     ff.  Mob.  24,  2S.     h.  Mob.  22:11—13. 
•  AIOUT  B.  0.  122. 
MOSIAH,   25. 
183 
thought  of  their  brethren  who 
had  been  slain  by  the  Lamanites 
they  were  filled  with  sorrow,  and 
even  shed  many  tears  of  sorrow. 
10.  And  again,  when  they 
thought  of  the  immediate  good- 
ness of  God,  and  his  power  in  *de- 
livering  Alma  and  his  brethren 
out  of  the  hands  of  the  Lamanites 
and  of  bondage,  they  did  raise 
their  voices  and  give  thanks  to 
God. 
11.  And  'again,  when  they 
thought  upon  the  Lamanites,  who 
were  their  brethren,  of  their  sin- 
ful and  polluted  state,  they  were 
filled  with  pain  and  anguish  for 
the  welfare  of  their  souls. 
12.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
those  who  ^were  the  children  of 
Amnion  and  his  brethren,  who 
had  taken  to  wife  the  "daughters 
of  the  Lamanites,  were  displeased 
with  the  conduct  of  their  fathers, 
and  they  would  no  longer  be 
called  by  the  names  of  their  fa- 
thers, therefore  they  took  upon 
themselves  the  name  of  Nephi, 
that  they  might  be  called  the  chil- 
dren of  Nephi  and  be  numbered 
among  those  who  were  called 
Nephites. 
13.  And  now  'all  the  people  of 
Zarahemla  were  numbered  with 
the  Nephites,  and  this  because  the 
kingdom  had  been  conferred  upon 
none  but  those  who  were  descend- 
ants of  Nephi. 
14.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  when  Mosiah  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  and  "reading  to 
the  people,  he  desired  that  Alma 
should  also  speak  to  the  people. 
15.  And  Alma  did  speak  unto 
them,  when  they  were  assembled 
together  in  large  bodies,  and  he 
went  from  one  body  to  another, 
preaching  unto  the  people  repent- 
ance and  faith  on  the  Lord. 
16.  And  he  did  exhort  the  peo- 
ple of  Limhi  and  his  brethren,  all 
those  that  had  been  "delivered 
out  of  bondage,  that  they  should 
remember  that  it  was  the  Lord 
that  did  deliver  them. 
17.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  Alma  had  taught  the  people 
many  things,  and  had  made  an 
end  of  speaking  to  them,  that  king 
Limhi  was  desirous  that  he  might 
be  baptized;  and  all  his  people 
were  desirous  that  they  might  be 
baptized  also. 
18.  Therefore,  Alma  did  go 
forth,  into  the  water  and  did  bap- 
tize them;  yea,  he  did  "baptize 
them  after  the  manner  he  did  his 
''brethren  in  the  waters  of  Mor- 
mon; yea,  and  as  many  as  he  did 
baptize  did  belong  to  the  church 
of  God;  and  this  because  of  their 
belief  on  the  words  of  Alma. 
19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Mosiah  granted  unto  Alma 
that  he  might  establish  churches 
throughout  all  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla; and  gave  him  power  to 
'ordain  priests  and  teachers  over 
every  church. 
20.  Now  this  was  done  because 
there  were  so  many  people  that 
they  could  not  all  be  governed  by 
one  teacher;  neither  could  they 
all  hear  the  word  of  God  in  one 
assembly; 
21.  Therefore  they  did  assem- 
ble themselves  together  in  differ- 
ent bodies,  being  called  churches; 
every  church  having  their  priests 
and  their  teachers,  and  every 
priest  preaching  the  word  accord- 
ing as  it  was  delivered  to  him  by 
the  mouth  of  Alma. 
22.  And  thus,  notwithstanding 
there  being  many  churches  they 
were  all  one  church,  yea,  even  the 
church  of  God;  for  there  was 
nothing     preached     in     all     the 
i,  Mos.  24:16 — 25.  /,  Mos.  20:3 — 5.  k,  Mos.  20:5.  23:33.  I,  Cm.  19.  m.  vers. 
5— T.  n.  Mob.  22:11 — 13.  24:16 — 26.  o,  see  «,  2  Ne.  9.  Mob.  21:32 — 35.  p.  Mob. 
18:8 — 17.    q,  see  c,  Mos.  6.  About  B.  C.  122. 
1»4 
MOSIAH,   UB. 
churches  except  it  were  repent- 
ance and  faith  in  God. 
23.  And  now  there  were  seven 
churches  in  the  land  of  Zara- 
hemla.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  were  desirous  to  take 
upon  them  the  ''name  of  Christ,  or 
of  God,  they  did  join  the  churches 
of  God; 
24.  And  they  were  called  the 
people  of  God.  And  the  Lord  did 
pour  out  his  Spirit  upon  them, 
and  they  were  blessed,  and  pros- 
pered in  ;;he  land. 
CHAPTER  26. 
Concerning  unbelievers  and  evil- 
doers— The  Lord  instructs  Alma  how 
to  deal  with  them. 
1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  were  many  of  the  rising 
generation  that  could  not  under- 
stand the  "words  of  king  Benja- 
min, being  little  children  at  the 
time  he  spake  unto  his  people; 
and  they  did  not  believe  the  tradi- 
tion of  their  fathers. 
2.  They  did  not  believe  what 
had  been  said  concerning  the  ""res- 
urrection  of  the  dead,  neither  did 
they  believe  concerning  the  com- 
ing of  Christ. 
3.  And  now  because  of  their 
unbelief  they  could  not  under- 
stand the  word  of  God;  and  their 
hearts  were  hardened. 
4.  And  they  would  not  be  'bap- 
tized; neither  would  they  "join 
the  church.  And  they  were  a  sep- 
arate people  as  to  their  faith,  and 
remained  so  ever  after,  even  in 
their  carnal  and  sinful  state;  for 
they  would  not  cah  upon  the  Lord 
their  God. 
6.  And  now  in  the  reign  of 
Mosiah  they  were  not  half  so 
numerous  as  the  people  of  God; 
but  because  of  the  dlBsensions 
among  the  brethren  they  became 
more  numerous. 
6.  For  it  came  to  pass  that  tney 
did  deceive  many  with  their  flat- 
tering words,  who  were  in  the 
church,  and  did  cause  them  to 
"commit  many  sins;  theretore  it 
became  expedient  that  those  who 
committed  sin,  that  were  in  the 
church,  should  oe  aamohished  by 
the  chuicn. 
7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  were  brought  before  the 
priests,  and  delivered  up  unto  the 
'priests  by  the  teachers;  and  the 
priests  brought  them  before  Alma, 
wno  was  the  "high  priest. 
8.  Now  king  Mosiah  had  given 
Alma  the  authority  over  the 
church. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  did  not  know  concerning 
them;  but  there  were  many  wit- 
nesses against  them;  yea,  the  peo- 
ple stood  and  testified  of  their  In- 
iquity in  abundance. 
10.  Now  there  had  not  any 
such  thing  happened  before  in 
the  church;  therefore  Alma  was 
troubled  in  his  spirit,  and  he 
caused  that  they  should  be 
brought  before  the  king. 
11.  And  he  said  unto  the  king: 
Behold,  here  are  many  whom  we 
have  brought  before  thee,  who  are 
accused  of  their  brethren;  yea, 
and  they  have  been  taken  in 
divers  iniquities.  And  they  do 
not  repent  of  their  iniquities; 
therefore  we  have  brought  them 
before  thee,  that  thou  mayest 
judge  them  according  to  their 
crimes. 
12.  But  king  Mosiah  said  unto 
Alma:  Behold,  I  judge  them  not; 
therefore  I  deliver  them  into  thy 
hands  to  be  judged. 
r,  M>e  e,  Mor.  6.  Chap.  20:  n,  Moh.  cbapn.  2 — Q.  b.  «(>«>  d,  2  Ne.  2.  c,  see  u, 
2  Ne.  0.  d,  Mom.  18:17.  28:18—28.  Al.  4:4.  8.  8  No.  2«:21.  c,  von.  7—18.  19. 
26— 3A.  Al.  8:87,  68.  0:8.  /,  Me  c.  Mos.  0.  o,  Muk.  23:10.  20:42.  Al.  4:4.  18,  20. 
6:8,44,49.  0:8.  8:11.88.  18:1—20.  16:6.  80:21.22.23.20.  48:2.  40:0.88. 
49:80.    II*.  8:26>  Probably  bbtwbin  B.  O.  120  and  100. 
MOSIAH,   26. 
185 
13.  And  now  the  spirit  of  Alma 
was  again  troubled;  and  he  went 
and  Inquired  of  the  Lord  what  he 
should  do  concerning  this  matter, 
for  he  feared  that  he  should  do 
wrong  in  the  sight  of  God. 
14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  he  had  poured  out  his  whole 
soul  to  God,  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
came  to  him,  saying: 
15.  Blessed  art  thou.  Alma,  and 
blessed  are  they  who  were  ''bap- 
tized in  the  'waters  of  Mormon. 
Thou  art  blessed  because  of  thy 
exceeding  faith  in  the  words 
alone  of  my  servant  Abinadi. 
16.  And  blessed  are  they  be- 
cause of  their  exceeding  faith  in 
the  words  alone  which  thou  hast 
spoken  unto  them. 
17.  And  blessed  art  thou  be- 
cause thou  hast  established  a 
^church  among  this  people;  and 
they  shall  be  established,  and 
they  shall  be  my  people. 
18.  Yea,  blessed  is  this  people 
who  are  willing  to  bear  my 
*name;  for  in  my  name  shall  they 
be  called;  and  they  are  mine. 
19.  And  because  thou  hast  in- 
quired of  me  concerning  the 
'transgressor,  thou  art  blessed. 
20.  Thou  art  my  servant;  and 
I  covenant  with  thee  that  thou 
Shalt  have  eternal  life;  and  thou 
Shalt  serve  me  and  go  forth  in  my 
name,  and  shalt  gather  together 
my  sheep. 
21.  And  he  that  will  hear  my 
voice  shall  be  my  sheep;  and  him 
shall  ye  receive  into  the  church, 
and  him  will  I  also  receive. 
22.  For  behold,  this  is  my 
"•church;  whosoever  is  "baptized 
shall  be  baptized  unto  repentance. 
And  whomsoever  ye  receive  shall 
believe  in  my  name;  and  him  will 
I  freely  forgive. 
23.  For  it  is  I  that  taketh  upon 
me  the  sins  of  the  world;  for  it  is 
I  that  hath  "created  them;  and  it 
is  I  that  granteth  unto  him  that 
believeth  unto  the  end  a  place  at 
my  right  hand. 
24.  For  behold,  in  ''my  name 
are  they  called ;  and  if  they  know 
me  they  shall  come  forth,  and 
shall  have  a  place  eternally  at  my 
right  hand. 
25.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass 
that  when  the  second  trump  shall 
sound  then  shall  they  that  never 
knew  me  come  forth  and  shall 
stand  before  me. 
26.  And  then  shall  they  know 
that  I  am  the  Lord  their  God,  that 
I  am  their  Redeemer;  but  they 
would  not  be  redeemed. 
27.  And  then  I  will  confess 
unto  them  that  I  never  knew 
them;  and  they  shall  depart  into 
'everlasting  fire  prepared  for  the 
devil  and  his  angels. 
28.  Therefore  I  say  unto  you, 
that  he  that  will  not  hear  my 
voice,  the  same  shall  ye  ""not  re- 
ceive into  my  church,  for  him  I 
will  not  receive  at  the  last  day. 
29.  Therefore  I  say  unto  you, 
Go;  and  whosoever  'transgresseth 
against  me,  him  shall  ye  judge 
according  to  the  sins  which  he  has 
committed;  and  if  he  confess  hia 
sins  before  thee  and  me,  and  re- 
penteth  in  the  sincerity  of  his 
heart,  him  shall  ye  forgive,  and  I 
will  forgive  him  also. 
30.  Yea,  and  as  often  as  my 
people  repent  will  I  forgive  them 
their  trespasses  against  me. 
31.  And  ye  shall  also  forgive 
'one  another  your  trespasses;  for 
verily  I  say  unto  you,  he  that  for- 
giveth  not  his  neighbor's  tres- 
passes when  he  says  that  he  re- 
pents, the  same  hath  brought 
himself  under  condemnation. 
32.  Now  I  say  unto  you.  Go; 
h,  see  u,  2  Ne.  9.  i,  see  t,  Mos.  18.  /,  Mos.  25  :19 — 24.  Tc,  see  e,  Mos.  5.  I,  see  e. 
m,  see  d.  n,  see  u,  2  No.  9.  o,  see  /,  Mos.  5.  p,  see  e,  Mos.  5.  q,  see  fc,  1  Ne.  15. 
r,  see  d.     s,  see  e.     t,  3  Ne.  13:14,  15.  Pbobably  bbtwkbn  B.  C.  120  and  100. 
186 
MOSIAH,   27. 
and  whosoever  will  not  repent  of 
his  sins  the  same  shall  "not  be 
numbered  among  my  people;  and 
this  shall  be  observed  from  this 
time  forward. 
33.  And  it  came  to  pass  when 
Alma  had  heard  these  words  he 
wrote  them  down  that  he  might 
have  them,  and  that  he  might 
judge  the  people  of  that  church 
according  to  the  "commandments 
of  God. 
34.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  went  and  judged  those  that 
had  been  taken  in  iniquity,  ac- 
cording to  the  word  of  the  Lord. 
35.  And  whosoever  repented  of 
their  sins  and  did  ""confess  them, 
them  he  did  number  among  the 
people  of  the  church; 
36.  And  those  that  would  not 
confess  their  sins  and  repent  of 
their  iniquity,  the  same  were  'not 
numbered  among  the  people  of 
the  church,  and  their  names  were 
blotted  out. 
37.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  did  regulate  all  the  affairs 
of  the  church;  and  they  began 
again  to  have  peace  and  to  pros- 
per exceedingly  in  the  affairs  of 
the  church,  walkingcircumspectly 
before  God,  receiving  many,  and 
'baptizing  many. 
38.  And  now  all  these  things 
did  Alma  and  his  fellow  laborers 
do  who  were  over  the  church, 
walking  in  all  diligence,  teaching 
the  word  of  God  in  all  things,  suf- 
fering all  manner  of  afflictions, 
being  persecuted  by  all  those  who 
did  not  belong  to  the  church  of 
God. 
39.  And  they  did  admonish 
their  brethren;  and  they  were  also 
admonished,  every  one  by  the 
word  of  God,  according  to  his 
Bins,  or  to  the  sins  which  he  had 
committed,  being  commanded  of 
God  to  ^pray  without  ceasing,  and 
to  give  thanks  in  all  things. 
CHAPTER  27. 
Persecution  forbidden  and  equality 
enjoined — Alma,  the  younger,  and  the 
four  sons  of  Mosiah,  among  the  un- 
believers— Their  miraculous  conver- 
sion— They  become  preachers  of  right- 
eousness. 
1.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  the  persecutions  which  were 
inflicted  on  the  church  by  the 
unbelievers  became  so  great  that 
the  church  began  to  murmur,  and 
complain  to  their  leaders  concern- 
ing the  matter;  and  they  did  com- 
plain to  Alma.  And  Alma  laid  the 
case  before  their  king,  Mosiah. 
And  Mosiah  consulted  with  his 
priests. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
king  Mosiah  sent  a  proclamation 
throughout  the  land  round  about 
that  there  should  not  any  unbe- 
liever persecute  any  of  those  who 
belonged  to  the  church  of  God. 
3.  And  there  was  a  strict  com- 
mand throughout  all  the  churches 
that  there  should  be  no  persecu- 
tions among  them,  that  there 
should  be  an  "equality  among  all 
men; 
4 .  That  they  should  let  no  pride 
nor  haughtiness  disturb  their 
peace;  that  every  man  should  es- 
teem his  neighbor  "as  himself,  la- 
boring with  their  own  hands  for 
their  support. 
5.  Yea,  and  all  their  "priests 
and  teachers  should  labor  with 
their  "own  hands  for  their  sup- 
port, in  all  cases  save  It  were  In 
sickness,  or  In  much  want;  and 
doing  these  things,  they  did 
abound  in  the  grace  of  God. 
6.  And  there  began  to  be  much 
«,  TOTi.  84 — 8fl.  Al.  1 :2-».  v.  vers.  2S — 32.  w,  vors.  2ft.  80.  X,  vor.  32.  y,  roo  u, 
2  Ne.  9.  «,  M0  ff,  2  Ne.  82.  Ciiai-.  27:  a.  wh«  i,  Jnc.  2.  Mos.  2I»:32.  Al.  80:11. 
t,  M*  {,  Ifoa.  4.     Set)  alHo  m,  Mor.  23.     o,  tw  c,  Mok.  0.     d.  Mon.  18:24,  20. 
PBODABLX   BKTWIEN    B.    C.    120  AND   100. 
MOSIAH,  27. 
187 
peace  again  in  the  land;  and  the 
people  began  to  be  very  numer- 
ous, and  began  to  scatter  abroad 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  yea, 
on  the  north  and  on  the  south,  on 
the  east  and  on  the  west,  build- 
ing large  cities  and  villages  in  all 
quarters  of  the  land. 
7.  And  the  Lord  did  visit  them 
and  prosper  thera,  and  they  be- 
came a  large  and  wealthy  people. 
8.  Now  the  *sons  of  Mosiah 
were  numbered  among  the  unbe- 
lievers; and  also  one  of  the  sons 
of  Alma  was  numbered  among 
them,  he  being  called  Alma,  after 
his  father;  nevertheless,  he  be- 
came a  very  wicked  and  an  idola- 
trous man.  And  he  was  a  man 
of  many  words,  and  did  speak 
much  flattery  to  the  people; 
therefore  he  led  many  of  the  peo- 
ple to  do  after  the  manner  of  his 
Iniquities. 
9.  And  he  became  a  great  hin- 
derment  to  the  prosperity  of  the 
church  of  God;  stealing  away  the 
hearts  of  the  people;  causing 
much  dissension  among  the  peo- 
ple; giving  a  chance  for  the  enemy 
of  God  to  exercise  his  power  over 
them. 
10.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  while  he  was  going  about  to 
destroy  the  church  of  God,  for  he 
did  go  about  secretly  with  the 
sons  of  Mosiah  'seeking  to  de- 
stroy the  church,  and  to  lead 
astray  the  people  of  the  Lord, 
contrary  to  the  commandments  of 
God,  or  even  the  king — 
11.  And  as  I  said  unto  you,  as 
they  were  going  about  rebelling 
against  God,  behold,  the  angel  of 
the  Lord  "appeared  unto  them; 
and  he  descended  as  it  were  in  a 
cloud;  and  he  spake  as  it  were 
with  a  voice  of  thunder,  which 
caused  the  *earth  to  shake  upon 
which  they  stood; 
12.  And  so  great  was  their  as- 
tonishment, that  they  fell  to  the 
earth,  and  understood  not  the 
words  which  he  spake  unto  them. 
13.  Nevertheless  he  cried  again, 
saying:  Alma,  arise  and  stand 
forth,  for  why  persecutest  thou 
the  church  of  God  ?  For  the  Lord 
hath  said:  *This  is  my  church, 
and  I  will  establish  it;  and  noth- 
ing shall  overthrow  it,  save  it  fs 
the  transgression  of  my  people. 
14.  And  again,  the  angel  said: 
Behold,  the  Lord  hath  heard  the 
prayers  of  his  people,  and  also  the 
prayers  of  his  servant,  Alma,  who 
is  thy  father;  for  he  has  prayed 
with  much  faith  concerning  thee 
that  thou  mightest  be  brought  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  truth;  there- 
fore, for  this  purpose  have  I  come 
to  convince  thee  of  the  power  and 
authority  of  God,  that  the  prayers 
of  his  servants  might  be  answered 
according  to  their  faith. 
15.  And  now  behold,  can  ye  dis- 
pute the  power  of  God?  For  be- 
hold, doth  not  my  voice  ^shake 
the  earth?  And  can  ye  not  also 
*behold  me  before  you?  And  I  am 
sent  from  God. 
16.  Now  I  say  unto  thee:  Go, 
and  remember  the  captivity  of  thy 
fathers  in  the  land  of  'Helam,  and 
in  the  "land  of  Nephi;  and  re- 
member how  great  things  he  has 
done  for  them;  for  they  were  in 
bondage,  and  he  has  "delivered 
them.  And  now  I  say  unto  thee. 
Alma,  go  thy  way,  and  seek  to  de- 
stroy the  church  no  more,  that 
their  prayers  may  be  answered, 
and  this  even  if  thou  wilt  of  thy- 
self be  cast  off. 
17.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  these  were  the  last  words 
e,  vera.  10,  34.  /,  Mos.  28:3,  4.  Al.  26:17,  IS.  36:6,  9,  11.  38:7.  g,  vers.  15, 
18.  Al.  36:5 — 11.  38:7.  A,  vers.  15,  18.  Al.  30:7.  38:7.  i,  Mos.  20:22.  ;,  see  *. 
k.  Bee  g.     I,  see  o.  Mos.  23.     m,  see  6>  2  Ne.  5.    n,  Mos.  18:34.     23:1 — 4.     24:17 — 21. 
PBOBIbLT   BBZWKSN    B.    C.    100    AMD  02. 
188 
MOSIAH,   27. 
which  the  angel  spake  unto  Alma, 
and  he  departed. 
18.  And  now  Alma  and  those 
that  were  with  him  fell  "again  to 
the  earth,  for  great  was  their  as- 
tonishment; for  with  their  own 
eyes  they  had  ^beheld  an  angel  of 
the  Lord;  and  his  voice  was  as 
thunder,  which  "shook  the  earth; 
and  they  knew  that  there  was 
nothing  save  the  power  of  God 
that  could  shake  the  earth  and 
cause  it  to  tremble  as  though  it 
would  part  asunder. 
19.  And  now  the  astonishment 
of  Alma  was  so  great  that  he  be- 
came ""dumb,  that  he  could  not 
open  his  mouth;  yea,  and  he  be- 
came weak,  even  that  he  could 
not  move  his  hands;  therefore  he 
was  taken  by  those  that  were  with 
him,  and  carried  helpless,  even 
until  he  was  laid  before  his  father. 
20.  And  they  rehearsed  unto 
his  father  all  that  had  happened 
unto  them;  and  his  father  re- 
joiced, for  he  knew  that  it  was 
the  power  of  God. 
21.  And  he  caused  that  a  mul- 
titude should  be  gathered  to- 
gether that  they  might  witness 
what  the  Lord  had  done  for  his 
son,  and  also  for  those  that  were 
with  him. 
22.  And  he  caused  that  the 
'priests  should  assemble  them- 
selves together;  and  they  began 
to  'fast,  and  to  pray  to  the  Lord 
their  God  that  he  would  "open  the 
mouth  of  Alma,  that  he  might 
speak,  and  also  that  his  'limbs 
might  receive  their  strength — 
that  the  eyes  of  the  people  might 
be  opened  to  see  and  know  of  the 
goodness  and  glory  of  God. 
23.  And  It  came  to  pass  after 
they  had  "fasted  and  prayed  for 
the  space  of  two  days  and  two 
nights,  the  limbs  of  Alma  re- 
ceived their  strength,  and  he 
stood  up  and  began  to  speak  unto 
them,  bidding  them  to  be  of  good 
comfort: 
24.  For,  said  he,  I  have  re- 
pented of  my  sins,  and  have  been 
redeemed  of  the  Lord;  behold  I 
am  'born  of  the  Spirit. 
25.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  me: 
Mai^el  not  that  all  mankind,  yea, 
men  and  women,  all  nations,  kin- 
dreds, tongues  and  people,  must 
be  "born  again;  yea,  born  of  God, 
changed  from  their  carnal  and 
fallen  state,  to  a  state  of  right- 
eousness, being  redeemed  of  God, 
becoming  his  sons  and  daughters; 
26.  And  thus  they  become  new 
creatures;  and  unless  they  do  this, 
they  can  in  nowise  Inherit  the 
kingdom  of  God. 
27.  I  say  unto  you,  unless  this 
be  the  case,  they  must  be  cast  off; 
and  this  I  know,  because  I  was 
like  to  be  cast  off. 
28.  Nevertheless,  after  wan- 
dering through  much  tribulation, 
repenting  nigh  unto  death,  the 
Lord  in  mercy  hath  seen  fit  to 
snatch  me  out  of  an  'everlasting 
burning,  and  I  am  born  of  God. 
29.  My  soul  hath  been  re- 
deemed from  the  gall  of  bitter- 
ness and  bonds  of  iniquity.  I 
was  In  the  darkest  abyss;  but  now 
I  behold  the  marvelous  light  of 
God.  My  soul  was  racked  with 
^'eternal  torment;  but  I  am 
snatched,  and  my  soul  Is  pained 
no  more. 
30.  I  rejected  my  Redeemer, 
and  denied  that  which  had  been 
spoken  of  by  our  fathers;  but  now 
that  they  may  foresee  that  he  will 
come,  and  that  he  remembereth 
0,  Ter.  12.  p,  see  a.  q,  turn  h.  r,  vor.  22.  «,  nee  o,  Mos.  6.  t,  ver.  28.  Al.  S:46. 
e:6.  8:20.  10:7.  17:8,0.  28:0.  80:2.  Ho.  3:80.  8  Ne.  18 :10— 18.  27:1.  4  Ne. 
13.  Moro.  0:0.  «.  Ten.  19,  28.  v,  ren.  10,  28.  w,  ver.  22.  See  t.  a,  lee  c. 
Mo*.  6.    y.  Me  e,  lloa.  6.    «,  tee  k,  1  No.  16.     2a,  eee  m,  Juc.  0. 
I'ROBABLT    BrrWEIN    B.    O.    100   AND  02. 
MOSIAH,   28. 
189 
every  creature  of  his  creating,  he 
will  make  himself  manifest  unto 
all. 
31.  Yea,  ^"every  knee  shall  bow, 
and  every  tongue  confess  before 
him.  Yea,  even  at  the  last  day, 
when  all  men  shall  stand  to  be 
judged  of  him,  then  shall  they 
confess  that  he  is  God;  then  shall 
they  confess,  who  live  without 
God  in  the  world,  that  the  judg- 
ment of  an  ^""everlasting  punish- 
ment is  just  upon  them;  and  they 
shall  quake,  and  tremble,  and 
shrink  beneath  the  ^''glance  of  his 
all-searching  eye. 
32.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  began  from  this  time 
forward  to  teach  the  people,  and 
those  who  were  with  Alma  at  the 
time  the  angel  appeared  unto 
them,  traveling  round  about 
through  all  the  land,  publishing 
to  all  the  people  the  things  which 
they  had  heard  and  seen,  and 
preaching  the  word  of  God  in 
much  tribulation,  being  greatly 
persecuted  by  those  who  were  un- 
believers, being  smitten  by  many 
of  them. 
33.  But  notwithstanding  all 
this,  they  did  impart  much  con- 
solation to  the  church,  confirming 
their  faith,  and  exhorting  them 
with  long-suffering  and  much 
travail  to  keep  the  command- 
ments of  God. 
34.  And  ^'four  of  them  were 
the  sons  of  Mosiah;  and  their 
names  were  Ammon,  and  Aaron, 
and  Omner,  and  Himni;  these 
were  the  names  of  the  sons  of 
Mosiah. 
35.  And  they  traveled  through- 
out all  the  ='land  of  Zarahemla, 
and  among  all  the  people  who 
were  under  the  reign  of  king 
Mosiah,  zealously  striving  to  re- 
pair all  the  Injuries  which  they 
had  done  to  the  church,  confess- 
ing all  their  sins,  and  publishing 
all  the  "'things  which  they  had 
seen,  and  explaining  the  proph- 
ecies and  the  scriptures  to  all  who 
desired  to  hear  them. 
36.  And  thus  they  were  instru- 
ments in  the  hands  of  God  in 
bringing  many  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  truth,  yea,  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  their  Redeemer. 
37.  And  how  blessed  are  they! 
For  they  did  "*publish  peace;  they 
did  publish  good  tidings  of  good; 
and  they  did  declare  unto  the  peo- 
ple that  the  Lord  reigneth. 
CHAPTER   28. 
Mosiah  permita  his  sons  to  preach 
to  the  Lamanites — The  twenty-four 
plates  translated — Alma,  the  younger, 
made  the  custodian  of  the  records. 
1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
after  the  "sons  of  Mosiah  had  done 
all  these  things,  *they  took  a 
small  number  with  them  and  re- 
turned to  their  father,  the  king, 
and  desired  of  him  that  he  would 
grant  unto  them  that  they  might, 
with  these  whom  they  had  se- 
lected, go  up  to  the  "land  of  Nephi 
that  they  might  preach  the  things 
which  they  had  heard,  and  that 
they  might  impart  the  word  of 
God  to  their  brethren,  the  La- 
manites— 
2.  That  perhaps  they  might 
bring  them  to  the  knowledge  of 
the  Lord  their  God,  and  convince 
them  of  the  iniquity  of  their  fa- 
thers; and  that  perhaps  they 
might  cure  them  of  their  "hatred 
towards  the  Nephites,  that  they 
might  also  be  brought  to  rejoice 
in  the  Lord  their  God,  that  they 
might  become  friendly  to  one  an- 
other, and  that  there  should  be 
26,  Mos.  lfi:l,  2.     D.  &  C.  88:104.     2r,  see  m,  Jnc.  6.     2d,  see  c,  Jac.  2.     2e,  ver. 
10.     2/,  Om.  13.     2g,  vers.  10—17.     2ft,  Mos.  15  :14— 17.  Chap.  28  :    a,  Mos.  27  :34, 
b,  see  b,  2  Ne.  5.     c,  see  n,  Jac.  7.  *  About  B.  C.  92. 
190 
MOSIAH,   28. 
no  more  contentions  In  all  the 
land  which  the  Lord  their  God 
had  given  them. 
3.  Now  they  were  desirous  that 
salvation  should  be  declared  to 
every  creature,  for  they  could 
not  bear  that  any  human  soul 
should  perish;  yea,  even  the  very 
thoughts  that  any  soul  should  en- 
dure ""endless  torment  did  cause 
them  to  quake  and  tremble. 
4.  And  thus  did  the  Spirit  of 
the  Lord  work  upon  them,  for 
they  were  the  'very  vilest  of  sin- 
ners. And  the  Lord  saw  fit  in  his 
infinite  mercy  to  spare  them; 
nevertheless  they  suffered  much 
anguish  of  soul  because  of  their 
Iniquities,  suffering  much  and 
fearing  that  they  should  be  cast 
off  forever. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  plead  with  their  father 
many  days  that  they  might  go  up 
to  the  'land  of  Nephi. 
6.  And  king  Mosiah  went  and 
Inquired  of  the  Lord  if  he  should 
let  his  sons  go  up  among  the  La- 
manites  to  preach  the  word. 
7.  And  the  Lord  said  unto 
Mosiah :  Let  them  go  up,  for  many 
shall  believe  on  their  words,  and 
they  shall  have  eternal  life;  and 
I  will  "deliver  thy  sons  out  of  the 
hands  of  the  Lamanites. 
8.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  granted  that  they  might 
go  and  do  according  to  their  re- 
quest. 
9.  And  they  took  their  journey 
into  the  wilderness  to  go  up  to 
preach  the  word  among  the  La- 
manites; and  I  shall  give  an  "ac- 
count of  their  proceedings  here- 
after, 
10.  Now  king  Mosiah  had  no 
one  to  confer  the  kingdom  upon, 
for  there  was  not  any  of  his  sons 
who  would  accept  of  the  king- 
dom. 
11.  Therefore  he  took  the  rec- 
ords which  were  engraven  on 
the  plates  of  'brass,  and  also 
the  'plates  of  Nephi,  and  all  the 
things  which  he  had  kept  and 
preserved  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God,  after  having 
translated  and  caused  to  be  writ- 
ten the  records  which  were  on  the 
''■plates  of  gold  whi^h  had  been 
found  by  the  people  of  Limhi, 
which  were  delivered  to  him  by 
the  hand  of  Limhi; 
12.  And  this  he  did  because  of 
the  great  anxiety  of  his  people; 
for  they  were  desirous  beyond 
measure  to  know  concerning  those 
people  'who  had  been  destroyed. 
13.  And  now  he  translated  them 
by  the  means  of  those  "two  stones 
which  wei-e  fastened  into  the  two 
rims  of  a  bow. 
14.  Now  these  things  were  pre- 
pared from  the  beginning,  and 
were  handed  down  from  genera- 
tion to  generation,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  interpreting  languages; 
15.  And  they  have  been  kept 
and  preserved  by  the  hand  of  the 
Lord,  that  he  should  discover  to 
every  creature  who  should  pos- 
sess the  land  the  Iniquities  and 
abominations  of  his  people; 
16.  And  whosoever  has  these 
things  is  called  "seer,  after  the 
manner  of  old  times. 
17.  Now  after  Mosiah  had  fin- 
ished translating  these  records, 
behold,  it  gave  an  account  of  the 
people  "who  were  destroyed,  from 
the  time  that  they  were  destroyed 
back  to  the  building  of  the  ''great 
tower,  at  the  time  the  Lord  con- 
founded the  language  of  the  peo- 
ple and  they  were  scattered 
abroad  upon  the  "face  of  all  the 
tf,  nee  m.  Jac.  6.  c,  Mo:  27:H— 11.  /,  Bce  b,  2  Nc.  &.  g,  Al.  17:85.  1U:22.  23. 
k.  Al.  cbapg.  17—28.  i,  K*  a,  \  Ne.  8.  jf,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  k,  itvc  k,  Mon.  8.  I,  see  i, 
Moa.  8.  m,  •««  n,  Moa.  8.  n,  Mod.  8:13 — 18.  o,  nee  /,  Moh.  8.  p,  Tower  of  Balit>l, 
Otn.  20—22.     Btb.  1:1—6.     q,  Etb.   1:33.  Adout  li.  0.  02. 
MOSIAH,   29. 
191 
earth,  yea,  and  even  from  that 
time  back  until  the  '^creation  of 
Adam. 
18.  Now  this  account  did  cause 
the  people  of  Mosiah  to  mourn 
exceedingly,  yea,  they  were  filled 
with  sorrow;  nevertheless  it  gave 
them  much  knowledge,  in  the 
which  they  did  rejoice. 
19.  And  this  account  shall  be 
•written  hereafter;  for  behold,  it 
is  expedient  that  all  people  should 
know  the  things  which  are  writ- 
ten in  this  account. 
20.  And  now,  as  I  said  unto 
you,  that  after  king  Mosiah  had 
done  these  things,  he  took  the 
'plates  of  brass,  and  all  the  things 
which  he  had  kept,  and  conferred 
them  upon  Alma,  who  was  the 
son  of  Alma;  yea,  "all  the  rec- 
ords, and  also  the  "interpreters, 
and  conferred  them  upon  him,  and 
commanded  him  that  he  should 
keep  and  preserve  them,  and  also 
keep  a  record  of  the  people,  hand- 
ing them  down  from  one  genera- 
tion to  another,  even  as  they  had 
been  handed  down  from  the  time 
that  Lehi  left  Jerusalem. 
CHAPTER   29. 
King  Mosiah  discourses  upon  king- 
craft —  Recommends  representative 
form  of  government — Judges  elected — 
Death  of  Alma,  the  elder — Mosiah's 
death  ends  the  reign  of  the  Nephite 
kings. 
1.  Now  when  Mosiah  had  done 
this  he  sent  out  throughout  all 
the  land,  among  all  the  people, 
desiring  to  know  their  will  con- 
cerning who  should  be  their  king. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
voice  of  the  people  came,  saying: 
We  are  desirous  that  Aaron  thy 
son  should  be  our  king  and  our 
ruler. 
3.  Now  Aaron  had  gone  up  to 
the  "land  of  Nephi,  therefore  the 
king  could  not  confer  the  king- 
dom upon  him;  neither  would 
Aaron  take  upon  him  the  king- 
dom; neither  were  any  of  the 
"■sons  of  Mosiah  willing  to  take 
upon  them  the  kingdom. 
4.  Therefore  king  Mosiah  sent 
again  among  the  people;  yea, 
even  a  written  word  sent  he 
among  the  people.  And  these 
were  the  words  that  were  written, 
saying: 
5.  Behold,  O  ye  my  people,  or 
my  brethren,  for  I  esteem  you  as 
such,  I  desire  that  ye  should  con- 
sider the  cause  which  ye  are 
called  to  consider — for  ye  are  de- 
sirous to  have  a  king. 
6.  Now  I  declare  unto  you  that 
he  to  whom  the  kingdom  doth 
■"rightly  belong  has  declined,  and 
will  not  take  upon  him  the  king- 
dom. 
7.  And  now  if  there  should  be 
another  appointed  in  his  stead, 
behold  I  fear  there  would  rise 
contentions  among  you.  And  who 
knoweth  but  what  my  son,  to 
whom  the  kingdom  ''doth  belong, 
should  turn  to  be  angry  and  draw 
away  a  part  of  this  people  after 
him,  which  would  cause  wars  and 
contentions  among  you,  which 
would  be  the  cause  of  shedding 
much  blood  and  perverting  the 
way  of  the  Lord,  yea,  and  destroy 
the  souls  of  many  people. 
8.  Now  I  say  unto  you  let  us 
be  wise  and  consider  these  things, 
for  we  have  no  right  to  destroy 
my  son,  neither  should  we  have 
any  right  to  destroy  another  if  he 
should  be  appointed  In  his  stead. 
9.  And  if  my  son  should  turn 
again  to  his  pride  and  vain  things 
he  would  recall  the  things  which 
he  had  said,  and  claim  his  right 
r,  see  m,  Mos.  2.     «,   Boob  of  Etbor.     t,  see  a,  1  Ne.  3.     u,  ver.  11.     See  also  k, 
I,  m,  and  n,   Mos.   8.     v,   see   n,  Mos.   8.  Chap.   20 :    o,  see  b,  2  Ne.   6.     b,  Mos. 
27 :34.     c,  vers.  2,  3,  7,  9.     d,  vers.  2,  3,  6,  9.  About  B.  C.  92, 
192 
MOSIAH,   29. 
to  the  kingdom,  which  would 
cause  him  and  also  this  people  to 
commit  much  sin. 
10.  And  now  let  us  be  wise  and 
look  forward  to  these  things,  and 
do  that  which  will  make  for  the 
peace  of  this  people. 
11.  Therefore  I  will  be  your 
king  the  remainder  of  my  days; 
nevertheless,  let  'us  appoint 
judges,  to  judge  this  people  ac- 
cording to  our  law;  and  we  will 
newly  arrange  the  affairs  of  this 
people,  for  we  will  appoint  wise 
men  to  be  judges,  that  will  judge 
this  people  according  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God. 
12.  Now  it  is  better  that  a  man 
should  be  judged  of  God  than  of 
man,  for  the  judgments  of  God 
are  always  just,  but  the  judg- 
ments of  man  are  not  always  just, 
13.  Therefore,  if  it  were  pos- 
sible that  you  could  have  just  men 
to  be  your  kings,  who  would  es- 
tablish the  laws  of  God,  and  judge 
this  people  according  to  his  com- 
mandments, yea,  if  ye  could  have 
men  for  your  kings  who  would  do 
even  as  my  father  'Benjamin  did 
for  this  people — I  say  unto  you,  if 
this  could  always  be  the  case  then 
It  would  be  expedient  that  ye 
should  always  have  kings  to  rule 
over  you. 
14.  And  even  I  myself  have  la- 
bored with  all  the  power  and 
faculties  which  I  have  possessed, 
to  teach  you  the  commandments 
of  God,  and  to  establish  peace 
throughout  the  land,  that  there 
should  be  no  wars  nor  conten- 
tions, no  stealing,  nor  plundering, 
nor  murdering,  nor  any  manner 
of  iniquity; 
15.  And  whosoever  has  com- 
mitted Iniquity,  him  have  I  pun- 
ished according  to  the  law  which 
has  been  given  to  us  by  our  fa- 
thers. 
16.  Now  I  say  unto  you,  that 
because  all  men  are  not  just  it  is 
not  expedient  that  ye  should  have 
a  king  or  kings  to  rule  over  you. 
17.  For  behold,  how  much  in- 
iquity doth  one  wicked  king  cause 
to  be  committed,  yea,  and  what 
great  destruction! 
18.  Yea,  remember  "king  Noah, 
his  wickedness  and  his  abomina- 
tions, and  also  the  wickedness 
and  abominations  of  his  people. 
Behold  what  great  destruction  did 
come  upon  them;  and  also  be- 
cause of  their  iniquities  they  were 
brought  *into  bondage. 
19.  And  were  it  not  for  the 
interposition  of  their  all-wise 
Creator,  and  this  because  of  their 
sincere  repentance,  they  must  un- 
avoidably remain  in  bondage  until 
now. 
20.  But  behold,  he  did  deliver 
them  because  Hhey  did  humble 
themselves  before  him;  and  be- 
cause they  cried  mightily  unto 
him  he  did  deliver  them  out  of 
bondage;  and  thus  doth  the  Lord 
work  with  his  power  in  all  cases 
among  the  children  of  men,  ex- 
tending the  arm  of  mercy  to- 
wards them  that  put  their  trust 
in  him. 
21.  And  behold,  now  I  say  unto 
you,  ye  cannot  dethrone  an  In- 
iquitous king  save  it  be  through 
much  contention,  and  the  shed- 
ding of  much  blood. 
22.  For  behold,  he  has  his 
friends  in  Iniquity,  and  he  keep- 
eth  his  guards  about  him;  and  he 
teareth  up  the  laws  of  those  who 
have  reigned  in  righteousness  be- 
fore him;  and  he  trampleth  under 
e,  rem.  2B— 27.  34.  88.  80.  41.  Al.  2:3—7.  4:in,  17.  60:39.  He.  1:3—6.  13. 
2:2.  8:87.  6:1.  2.  4.  0:16.  10,  80.  7:4.  8:27.  28.  Cbap.  0,  8  Ne.  1:1.  8:1. 
fl:10.  21 — 30.  7:1 — 8,  /,  Om.  23—26.  W.  of  Morm.  8.  10 — 18.  Mob.  chapB.  1 — 6. 
9,  Mo*.  11:1— IS.     12:17—10.     17:1—20.    k.  Mob.  12:2— 8.    i.Moi.  21:14.    22:6—14. 
Aboct  B.  0.  02 
MOSIAH.   29. 
193 
his   feet  the  commandments   of 
God; 
23.  And  he  enacteth  laws,  and 
sendeth  them  forth  among  his 
people,  yea,  laws  after  the  man- 
ner of  his  own  wickedness;  and 
whosoever  doth  not  obey  his  laws 
he  causeth  to  be  destroyed;  and 
whosoever  doth  rebel  against  him 
he  will  send  his  armies  against 
them  to  war,  and  if  he  can  he 
will  destroy  them;  and  thus  an 
unrighteous  king  doth  pervert  the 
ways  of  all  righteousness. 
24.  And  now  behold  I  say  unto 
you,  it  Is  not  expedient  that  such 
abominations  should  come  upon 
you. 
25.  Therefore,  choose  you  by 
the  ^voice  of  this  people,  judges, 
that  ye  may  be  judged  according 
to  the  laws  which  have  been  given 
you  by  our  fathers,  which  are  cor- 
rect, and  which  were  given  them 
by  the  hand  of  the  Lord. 
26.  Now  it  is  not  common  that 
the  voice  of  the  people  deslreth 
anything  contrary  to  that  which 
is  right;  but  it  is  common  for  the 
lesser  part  of  the  people  to  desire 
that  which  is  not  right;  therefore 
this  shall  ye  observe  and  make  it 
your  law — to  do  your  business  by 
the  voice  of  the  people. 
27.  And  if  the  time  comes  that 
the  voice  of  the  people  doth 
'choose  iniquity,  then  Is  the  time 
that  the  judgments  of  God  will 
come  upon  you;  yea,  then  Is  the 
time  he  will  visit  you  with  great 
destruction  even  as  he  has  hither- 
to visited  this  land. 
28.  And  now  If  ye  have  judges, 
and  they  do  not  judge  you  accord- 
ing to  the  law  which  has  been 
given,  ye  can  cause  that  they  may 
be  judged  of  a  higher  judge. 
29.  If  your  higher  judges  do 
not  judge  righteous  judgments, 
ye  shall  cause  that  a  small  num- 
ber of  your  lower  judges  should 
be  gathered  together,  and  they 
shall  judge  your  higher  judges, 
according  to  the  'voice  of  the  peo- 
ple. 
30.  And  I  command  you  to  do 
these  things  In  the  fear  of  the 
Lord;  and  I  command  you  to  do 
these  things,  and  that  ye  have  no 
king;  that  if  these  people  com- 
mit sins  and  iniquities  they  shall 
be  answered  upon  their  own 
heads. 
31.  For  behold  I  say  unto  you, 
the  sins  of  many  people  have  been 
caused  by  the  Iniquities  of  their 
kings;  therefore  their  Iniquities 
are  answered  upon  the  heads  of 
their  kings. 
32.  And  now  I  desire  that  this 
inequality  should  be  no  more  in 
this  land,  especially  among  this 
my  people;  but  I  desire  that  this 
land  be  a  "land  of  liberty,  and 
every  man  may  enjoy  his  rights 
and  privileges  alike,  so  long  as 
the  Lord  sees  fit  that  we  may  live 
and  Inherit  the  land,  yea,  even  as 
long  as  any  of  our  posterity  re- 
mains upon  the  face  of  the  land. 
33.  And  many  more  things  did 
king  Mosiah  write  unto  them,  un- 
folding unto  them  all  the  trials 
and  troubles  of  a  righteous  king, 
yea,  all  the  travails  of  soul  for 
their  people,  and  also  all  the 
murmurings  of  the  people  to  their 
king;  and  he  explained  It  all  unto 
them. 
34.  And  he  told  them  that 
these  things  ought  not  to  be;  but 
that  the  burden  should  come  upon 
"all  the  people,  that  every  man 
might  bear  his  part. 
35.  And  he  also  unfolded  unto 
them  all  the  disadvantages  they 
labored  under,  by  having  an  un- 
righteous king  to  rule  over  them; 
/,  see  e.    fc,  Al.  2  :3— 7.    10:19.    He.  6 :2. 
46:10—28.  34—36.     n,  see  e. 
6 :38 — 40. 
I,  see  e.    m,  2  Ne.  1 :7.     Al. 
About  B.  C.  92. 
194 
MOSIAH,   29. 
36.  Yea,  all  his  Iniquities  and 
abominations,  and  all  the  wars, 
and  contentions,  and  bloodshed, 
and  the  stealing,  and  the  plunder- 
ing, and  the  committing  of  whore- 
doms, and  all  manner  of  iniquities 
which  cannot  be  enumerated — 
telling  them  that  these  things 
ought  not  to  be,  that  they  were 
expressly  repugnant  to  the  com- 
mandments of  God. 
37.  And  now  it  came  to  pass, 
after  king  Mosiah  had  sent  these 
things  forth  among  the  people 
they  were  convinced  of  the  truth 
of  his  words. 
38.  Therefore  they  relinquished 
their  desires  for  a  king,  and  be- 
came exceedingly  anxious  that 
every  man  should  have  an  "equal 
chance  throughout  all  the  land; 
yea,  and  every  man  expressed  a 
willingness  to  answer  for  his  own 
Bins. 
39.  Therefore,  it  came  to  pass 
that  they  assembled  themselves 
together  in  bodies  throughout  the 
land,  to  cast  in  their  voices  con- 
cerning who  should  be  their 
judges,  to  judge  them  according 
to  the  law  which  had  been  given 
them ;  and  they  were  exceedingly 
rejoiced  because  of  the  ^liberty 
which  had  been  granted  unto 
them. 
40.  And  they  did  wax  strong 
in  love  towards  Mosiah;  yea,  they 
did  esteem  him  more  than  any 
other  man;  for  they  did  not  look 
upon  him  as  a  tyrant  who  was 
seeking  for  gain,  yea,  for  that 
lucre  which  doth  corrupt  the 
Boul;  for  he  had  not  exacted 
riches  of  them,  neither  had  he  de- 
lighted In  the  shedding  of  blood; 
but  he  had  established  peace  In 
the  land,  and  he  had  granted  unto 
his  people  that  they  should  be  de- 
livered from  all  manner  of  bon- 
dage; therefore  they  did  esteem 
him,  yea,  exceedingly,  beyond 
measure. 
41.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  did  "appoint  judges  to  rule 
over  them,  or  to  judge  them  ac- 
cording to  the  law;  and  this  they 
did  throughout  all  the  land. 
42.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  was  appointed  to  be  the 
first  chief  judge,  he  being  also  the 
"^high  priest,  his  father  having 
conferred  the  office  upon  him,  and 
having  given  him  the  charge  con- 
cerning all  the  affairs  of  the 
church. 
43.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  Alma  did  walk  in  the  ways 
of  the  Lord,  and  he  did  keep  his 
commandments,  and  he  did  judge 
righteous  judgments;  and  there 
was  continual  peace  through  the 
land. 
44.  And  thus  *commenced  the 
•reign  of  the  judges  throughout 
all  the  'land  of  Zarahemla,  among 
all  the  people  who  were  called  the 
Nephites;  and  Alma  was  the  first 
and  chief  judge. 
45.  And  now  it  came  to  pass 
that  his  father  died,  being  eighty 
and  two  years  old,  having  lived  to 
fulfil  the  commandments  of  God. 
46.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Mosiah  died  also,  in  the  thirty 
and  third  year  of  his  reign,  being 
"sixty  and  three  years  old;  mak- 
ing In  the  whole,  five  hundred  and 
nine  years  from  the  time  Lehi  left 
Jerusalem. 
47.  And  thus  ended  the  "reign 
of  the  kings  over  the  people  of 
Nephi;  and  thus  ""ended  the  days 
of  Alma,  who  was  the  founder  of 
their  church. 
0,  ■«•  «.     p.  Me  m.     q,  K9  e.     r,  tee  g,  Moh.  20.     «,  boo  e,     t,  Om.  13.     u.  Mob. 
8:4.     V,  Ten.  41,  42.     w,  Ter.  45.  *  B.  0.  91. 
THE  BOOK  OF  ALMA 
THE  SON  OF  ALMA 
The  account  of  Alma,  who  was  the  son  of  Alma  the  first,  and  Chief 
Judge  over  the  people  of  Nephi,  and  also  the  High  Priest  over  the  Church. 
An  account  of  the  reign  of  the  Judges,  and  the  wars  and  contentions  among 
the  people.  And  also  an  account  of  a  war  between  the  Nephites  and  the 
Lamanites,  according  to  the  record  of  Alma,  the  first  ayid  chief  Judge, 
CHAPTER   1. 
Nehor,  an  enemy  of  the  church, 
slays  Gideon,  and  is  brought  to  judg- 
ment and  executed — Priestcraft  and 
persecution — Improved  conditions — 
Priests  and  people  equal. 
1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that  in 
the  first  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi, 
from  this  time  forward,  king 
Mosiah  having  "gone  the  way  of 
all  the  earth,  having  warred  a 
good  warfare,  walking  uprightly 
before  God,  leaving  none  to  reign 
in  his  stead;  nevertheless  he  had 
established  laws,  and  they  were 
acknowledged  by  the  people; 
therefore  they  were  obliged  to 
'abide  bj'  the  laws  which  he  had 
made. 
2.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  in 
the  first  year  of  the  reign  of  Alma 
in  the  judgment-seat,  there  was  a 
'man  brought  before  him  to  be 
judged,  a  man  who  was  large,  and 
was  noted  for  his  much  strength. 
3.  And  he  had  gone  about 
among  the  people,  preaching  to 
them  that  which  he  termed  to  be 
the  word  of  God,  bearing  down 
against  the  church;  declaring 
unto  the  people  that  every  priest 
and  teacher  ought  to  become  pop- 
ular; and  they  ought  ''not  to  labor 
with  their  hands,  but  that  they 
ought  to  be  supported  by  the  peo- 
ple. 
4.  And  he  also  testified  unto  the 
people  that  'all  mankind  should 
be  saved  at  the  last  day,  and  that 
they  need  not  fear  nor  tremble, 
but  that  they  might  lift  up  their 
heads  and  rejoice;  for  the  Lord 
had  created  all  men,  and  had  also 
redeemed  all  men;  and,  in  the 
end,  all  men  should  have  eternal 
life. 
5.  And  It  came  to  pass  that  he 
did  teach  these  things  so  much 
that  many  did  believe  on  his 
words,  even  so  many  that  they 
began  to  support  him  and  give 
him  money. 
6.  And  he  began  to  be  lifted  up 
in  the  pride  of  his  heart,  and  to 
wear  very  costly  apparel,  yea,  and 
even  began  to  establish  a  church 
after  the  manner  of  his  preach- 
ing. 
7.  And  it  came  to  pass  as  he 
was  going,  to  preach  to  those  who 
believed  on  his  word,  he  met  a 
man  who  belonged  to  the  church 
of  God,  yea,  even  one  of  their 
teachers;  and  he  began  to  con- 
tend with  him  sharply,  that  he 
might  lead  away  the  people  of  the 
church;  but  the  man  withstood 
him,  admonishing  him  with  the 
words  of  God. 
8.  Now  the  name  of  the  man 
was  Gideon;  and  it  was  he  who 
was  an  instrument  in  the  hands 
of  God  'in  delivering  the  people 
of  Limhi  out  of  bondage. 
9.  Now,  because  Gideon  with- 
a,  Mos.  20  :4C.     6,  vers.  14,  IS.     c.  ver.  15. 
16:15.     21:0.     /,  Mob.  22  :3— 16. 
195 
d,  Mos.  18:24,  26.     27:3—5.     e.  AJ. 
About  B.  O.  81. 
196 
ALMA,   1. 
stood  him  with  the  words  of  God 
he  was  wroth  with  Gideon,  and 
drew  his  sword  and  began  to 
smite  him.  Now  Gideon  being 
striclcen  with  many  years,  there- 
fore he  was  not  able  to  withstand 
his  blows,  therefore  he  was  slain 
by  the  sword. 
10.  And  the  man  who  slew  him 
was  taken  by  the  people  of  the 
church,  and  was  brought  before 
Alma,  to  be  judged  according  to 
the  crimes  which  he  had  com- 
mitted. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
stood  before  Alma  and  pleaded 
for  himself  with  much  boldness. 
12.  But  Alma  said  unto  him: 
Behold,  this  is  the  first  time  that 
priestcraft  has  been  introduced 
among  this  people.  And  behold, 
thou  art  not  only  guilty  of  priest- 
craft, but  hast  endeavored  to  en- 
force it  by  the  sword;  and  were 
priestcraft  to  be  enforced  among 
this  people  it  would  prove  their 
entire  destruction. 
13.  And  thou  hast  shed  the 
blood  of  a  "righteous  man,  yea,  a 
man  who  has  done  much  good 
among  this  people;  and  were  we 
to  spare  thee  his  blood  would 
come  upon  us  for  vengeance. 
14.  Therefore  thou  art  *con- 
demned  to  die,  according  to  the 
law  which  has  been  given  us  by 
Mosiah,  our  last  king;  and  it  has 
been  acknowledged  by  this  peo- 
ple; therefore  this  people  must 
abide  by  the  law, 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
they  took  him;  and  his  name  was 
*Nehor;  and  they  carried  him 
upon  the  top  of  the  hill  Manti, 
and  there  he  was  caused,  orrather 
did  acknowledge,  between  the 
heavens  and  the  earth,  that  what 
he  had  taught  to  the  people  was 
contrary  to  the  word  of  God ;  and 
there  he  suffered  an  ignominious 
death. 
16.  Nevertheless,  this  did  not 
put  an  end  to  the  spreading  of 
^priestcraft  through  the  land;  for 
there  were  many  who  loved  the 
vain  thin*gs  of  the  world,  and  they 
went  forth  preaching  false  doc- 
trines; and  this  they  did  for  the 
*sake  of  riches  and  honor. 
17.  Nevertheless,  they  durst 
not  lie,  if  it  were  known,  for  fear 
of  the  law,  for  liars  were  pun- 
ished; therefore  they  pretended 
to  preach  according  to  their  be- 
lief; and  now  the  law  could  have 
no  power  on  any  man  for  'his 
belief. 
18.  And  they  "durst  not  steal, 
for  fear  of  the  law,  for  such  were 
punished;  neither  durst  they  rob, 
nor  murder,  for  he  that  murdered 
was  punished  unto  death. 
19.  But  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  did  not  belong  to  the 
church  of  God  began  to  persecute 
those  that  did  belong  to  the 
church  of  God,  and  had  taken 
upon  them  the  "name  of  Christ. 
20.  Yea,  they  did  persecute 
them,  and  afflict  them  with  all 
manner  of  words,  and  this  be- 
cause of  their  humility;  because 
they  were  not  proud  in  their  own 
eyes,  and  because  they  did  impart 
the  word  of  God,  one  with  an- 
other, without  money  and  without 
price.    • 
21.  Now  there  was  a  strict  law 
among  the  people  of  the  church, 
that  there  should  not  any  man, 
belonging  to  the  church,  arise  and 
"persecute  those  that  did  not  be- 
long to  the  church,  and  that  there 
should  be  no  persecution  among 
themselves. 
22.  Nevertheless,    there    were 
g,  ver.  0.     »,  yer*.  1.  18.     i,  Al.  2:1.  20.     10:11.     24:28—30.     j.  vera.  6.  0,  12. 
*.  Teri.  6,   6.     I.  Al.  80:7 — 12.     m,  Al.  80:10.     »,   sew  e,   Mos.   6.      o,  vers.   22 — 20. 
About  B.  O.  91. 
ALMA,   1. 
197 
many  among  them  who  began  to 
be  proud,  and  began  to  contend 
warmly  with  their  adversaries, 
even  unto  blows;  yea,  they  would 
•"smite  one  another  with  their 
fists. 
23.  Now  this  was  in  the  ♦sec- 
ond year  of  the  reign  of  Alma, 
and  it  was  a  cause  of  much  afflic- 
tion to  the  church;  yea,  it  was 
the  cause  of  much  trial  with  the 
church, 
24.  For  the  hearts  of  many 
were  hardened,  and  their  names 
were  'blotted  out,  that  they  were 
remembered  no  more  among  the 
people  of  God.  And  also  many 
withdrew  themselves  from  among 
them. 
25.  Now  this  was  a  great  trial 
to  those  that  did  stand  fast  in  the 
faith;  nevertheless,  they  were 
steadfast  and  immovable  in  keep- 
ing the  commandments  of  God, 
and  they  bore  with  patience  the 
persecution  which  was  heaped 
upon  them. 
26.  And  when  the  'priests  left 
their  'labor  to  impart  the  word  of 
God  unto  the  people,  the  people 
also  left  their  labors  to  hear  the 
word  of  God.  And  when  the  priest 
had  imparted  unto  them  the  word 
of  God  they  all  returned  again 
diligently  unto  their  labors;  and 
the  priest,  not  esteeming  himself 
above  his  hearers,  for  the  preach- 
er was  no  better  than  the  hearer, 
neither  was  the  teacher  any  bet- 
ter than  the  learner;  and  thus 
they  were  all  equal,  and  they  did 
all  labor,  every  man  according  to 
his  strength. 
27.  And  they  did  impart  of 
their  substance,  every  man  *ac- 
cording  to  that  which  he  had,  to 
the  poor,  and  the  needy,  and  the 
sick,  and  the  afflicted;   and  they 
did  not  wear  costly  apparel,  yet 
they  were  neat  and  comely. 
28.  And  thus  they  did  establish 
the  affairs  of  the  church;  and 
thus  they  began  to  have  continual 
peace  again,  notwithstanding  all 
their  persecutions. 
29.  And  now,  because  of  the 
steadiness  of  the  church  they  be- 
gan to  be  exceeding  rich,  having 
abundance  of  all  things  whatso- 
ever they  stood  in  need — and 
abundance  of  flocks  and  herds, 
and  fatlings  of  every  kind,  and 
also  abundance  of  grain,  and  of 
gold,  and  of  silver,  and  of  pre- 
cious things,  and  abundance  of 
"silk  and  fine-twined  linen,  and 
all  manner  of  good  homely  cloth, 
30.  And  thus,  in  their  prosper- 
ous circumstances,  they  did  not 
send  away  "any  who  were  naked, 
or  that  were  hungry,  or  that  were 
athirst,  or  that  were  sick,  or  that 
had  not  been  nourished;  and  they 
did  not  set  their  hearts  upon 
riches;  therefore  they  were  lib- 
eral to  all,  both  old  and  young, 
both  bond  and  free,  both  male 
and  female,  whether  out  of  the 
church  or  in  the  church,  having 
no  respect  to  persons  as  to  those 
who  stood  in  need. 
31.  And  thus  they  did  prosper 
and  become  far  more  wealthy 
than  those  who  did  not  belong  to 
their  church, 
32.  For  those  who  did  not  be- 
long to  their  church  did  indulge 
themselves  in  sorceries,  and  in 
idolatry  or  idleness,  and  in  bab- 
blings, and  in  envyings  and  strife; 
wearing  costly  apparel;  being 
lifted  up  in  the  pride  of  their  own 
eyes;  lying,  thieving,  robbing, 
committing  whoredoms,  and  mur- 
dering, and  all  manner  of  wicked- 
ness; nevertheless,  the  "law  was 
p,  vers.  21,  23.  q,  Mos.  20:32,  3fi.  r,  see  c,  Mqs.  6.  8,  Mos.  18:24,  26.  27:4,  5. 
t,  see  j,  Jac.  2.  u,  Mos.  10:5.  Al.  4:0.  He.  6:13.  v,  see  j,  Jac.  2.  w,  vers.  14,  17, 
18,  33.     Mos.  29:15,  41.  *  About  B.  0.  90. 
m 
ALMA,   2. 
put  in  force  UDon  all  those  who 
did  transgress  it,  inasmuch  as  it 
was  possible. 
33.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  by 
thus  exercising  the  law  upon 
them,  every  man  suffering  ac- 
cording to  that  which  he  had 
done,  they  became  more  still,  and 
durst  not  commit  any  wickedness 
If  it  were  known;  therefore,  there 
was  much  peace  among  the  peo- 
ple of  Nephi  until  the  fifth  year  of 
the  reign  of  the  judges. 
CHAPTER  2. 
Amlici  seeks  to  become  king — Re- 
jected by  the  majority,  but  is  m,ade 
king — He  is  defeated  in  battle — He 
joins  the  Lamanites — Alma  slays  Am- 
lici and  routs  his  forces. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
commencement  of  the  *fifth  year 
of  their  reign  there  began  to  be 
a  contention  among  the  people; 
for  a  certain  man,  being  called 
Amlici,  he  being  a  very  cunning 
man,  yea,  a  wise  man  as  to  the 
wisdom  of  the  world,  he  being 
after  the  order  of  the  "man  that 
slew  *Gideon  by  the  sword,  who 
was  'executed  according  to  the 
law — 
2.  Now  this  Amlici  had,  by  his 
cunning,  drawn  away  much  peo- 
ple after  him;  even  so  much  that 
they  began  to  be  very  powerful; 
and  they  began  to  endeavor  to  es- 
tablish Amlici  to  be  a  king  over 
the  people. 
3.  Now  this  was  alarming  to 
the  people  of  the  church,  and  also 
to  all  those  who  had  not  been 
drawn  away  after  the  persuasions 
of  Amlici;  for  they  knew  that  ac- 
cording to  their  law  that  such 
things  must  be  established  by  the 
'voice  of  the  people. 
4.  Therefore,  If  It  were  possible 
that  Amlici  should  gain  the  voice 
of  the  people,  he,  being  a  wicked 
man,  would  deprive  them  of 
their  rights  and  privileges  of  the 
church;  for  it  was  his  intent  to 
destroy  the  church  of  God. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
people  assembled  themselves  to- 
gether throughout  all  the  Icind, 
every  man  according  to  his  mind, 
whether  it  were  for  or  against 
Amlici,  In  separate  bodies,  hav- 
ing much  dispute  and  wonderful 
contentions  one  with  another. 
6.  And  thus  they  did  assemble 
themselves  together  to  cast  in 
their  voices  concerning  the  mat- 
ter; and  they  were  laid  before  the 
judges. 
7.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
•voice  of  the  people  came  against 
Amlici,  that  he  was  not  made  king 
over  the  people. 
8.  Now  this  did  cause  much  Joy 
in  the  hearts  of  those  who  were 
against  him;  but  Amlici  did  stir 
up  those  who  were  in  his  favor  to 
anger  against  those  who  were  not 
in  his  favor. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  they 
gathered  themselves  together,  and 
did  consecrate  Amlici  to  be  their 
king. 
10.  Now  when  Amlici  was  made 
king  over  them  he  commanded 
them  that  they  should  take  up 
arms  against  their  brethren;  and 
this  he  did  that  he  might  subject 
them  to  him, 
11.  Now  the  people  of  Amlici 
were  distinguished  by  the  name 
of  Amlici,  being  called  Amlicltes; 
and  the  remainder  were  called 
Nephites,  or  the  people  of  God. 
12.  Therefore  the  people  of  the 
Nephites  were  aware  of  the  In- 
tent of  the  Amlicltes,  and  there- 
fore they  did  prepare  to  meet 
them;  yea,  they  did  'arm  them- 
a,  Al.  1  ;1S.  b.  Al.  1:8.  o,  Al.  1 :16.  d.  see  «.  Mos.  20.  e,  see  «,  Moi.  20:25—27. 
f.  2No.  r>:14.  Bnua  20.  Jar.  8.  Moi.  10:8.  Al.  8 :6.  43:18—20.  Uu.  1 :14.  8  Na. 
S  :20.    Morm.  0 :0.  *  B.  0.  87. 
ALMA,   2. 
ia9 
selves  with  swords,  and  with 
cimeters,  and  with  bows,  and 
with  arrows,  and  with  stones, 
and  with  slings,  and  with  all 
manner  of  weapons  of  war,  of 
every  kind. 
13.  And  thus  they  were  pre- 
pared to  meet  the  Amlicites  at 
the  time  of  their  coming.  And 
there  were  appointed  captains, 
and  higher  captains,  and  chief 
captains,  according  to  their  num- 
bers. 
14.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Amlici  did  arm  his  men  with  all 
manner  of  weapons  of  war  of 
every  kind;  and  he  also  appointed 
rulers  and  leaders  over  his  people, 
to  lead  them  to  war  against  their 
brethren. 
15.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Amlicites  came  upon  the  hill 
Amnihu,  which  was  east  of  the 
"river  Sidon,  which  ran  by  the 
*land  of  Zarahemla,  and  there 
they  began  to  make  war  with  the 
Nephites. 
16.  Now  Alma,  being  the  *chlef 
judge  and  the  governor  of  the 
people  of  Nephi,  therefore  he 
went  up  with  his  people,  yea, 
with  ■'his  captains,  and  chief  cap- 
tains, yea,  at  the  head  of  his 
armies,  against  the  Amlicites  to 
battle. 
17.  And  they  began  to  slay  the 
Amlicites  upon  the  *hill  east  of 
'Sidon.  And  the  Amlicites  did 
contend  with  the  Nephites  with 
great  strength,  insomuch  that 
many  of  the  Nephites  did  fall 
before  the  Amlicites. 
18.  Nevertheless  the  Lord  did 
strengthen  the  hand  of  the  Ne- 
phites, that  they  slew  the  Amli- 
cites with  great  slaughter,  that 
they  began  to  flee  before  them. 
19.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  Nephites  did  pursue  the  Am- 
licites all  that  day,  and  did  slay 
them  with  much  slaughter,  inso- 
much that  there  were  slain  of  the 
Amlicites  twelve  thousand  five 
hundred  thirty  and  two  souls; 
and  there  were  slain  of  the  Ne- 
phites six  thousand  five  hundred 
sixty  and  two  souls. 
20.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  Alma  could  pursue  the  Am- 
licites no  longer  he  caused  that 
his  people  should  pitch  their 
tents  in  the  ""valley  of  Gideon,  the 
valley  being  called  after  that 
Gideon  who  was  slain  by  the  hand 
of  "Nehor  with  the  sword;  and  in 
this  valley  the  Nephites  did  pitch 
their  tents  for  the  night. 
21.  And  Alma  sent  spies  to 
follow  the  remnant  of  the  Amli- 
cites, that  he  might  know  of  their 
plans  and  their  plots,  whereby  he 
might  guard  himself  against 
them,  that  he  might  preserve  his 
people  from  being  destroyed. 
22.  Now  those  whom  he  had 
sent  out  to  watch  the  camp  of  the 
Amlicites  were  called  Zeram,  and 
Amnor,  and  Manti,  and  Limher; 
these  were  they  who  went  out 
with  their  men  to  watch  the  camp 
of  the  Amlicites. 
23.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
on  the  morrow  they  returned  Into 
the  camp  of  the  Nephites  in  great 
haste,  being  greatly  astonished, 
and  struck  with  much  fear,  say- 
ing: 
24.  Behold,  we  followed  the 
camp  of  the  "Amlicites,  and  to 
our  great  astonishment,  in  the 
land  of  Minon,  above  the  "land  of 
Zarahemla,  in  the  course  of  the 
"land  of  Nephi,  we  saw  a  numer- 
ous host  of  the  Lamanites;   and 
ff,  vers.  17,  27.  34,  35.  A1.  3:3.  4:4.  6:7.  8:3.  16:6,  7.  22:27.  43:22,  27, 
82,  35,  39 — 41,  50 — 53.  44:22.  49:1C.  50:11.  60:25.  Morm.  1:10.  h.  Cm.  13. 
i,Mos.  29:42.  i,  vers.  13,  14.  fc,  ver.  15.  h  see  g.  m,  ver.  26.  Mos.  22:3 — 16.  AI. 
1:8,  9.  6:7.  8:1.  n,  see  i,  Al.  1.  o,  vers.  1,  11.  3:4,  13 — 18.  p.  Dm.  13.  q.  see 
6,  2  Ne.  6.  B.  C.  87. 
200 
ALMA,   2. 
behold,  the  Amlicites  have  joined 
them; 
25.  And  they  are  upon  our 
brethren  in  that  land;  and  they 
are  fleeing  before  them  with  their 
flocks,  and  their  wives,  and  their 
children,  towards  ""our  city;  and 
except  we  make  haste  they  obtain 
possession  of  our  city,  and  our 
fathers,  and  our  wives,  and  our 
children  be  slain. 
26.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
the  people  of  Nephi  took  their 
tents,  and  departed  out  of  the 
•valley  of  Gideon  towards  their 
city,  which  was  the  city  of  Zara- 
hemla. 
27.  And  behold,  as  they  were 
crossing  the  'river  Sidon,  the  La- 
manites  and  the  Amlicites,  being 
as  numerous  almost,  as  it  were, 
as  the  sands  of  the  sea,  came 
upon  them  to  destroy  them. 
28.  Nevertheless,  the  Nephites 
being  strengthened  by  the  hand 
of  the  Lord,  having  prayed 
mightily  to  him  that  he  would 
deliver  them  out  of  the  hands  of 
their  enemies,  therefore  the  Lord 
did  hear  their  cries,  and  did 
strengthen  them,  and  the  Laman- 
ites  and  the  Amlicites  did  fall 
before  them. 
29.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma  fought  with  Amlici  with  the 
sword,  face  to  face;  and  they  did 
contend  mightily,  one  with  an- 
other. 
30.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
Alma,  being  a  man  of  God,  being 
exercised  with  much  faith,  cried, 
saying:  O  Lord,  have  mercy  and 
spare  my  life,  that  I  may  be  an 
Instrument  in  thy  hands  to  save 
and  preserve  this  people. 
31.  Now  when  Alma  had  said 
these  words  be  contended  again 
with  Amlici;  and  he  was  strength- 
ened. Insomuch  that  he  slew 
Amlici  with  the  sword. 
32.  And  he  also  contended  with 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites;  but 
the  king  of  the  Lamanites  fled 
back  from  before  Alma  and  sent 
his  guards  to  contend  with  Alma. 
33.  But  Alma,  with  his  guards, 
contended  with  the  guards  of  the 
king  of  the  Lamanites  until  he 
slew  and  drove  them  back. 
34.  And  thus  he  cleared  the 
ground,  or  rather  the  bank, 
which  was  on  the  west  of  the 
"river  Sidon,  throwing  the  bodies 
of  the  Lamanites  who  had  been 
slain  into  the  waters  of  Sidon, 
that  thereby  his  people  might 
have  room  to  cross  and  contend 
with  the  Lamanites  and  the  Am- 
licites on  the  west  side  of  the 
river  Sidon. 
35.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
when  they  had  all  crossed  the  river 
Sidon  that  the  Lamanites  and  the 
Amlicites  began  to  flee  before 
them,  notwithstanding  they  were 
so  numerous  that  they  could  not 
be  numbered. 
36.  And  they  fled  before  the 
Nephites  towards  the  wilderness 
which  was  west  and  north,  away 
beyond  the  borders  of  the  land; 
and  the  Nephites  did  pursue  them 
with  their  might,  and  did  slay 
them. 
37.  Yea,  they  were  met  on 
every  hand,  and  slain  and  driven, 
until  they  were  scattered  on  the 
west,  and  on  the  north,  until  they 
had  reached  the  wilderness,  which 
was  called  Hermounts;  and  it  was 
that  part  of  the  wilderness  which 
was  infested  by  wild  and  ravenous 
beasts. 
38.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
many  died  In  the  wilderness  of 
their  wounds,  and  were  devoured 
by  those  beasts  and  also  the  vul- 
tures of  the  air;  and  their  bones 
have  been  found,  and  have  been 
heaped  up  on  the  earth. 
r,  Zarebemla.    t,  mm)  m.     t,  sec  g,    u,  ace  g. 
B.  0.  87. 
ALMA,   3. 
201 
CHAPTER   3. 
The  mark  of  the  AmliciteSj  and  the 
curse  upon  the  Lamanites — Another 
Nephite  victory. 
1.  And  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
Nephites  who  were  not  slain  by 
the  weapons  of  war,  after  having 
buried  those  who  had  been  slain 
— now  the  number  of  the  slain 
were  not  numbered,  because  of 
the  greatness  of  their  number — 
after  they  had  finished  burying 
their  dead  they  all  returned  to 
their  lands,  and  to  their  houses, 
and  their  wives,  and  their  chil- 
dren. 
2.  Now  many  women  and  chil- 
dren had  been  slain  with  the 
sword,  and  also  many  of  their 
flocks  and  their  herds;  and  also 
many  of  their  fields  of  grain  were 
destroyed,  for  they  were  trodden 
down  by  the  hosts  of  men. 
3.  And  now  as  many  of  the  La- 
manites and  the  Amlicites  who 
had  been  slain  upon  the  "bank  of 
the  river  Sidon  were  cast  into  the 
"waters  of  Sidon;  and  behold  their 
bones  are  in  the  depths  of  the 
""sea,  and  they  are  many. 
4.  And  the  Amlicites  were  dis- 
tinguished from  the  Nephites,  for 
they  had  marked  themselves  with 
■"red  in  their  foreheads  after  the 
manner  of  the  Lamanites;  never- 
theless they  had  not  *shorn  their 
heads  like  unto  the  Lamanites. 
5.  Now  the  heads  of  the  La- 
manites were  shorn;  and  they 
were  'naked,  save  it  were  skin 
which  was  girded  about  their 
loins,  and  also  their  "armor,  which 
was  girded  about  them,  and  their 
bows,  and  their  arrows,  and  their 
stones,  and  their  slings,  and  so 
forth, 
6.  And  the  skins  of  the  La- 
manites were  "dark,  according  to 
the   mark   which   was   set   upon 
their  fathers,  which  was  a  curse 
upon  them  because  of  their 
transgression  and  their  rebellion 
against  their  brethren,  who  con- 
sisted of  Nephi,  Jacob,  and  Jo- 
seph, and  Sam,  who  were  just  and 
holy  men. 
7.  And  their  brethren  sought 
to  destroy  them,  therefore  they 
were  cursed;  and  the  Lord  God 
set  a  *mark  upon  them,  yea,  upon 
Laman  and  Lemuel,  and  also  the 
sons  of  Ishmael,  and  Ishmaelitish 
women. 
8.  And  this  was  done  that  their 
seed  might  be  distinguished  from 
the  seed  of  their  brethren,  that 
thereby  the  Lord  God  might  pre- 
serve his  people,  that  they  might 
not  mix  and  believe  In  Incorrect 
traditions  which  would  prove 
their  destruction. 
9.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  did  mingle  his  seed 
with  that  of  the  Lamanites  did 
bring  the  same  curse  upon  his 
seed. 
10.  Therefore,  whosoever  suf- 
fered himself  to  be  led  away  by 
the  Lamanites  was  called  under 
that  head,  and  there  was  a  mark 
set  upon  him. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
whosoever  would  not  believe  in 
the  tradition  of  the  Lamanites, 
but  believed  those  records  which 
were  brought  out  of  the  land  of 
Jerusalem,  and  also  In  the  tradi- 
tion of  their  fathers,  which  were 
correct,  who  believed  In  the  com- 
mandments of  God  and  kept  them, 
were  called  the  Nephites,  or  the 
people  of  Nephi,  from  that  time 
forth — 
12.  And  It  Is  they  who  have 
kept  the  ^records  which  are  true 
of  their  people,  and  also  of  the 
people  of  the  Lamanites. 
13.  Now  we  will  return  again 
a,  Al.  2:34.  b,  see  g,  Al.  2.  c,  Al.  44:22.  d,  vers.  13,  15,  16,  18,  19.  0.  ver.  6. 
Enos  20.  /,  Bnos  20.  Al.  43  :20,  g,  see  /,  Al.  2.  A,  see  d,  1  Ne.  2.  i,  see  d.  1  Ne. 
2.    y,  see  /,  1  Ne.  1.  B,  0,  87. 
202 
ALMA,   3. 
to  the  Amlicites,  for  they  also  had 
a  mark  set  upon  them;  yea,  they 
set  the  mark  upon  themselves, 
yea,  even  a  ''mark  of  red  upon 
their  foreheads. 
14.  Thus  the  word  of  God  is 
fulfilled,  for  these  are  the  words 
which  he  said  to  Nephi:  Behold, 
the  Lamanites  have  I  cursed,  and 
I  will  set  a  mark  on  them  that 
they  and  their  seed  may  be 
separated  from  thee  and  thy  seed, 
from  this  time  henceforth  and 
forever,  except  they  repent  of 
their  wickedness  and  turn  to  me 
that  I  may  have  mercy  upon 
them. 
15.  And  again:  I  will  set  a 
mark  upon  him  that  mingleth  his 
seed  with  thy  brethren,  that  they 
may  be  cursed  also. 
16.  And  again:  I  will  set  a 
'mark  upon  him  that  fighteth 
against  thee  and  thy  seed. 
17.  And  again,  I  say  he  that 
departeth  from  thee  shall  no 
more  be  called  thy  seed;  and  I 
will  bless  thee,  and  whomsoever 
shall  be  called  thy  seed,  hence- 
forth and  forever;  and  these  were 
the  promises  of  the  Lord  unto 
Nephl  and  to  his  seed. 
18.  Now  the  Amlicites  knew 
not  that  they  were  fulfilling  the 
words  of  God  when  they  began 
to  ""mark  themselves  in  their 
foreheads;  nevertheless  they  had 
come  out  in  open  rebellion  against 
God;  therefore  it  was  expedient 
that  the  curse  should  fall  upon 
them. 
19.  Now  I  would  that  ye  should 
see  that  they  brought  upon  them- 
selves the  curse;  and  even  so 
doth  every  man  that  is  cursed 
bring  upon  himself  his  own  con- 
demnation. 
20.  Now  it  came  to  pass  that 
not  many  days  after  the  battle 
which  was  fought  in  the  land  of 
Zarahemla,  by  the  Lamanites  and 
the  Amlicites,  that  there  was 
another  army  of  the  Lamanites 
came  in  upon  the  people  of  Nephi, 
in  the  "same  place  where  the  first 
army  met  the  Amlicites. 
21.  And  it  came  to  pass  that 
there  was  an  army  sent  to  drive 
them  out  of  their  land. 
22.  Now  Alma  himself  being 
afflicted  with  a  wound  did  not  go 
up  to  battle  at  this  time  against 
the  Lamanites; 
23.  But  he  sent  up  a  numerous 
army  against  them;  and  they 
went  up  and  slew  many  of  the 
Lamanites,  and  drove  the  re- 
mainder of  them  out  of  the  bor- 
ders of  their  land. 
24.  And  then  they  returned 
again  and  began  to  establish 
peace  In  the  land,  being  troubled 
no  more  for  a  time  with  their 
enemies. 
25.  Now  *all  these  things  were 
done,  yea,  all  these  wars  and 
contentions  were  commenced  and 
ended  in  the  fifth  year  of  the 
reign  of  the  judges. 
26.  And  in  one  year  were  thou- 
sands and  tens  of  thousands  of 
souls  sent  to  the  eternal  world, 
that  they  might  reap  their  re- 
wards according  to  their  works, 
whether  they  were  good  or 
whether  they  were  bad,  to  reap 
eternal  happiness  or  "eternal 
misery,  according  to  the  ""spirit 
which  they  listed  to  obey,  whether 
it  be  a  good  spirit  or  a  bad  one. 
27.  For  every  man  receiveth 
wages  of  him  whom  he  llsteth  to 
obey,  and  this  according  to  the 
words  of  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 
therefore  let  It  be  according  to 
the  truth.  And  thus  endeth  the 
fifth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges.  
*, 
d.    )«  Me  d.    m,  T«r.  4.    n,  Al.  2 
:24.    0,  Me  m,  Jac.  0.    p,  lee  q,  Moa.  2. 
•  B.  0.  8T. 
ALMA,  4. 
203 
CHAPTER  4. 
Growth  of  the  church — Prosperity, 
pride,  and  iniquity — Nephihah  made 
chief  judge. 
1.  Now  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
♦sixth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  over  the  people  of  Nephi, 
there  were  no  contentions  nor 
wars  in  the  "land  of  Zarahemla; 
2.  But  the  people  were  afflicted, 
yea,  greatly  afflicted  for  the  "loss 
of  their  brethren,  and  also  for  the 
loss  of  "their  flocks  and  herds, 
and  also  for  the  loss  of  their 
fields  of  grain,  which  were  trod- 
den under  foot  and  destroyed  by 
the  Lamanites. 
3.  And  so  great  were  their  af- 
flictions that  every  soul  had  cause 
to  mourn;  and  they  believed  that 
It  was  the  judgments  of  God  sent 
upon  them  because  of  their  wick- 
edness and  their  abominations; 
therefore  they  were  awakened  to 
a  remembrance  of  their  duty. 
4.  And  they  began  to  establish 
the  church  more  fully;  yea,  and 
many  were  ""baptized  in  the  waters 
of  'Sidon  and  were  'joined  to  the 
church  of  God;  yea,  they  were 
baptized  by  the  hand  of  Alma, 
who  had  been  consecrated  the 
"high  priest  over  the  people  of 
the  church,  by  the  hand  of  his 
father  Alma. 
5.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
tseventh  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges  there  were  about  three 
thousand  five  hundred  souls  that 
united  themselves  to  the  church 
of  God  and  were  "baptized.  And 
thus  endeth  the  seventh  year  of 
the  reign  of  the  judges  over  the 
people  of  Nephi;  and  there  was 
continual  peace  in  all  that  time. 
6.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
Jeighth  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
judges,   that  the   people   of   the 
church  began  to  wax  proud,  be- 
cause of  their  exceeding  riches, 
and  *their  fine  silks,  and  their 
fine-twined  linen,  and  because  of 
their  many  flocks  and  herds,  and 
their  gold  and  their  silver,  and 
all  manner  of  precious  things, 
which  they  had  obtained  by  their 
industry;  and  in  all  these  things 
were  they  lifted  up  in  the  pride  of 
their  eyes,  for  they  began  to  wear 
very  costly  apparel. 
7.  Now  this  was  the  cause  of 
much  affliction  to  Alma,  yea,  and 
to  many  of  the  people  whom  Alma 
had  ^consecrated  to  be  teachers, 
and  priests,  and  elders  over  the 
church;  yea,  many  of  them  were 
sorely  grieved  for  the  wicked- 
ness which  they  saw  had  begun 
to  be  among  their  people. 
8.  For  they  saw  and  beheld 
with  great  sorrow  that  the  people 
of  the  church  began  to  be  lifted 
up  in  the  pride  of  their  eyes,  and 
to  *set  their  hearts  upon  riches 
and  upon  the  vain  things  of  the 
world,  that  they  began  to  be 
scornful,  one  towards  another, 
and  they  began  to  persecute  those 
that  did  not  believe  according  to 
their  own  will  and  pleasure. 
9.  And  thus,  in  this  eightli 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges, 
there  began  to  be  great  conten- 
tions among  the  people  of  the 
church;  yea,  there  were  envyings, 
and  strife,  and  malice,  and  perse- 
cutions, and  'pride,  even  to  ex- 
ceed the  pride  of  those  who  did 
not  belong  to  the  church  of  God. 
IQ.  And  thus  ended  the  eighth 
year  of  the  reign  of  the  judges; 
and  the  wickedness  of  the  church 
was  a  great  stumbling-block  to 
those  who  did  not  belong  to  the 
church;  and  thus  the  church 
began  to  fail  in  its  progress. 
a.  Cm.  13.  h,  Al.  2:19.  3:1,  26.  c,  Al.  3:2.  d,  see  u,  2  Ne.  9.  e.  see  g,  Al.  2. 
/,  see  d,  Mos.  26.  g,  see  g,  Mos.  26.  fr,  eee  U,  2  Ne.  9.  i,  see  «,  Al.  1.  i,  see  C, 
Mos.  6.  k,  vers.  6,  8 — 12.  I,  aee  k.  •  B.  0,  86.  f  B.  O.  86.  t  B,  O.  84. 
204 
ALMA,   5. 
11.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the 
•commencement  of  the  ninth 
year.  Alma  saw  the  "wickedness 
of  the  church,  and  he  saw  also 
that  the  example  of  the  church 
began  to  lead  those  who  were  un- 
believers on  from  one  piece  of 
iniquity  to  another,  thus  bringing 
on  the  destruction  of  the  people. 
12.  Yea,  he  saw  great  in- 
equality among  the  people,  some 
lifting  themselves  up  with  their 
pride,  despising  others,  turning 
their  backs  "upon  the  needy  and 
the  naked  and  those  who  were 
hungry,  and  those  who  were 
athirst,  and  those  who  were  sick 
and  afflicted. 
13.  Now  this  was  a  great  cause 
for  lamentations  among  the  peo- 
ple, while  others  were  abasing 
themselves,  succoring  those  who 
stood  in  need  of  their  succor,  "such 
as  imparting  their  substance  to 
the  poor  and  the  needy,  feeding 
the  hungry,  and  suffering  all 
manner  of  afflictions,  for  Christ's 
sake,  who  should  come  according 
to  the  spirit  of  prophecy; 
14.  Looking  forward  to  that 
day,  thus  retaining  a  remission 
of  their  sins;  being  filled  with 
great  joy  because  of  the  Tesur- 
rection  of  the  dead,  according  to 
the  will  and  power  and  deliver- 
ance of  Jesus  Christ  from  the 
'bands  of  death. 
15.  And  now  It  came  to  pass 
that  Alma,  having  seen  the  af- 
flictions of  the  humble  followers 
of  God,  and  the  persecutions 
which  were  heaped  upon  them  by 
the  remainder  of  his  people,  and 
seeing  ''all  their  Inequality,  began 
to  be  very  sorrowful;  neverthe- 
less the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  did 
not  fail  him. 
16.  And  he  selected  a  wise  man 
who  was  among  the  'elders  of 
the  church,  and  gave  him  power 
according  to  the  'voice  of  the 
people,  that  he  might  have  power 
to  enact  laws  according  to  the 
"laws  which  had  been  given,  and 
to  put  them  in  force  according  to 
the  wickedness  and  the  crimes  of 
the  people. 
17.  Now  this  man's  name  was 
Nephihah,  and  he  was  appointed 
chief  judge;  and  he  sat  in  the 
judgment-seat  to  judge  and  to 
govern  the  people. 
18.  Now  Alma  did  not  grant 
unto  him  the  office  of  being  "high 
priest  over  the  church,  but  he  re- 
tained the  office  of  high  priest 
unto  himself;  but  he  delivered 
the  judgment-seat  unto  Nephihah. 
19.  And  this  he  did  that  he 
himself  might  go  forth  among 
his  people,  or  among  the  people 
of  Nephi,  that  he  might  preach 
the  word  of  God  unto  them,  to 
stir  them  up  in  remembrance  of 
their  duty,  and  that  he  might  pull 
down,  by  the  word  of  God,  all  the 
pride  and  craftiness  and  all  the 
contentions  which  were  among 
his  people,  seeing  no  way  that  he 
might  reclaim  them  save  It  were 
in  bearing  down  In  pure  testi- 
mony against  them. 


